*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*

-Amanar-Janafty-
*Sayyid Legendspen*
MAH/2026/001

FUTURE WRITERS ASSOCITION (FUWA)

To iyalan Fam (JUMSS)🥰

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


Gaisuwa.

Fatima Musa 
Fatima Isa Manu
Nana Khadi
Meenat ‘yan doma
Nussy bee
Amanar cool

Mutanen alheri, Allah Ya biyaku da gidan aljanna, Allah Ya ƙara basira da ilimi mai amfani.

 
TSOKACI…

Ƙaddara wata saƙa ce mai sarƙaƙƙiya, wadda wani lokacin take haɗa maƙwabtan da ke nesa da juna ta hanyar da babu wani tunani na ɗan adam da zai iya fahimta.


Soyayya a ɗabi'ance abu ce mai sauƙi da ke shiga zuciyar ɗan adam ba tare da shawara ko izini ba. 

Amma a lokacin da ta tsiro a tsakanin bangon addini, al'ada, da kuma ƙiyayyar da al'umma ke haɓakawa, tana zama tamkar ciyawar da ta fito a tsakiyar wuta, kowane gefe zafi yake fuskanta.
Sadaukarwa ita ce ainihin ma'aunin ƙauna. 

Idan rayuwa ta kawo mutum matakin da mutuncinsa, jininsa, ko makomar rayuwarsa ke zama farashin da zai biya don ceto wani, a nan ake gane tsantsar ƙauna mai amsa sunanta. Amma menene yakan faru idan wannan jininsa na sadaukarwa ya zama sanadin da zai sa mai karɓa ya ɗaura rayuwarsa a kanta, alhalin duniya gaba ɗaya tana shirin rushe wannan ginin?


Auren manufa kuwa ba komai ba ne face makaranta ta wucin gadi, inda zuciyoyi biyu masu ra'ayoyi mabanbanta ke haɗuwa a ƙarƙashin rufin asiri ɗaya, guda tana kukan abin da ta rasa, guda kuma tana gudanar da lissafin kasuwanci da mutuncin iyali.


A cikin wannan littafi na DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA, za mu gani ko shin jinin da ya ceto rayuwa zai iya doke katangar addini da al'ada, ko kuma auren manufa ne zai zama sabuwar ƙaddarar da za ta sake tsara makomar zuciyar da ke cikin mawuyacin halin zaɓi.


SHIMFIƊA…


Jihar Kano, Najeriya.
Jihar Kano tana ɗaya daga cikin tsofaffin jihohi a Najeriya, wadda aka ƙirƙira a ranar 27 ga watan Mayu, 1967 a ƙarƙashin mulkin soja na Janar Yakubu Gowon. Jihar ta samo asali ne daga tsohon lardin Kano mai daɗadden tarihi tun kafin zuwan Turawa.


Kano matattara ce ta al'ummomi da ɗabi'u daban-daban. Babbar al'umma ce wadda addinin Musulunci da al’ada me ƙarfi ke shimfiɗe a zaman takewarta. Mutanen Kano suna da matuƙar riƙo da dokokin addini, kiyaye mutuncin iyali, da kare kimar al'ada a kowane fanni na rayuwa. 

Sutura, aure, mu'amala, da zamantakewar iyali duka suna ɗaure ne a ƙarƙashin waɗannan ginshiƙai guda biyu.


A tsakiyar wannan birni mai ɗumbin tarihi, aminci da haɗin kai suna kan gaba, amma kuma akwai layukan da al'umma ba ta taɓa ƙetare su, bambancin addini da sharuɗɗan al'ada. A irin wannan muhalli, soyayya tsakanin tsarin addinai biyu mabanbanta ba abu ne kawai da ake kallo a matsayin saɓawa al'ada ba abu ne da zai iya rura wutar fitina, karya dokokin iyali, da kuma sanya ɗaiɗaikun mutane shiga mawuyacin halin zaɓi tsakanin zuciyoyinsu da al'ummarsu.


Duk da haka, kasuwanci ne ke zagayawa a jinin jikin kowane ɗan jihar Kano. Birnin matattara ce ta manyan masana'antu da 'yan kasuwa masu tasiri, inda dukiya da iko ke zama abubuwan da ke sauya ƙaddarar rayuwar mutane da dama. A cikin irin wannan al'umma ta izzah da amintaccen tsari, auren manufa tsakanin iyalai guda biyu yakan zama Hanyar Bullewa don kare mutunci, kasuwanci, da martabar iyali daga abin kunya.


​A lokaci guda kuma, Kano matattarar fasaha ce da nuna bajinta; mutanen garin suna da sani a kan harkokin siyasa da na yau da kullum, kuma akwai mu'amala mai ƙarfi ta maƙwabtaka, inda murna ko baƙin cikin mutum ɗaya ya zama na kowa a unguwa ko ƙauye.


Kano tana can Arewa maso Yammacin Najeriya. A taswirar ƙasar, ita ce jiha mafi girman tasiri ta fuskar fuskantar kasuwanci da siyasa a Arewa. Yanayin garin yana da zafi sosai a lokacin rani musamman tsakanin watannin Maris zuwa Mayu, sannan akwai hunturu mai ratsa jiki tsakanin watannin Nuwamba zuwa Janairu.



Shafi na ɗaya
    (01)


Sharaɗa NNDC, gida mai lamba 144C.

"Ke wai wace irin banzar yarinya ce da ba ta san ciwon kanta ba, Husna?!" 


Muryar Mama ta karaɗe gidan tamkar ƙarar tsawar da ke barazanar tsaga benen gidan. 

Husna ta riga ta yi nisa a cikin kukan da take yi, gwiwoyinta a haɗe da ƙirjinta yayin da take zaune a kan lallausan kafet ɗin ɗakin. Babu abin da Husna ke ji sai wani irin raɗaɗi mai zafi da ke daskarewa a cikin zuciyarta.

"A ce gida kamar wannan, gidan da ake taƙama da addini da tarbiyya, gidan malamai gaba da baya, amma ki dage sai kin ɗauko abin kunya kin yafa mana! Wai ke Husna kece zaki buɗe baki ki ce mana kina son wanda ba musulmi ba? Arne? Mutumin da ko yankan farce ba za mu haɗa da shi ba a addinance da al'adance?"


Mama ta faɗa tana ci gaba da masifa tana kai komo a tsakiyar ɗakin, fuskarta ta yi jajir saboda ɓacin rai. Duk wata kalma da take furtawa tana sauka ne a jikin Husna kamar ana zuba mata ruwan ɗanyen dalma.


A hankali Husna ta ɗaga kanta wanda ya yi mata wani irin nauyi, hawaye na wanke mata fuska, ta ce.

 "Mama, ba za ku gane ba ne..." muryarta  ta fito a kausashe kamar ba ita ke gunjin kuka ba. "Ba zan iya rayuwa babu shi ba. Idan na bar shi, tamkar na ci amanar rayuwata ne! Mama, jininsa ne fa yake gudu a cikin jijiyoyina. Da jininsa nake rayuwa!"

Kafin Husna ta rufe bakinta, ta ji saukar wani zazzafan mari a kuncinta wanda ya sa ta ga wasu taurari na wani ƙanƙanin lokaci. Wannan shi ne marin farko da Mama ta taɓa yi mata a duk tsawon rayuwarta, domin Husna ta kasance yarinya mafi soyuwa a zuciyar kowa da ke gidan, yarinyar da ake so ake kuma alfahari da ita, tun daga kan Abba, Mama, yayyenta maza har da ƙaninta ma Ashir.


"Rufe mini baki, shashasha mara tunani!" 

Mama ta faɗa cikin tsananin ɓacin rai tana nuna ta da yatsa. 

"Wannan jinin da kake iƙirari ba shi ya halicce ki ba! Allah ne Ya ƙaddara jininsa zai shiga jikinki ya zama silar rayuwarki, kuma bai ci ki ce zaki sayar da addininki da mutuncin zuri'arki saboda shi ba! Ke yarinya ce mai taurin kai. Mahaifinki ya riga ya gama yanke hukunci, kuma babu abin da zai canza. Don haka ki goge wannan haukan daga ƙwaƙwalwarki, domin kuwa ko raba ki da rayuwar za a yi, ba za ki taɓa auren wanda ba musulmi ba!”


Kalaman Mama suka kusa dakatar da  numfashin Husna, a hankali ta kwantar da kanta a kan kafet ɗin ɗakin  ta sake rushewa da wani irin matsanancin kuka. Akwai ciwo mai tsanani idan mutanen da suka fi kowa ƙaunarka a duniya su ne suke ƙoƙarin raba ka da jinin da ke bugawa a zuciyarka. Amma ita dai ta san har yanzu ba azo wani dalili da zai hanata bawa zuciyarta abin da take so, na menene ma wai za a ce ba za ta auri wanda take so ba, ita a yanzu kukan nan da take yi ma ba na duk faɗa da nisihar da  Abba ya yi  mata bane kafin ya fita, kawai cewa da ya yi ba za ta auri wanda zuciyarta ke muradi ba shi ya sanya ta kuka, dan ita ko kaɗan bata son jin wannan kalmar, mutuwa kaɗai ce zata raba ta da abin da take so. 


Sama sama ta ji ana sallama a tsakar gidan, tana ƙoƙarin ɗaga kai ta ga wace ke sallamar ta ga Hajiya Bilki ta shigo, aminiyar Mama a duniya, tun yarinta har zuwa girma, alaƙar su ba ta kasance iya ta ƙawance ba alaƙa ce ta ‘yan uwantaka, da Mama da Hajiya Bilki Cousin suke, abin da ya ƙarawa amintarsu ƙarfi kenan. 

Da mamaki Hajiya Bilki take kallon Husna da ke kwance tana numfashi sama sama, ta kalli Mama da ke ƙoƙarin zama a kan kujera ta ce.


“Aminiya me yake damun Husna haka, na ji tana fitar da numfashi da ƙyar?” 

Kallon Husna Mama ta yi, tana jin wani sabon ɓacin ran na ta so mata, gani take kamar ma soyayyar da suka nuna ma Husna ita ce ta jawo musu duka wannan abun da suke fama da shi, tun tana yarinya Husna tana da taurin kai da tsiwa, ga tsinnaniyar kafiya a kan abin da take so, sabida irin soyayyar da suke mata idon su ya rufe ba su isa su tanƙwarata ba, gashi yanzu anzo matsayin da take neman zamar musu fitina. 


“Aminiya sokwanci da rashin lissafi irin nata, har yanzu tana nan a kan bakanta  na auren wanda take so, wanda ba musulmi na, bai da haɗi da addini ubangji, ga kafiya kamar kafura.”

“Hasbunallahu wani’imal wakil, Husna me yake damun rayuwarki haka? Me kike shirin ja mana, ba zaki daina wannan taurin kan naki ba wanda ba zai haifar miki da komai ba sai wahala, wallahi baki isa ki zamar mana zakka ba cikin zuri’a, ba ki isa na faɗa miki.” 


Kallon Hajiya Bilki Husna ta yi, duk soyayyar da ke tsakaninta da Hajiya Bilki sai ta ji ta disashe, a take wata tsana ta mamaye gurbin soyayyar ta ji kamar ta tashi ta yi tsallen albarka ta kama wuyan Hajiya Bilki ta yi ta cizo, a take wata zuciya ta yinƙuro mata ta miƙe tsaye ta yi cikin ɗakin, kafin ta shiga ta ce.


“Ni dai wallahi babu wanda zai hanani auren wanda nake so, naga kuma ai duk waɗanda kuke so kuka aura.”

“Husna, ungo wannan.”


Hajiya Bilki ta faɗa, Mama kam miƙewa ta yi tana jin gwanda ta je ta matse Husna ta mutu duk su huta da wannan ibtila’in da take shirin jefa su, da sauri Hajiya Bilki ta riƙo tana tana faɗin.


“A’a Aminiya karki kuskura ki biyewa zuciya ta kai ki akaita abin da zaki yi dana sani, duka babu abin da yake yi sai wahalal da bawa, ke a wahale ita a wahale, addu’a da nasiha ne kawai zasu yi mata.”


“Ai ni Aminiya gwanda na maƙureta ta mutu kowa ya huta, wai yau Husna ce take buɗe baki tana faɗin irin wannan maganar, Husna dai? Yarinyar da na so fiye da kowa cikin ‘ya’yana, yarinyar da ta samu gata daga ko ina, ba ga Alhaji ba, ba ga ni bare sauran ‘yan uwanta, amma Husna ke ƙoƙarin tozarta mu.”


Jawo hannun Mama ta yi ta zauna a kan kujera, sannan ta ce.

“Na sani kina jin zafi a cikin zuciyarki, amma dan Allah ki yi haƙuri, wai kin manta halin da muka shiga a baya? Kin manta faman da muka yi, to dan Allah wannan ma kar ya dameki, zai wuce in sha Allah.”


Sauki ajiyar zuciya Mama ta yi, sai dai kuma wannan da bambamci sosai tsakaninsa da na baya, shi Namiji ne, Husna kuma macece, sannan duk faman da suka yi bai hana abin faruwa ba, ita ina zata sa kanta idan Husna ta auri wanda ba musulmi ba? 


Hajiya Bilki ba ta bar gidan ba sai da ta tabbatar ta taushi zuciyar Mama, duk itama zuciyarta a raunane take da abin da Husna ke shirin janyo musu, wanda har ya mantar da ita tata matsalal da ta kawo ta, sai da tazo tafiya sannan ta ce.


“Aminiya kin san Halima ta dawo gida, wallahi ta ajiye auren wai ta zaɓi kula da dukiyar mahaifinta a kan auren, ina zan sa raina da wannan abun? Yara kowa a kangare.”


“Auzubillahi Aminiya ki dakata dan Allah.”


Mama ta faɗa, sannan ta ci gaba da cewa.

“Shaye shaye suke? Zaki haɗa Ashraf da ta yayansa Faruq ɗan Hajiya Babba? Ko zaki haɗa Leemah ɗin da sauran ‘yan uwanta mata na gidan? Ga Nusaiba yanzu tana zaune gidan mijinta, ai ko a haka yakamata mu ci gaba godewa Allah, sannan mu roƙe shi ya ci gaba da tsare mana su tare da shiriya, ita kuma Leemah ina ga ai laifin Alhaji ne, a kan wane dalili yarinya tana gidan aure ya ce zai ba ta ragamar kula da kamfani?” 

“Kema kya faɗa dai Aminya, ni wallahi bana son su a kan harkar kasuwancin nan, Ashraf da yake namiji ya je ya yi dai, amma matan ya barsu dan Allah. Hajiya Kubrah babu abin da ba zata iya ba a kan yaranta su kula da kamfanunuwan mahaifinsu, ni wallahi nawa na yafe tun da kowacce tana cikin rufin asiri, kuma a yanzu kamfanin da Ashraf yake ginawa ya fara samun ci gaba, a yanzu haka wasu kuɗaɗe kawai yake so Alhaji ya bashi ko aro ko kyauta ya ƙara shikenan ko da shi kaɗai suka dogara ya isa.”


“Aminya mu dage da addu’a, in Allah Ya yarda komai zai daidaita, kuma nasan Alhaji zai bada kuɗin nan.”

“Allah Ya sa, amma kinsan girman kan ɗan naki, ba zai iya tambayarshi kuɗi ba.”

“Zan yi magana da shi, ai idan ana nema sauke kai ake.”

“To ki dai faɗa masa.”

Hajiya Bilki ta faɗa, daga nan kuma ta fara haramar tafiya. Husna, tun da ta shiga ɗaki ta kwanta a kan gado kukan ma gaba ɗaya ya ƙauracewa idonta, daman ita ba ma gwanar yin kuka ba ce komai da ƙarfinta da taurin rai take yin sa, ko a makarantar kwana ma ba ta saduda da komai ba cikin hallayarta, dan ita kanta ta fahimci taurin kai da kafiya a jinin jikinta yake, yanda ta yi imanin cewa da Jininsa take rayuwa, to haka ta yi imani babu wani wahala da zai sa ta rabu da shi, tun tana jin maganarsu Mama sama sama har bacci ya ɗauke ta. 


Sai gab da magriba ta tashi, shima surutun Ashir ne ya tashe ta tun da ya dawo daga makaranta yake ta tsalle a cikin ɗakin, wai sai ta tashi ta yi mai ƙarin karatu, tana buɗe idonta ta ce da shi. 


“Ashir dan Allah ɗan ɗauko min wayar Mama ba ta sani ba.”

Buɗar bakin Ashir sai cewa ya yi.

“La yahillu maalu imri’in musulmin illa bi tibi nafsi minhu, ba hallata ka ɗauki dukiyar wani musulmi ba sai da yardarsa.”

Tsaki Husna ta ja, daman shi Ashir ba a abun arziƙi da shi, jiya ma daga yaga tana yi wa Yaya Abdul gunguni ya ce wai mai zagin iyayensa ba zai shiga aljanna ba, da ta ce mai ai Yaya Abdul ta yi wa sai ya ce Babbanwa magajin uba ne. 

Yanda Ashir yake ji kamar shi kaɗai ya fara karatun addini, baiƙi ya zauna yana so ya ƙure Abba ba, haka zai ta janyowa yayansa hadisai suna fassarawa, ko ya aka sami kuskure wajen fassarar sai ya ce na su ba daidai ba ne.

“Ki zo ki yi min.”

Ya faɗa yana janyo hannunta, a fusace ta sake ɗagowa ta ce da shi.


“Idan baka fita ba sai na tsinka ma mari, na ce ba zan yi ba ko, ana dole ne?”

Sake jan hannunta ya yi, ta sa hannu ta tsinka mai mari ya fita aguje yana kuka, daidai lokacin kuma Yaya Walida ya shigo, Yaya Walid wuta ne yafi kowa faɗa cikin gidan, daman shine ma ya taɓa dukan Husna, shima bai fi sau biyu ba, dan ana biyun ma sai da suka yi faɗan gaske shi da Alhaji daga ranar kuma bai sake dukanta ba sai dai faɗa. 

Ashir ne ya nufe shi yana kuka, Yaya Walid ya ce.

“Me ya faru waye ya dake ka?”

Cikin Kuka ya ce.

“Yaya Husna ce, dan na ce ta yi min ƙarin karatu shine ta mare ni.” 

“Dan Allah Walid shiga ka ɓallamin yarinyar nan, yau idan na faɗa maka abin da ta yi min zaka iya zubar da hawaye wallahi, zagina ne kawai ya rage.”

Mama ta faɗa, dan tun ɗazu ranta zafi yake mata, idan ta tuna abin da Husna ta yi mata.

“Husna dai Mama? Dan Allah karki ce haka? Na ɗauka abin da Abba ya faɗa mata ɗazu ta ɗauka?”

“Bata ɗauka ba, ba ta kuma da niyar ɗauka ma, dan har cewa ta yi da ni da Aminiya wai ai muma waɗanda muke so muka aura.”

Ba ƙaramin mamaki Yaya Walid ya yi ba da jin abin da Mama ta faɗa, wai Husna ce ta buɗe baki ta yi wannan maganar, Husna dai sanyin idanun kowa a cikin gidan nan, me ta gani a tare da shi wannan wanda ba musulmin ba, wace irin soyayya take gani a tare da shi wadda ba ta gani a wajen ‘yan uwanta, ya tabbatar babu soyayyar da zai nuna mata wadda ba ta samu ba a gida, Husna da idan bata da lafiya kowa jinyar tsaye yake yi, babu wanda ke iya bacci kowa yana zagaye da ita, akwai lokacin da suka kaita asibiti a ƙafa suka ɗauketa a baya, da ƙyar ake karɓarta daga wajen ɗaya kowa so yake shi kaɗai zai kaita ko ance ya gaji sai ya ce a’a, a lokacin Abba baya nan su kuma mashin ɗaya ne da su kuma an kai shi juye, kawai suka saɓeta a baya sabida a ransa napep, sun nuna ma Husna soyayya kuma har yanzu suna kan nuna mata, kuma dukkansu sun yi imani da cewar soyyyar da suke mata ko rabinta iyayensu ba ta kai ba.

Me ya sa Husna za ta yi haka, a kan namiji wanda ba addinin su ɗaya ba, ina Husna ta kai iliminta, su kam gaba ɗaya wannan makaranatar kwanan bata ƙare su da komai ba, duk da abin da Husna ta nuna ta wani ɓarin hallace ni, amma kuma ta shiga hurumin addini, shi tausayinma Abba yake wallahi, ya za ayi ya iya buɗe baki ya ce wanda ba musulmi zai bawa ‘yarsa. A fili ya furta.

“Astagfirullah.”

Alhaji ne ya shigo gidan shima bakinsa ɗauke da sallama, ganin Ashir na kuka, ga Yaya Walid ya nausa duniyar tunani, haka Mama fuskarta a jagule ciki ciki ma ta amsa sallamar. 

“Mama wani abu ya faru, ko Husna ce ba lafiya?”

Ashir ne ya ce.

“Dukana ta yi, kuma ta yi wa Mama rashin kunya har ta ce wai ai taga ita da Mimi waɗanda suke so suka aura.”

Daman haka Ashir yake, akwai saurin hadda da ya ji magana zai haddace ta tas, kamar a gabansa aka yi shi ya sa Mama bata magana a gabansa, ba ta bare ‘yan uwansa ma su yi a gabansa. Ƙirjin Alhaji ne ya bada wani rassss, wai Husna ce ta yi haka, a fusace ya ce.

“Tana ina?”

“Ɗakin ta.”

Ashir ɗin ya faɗa, Husna ta na ji Alhaji ya ce tana ina ta miƙe, tasan ƙarfine da shi kamar shari’a, a kan ta ya yi faɗa da Yaya Walid da yake yayansa kuma Yaya Walid ɗin aka zane, ko a waje ma da haka ake faɗa da shi a kan kowa na gidan, itama idan suna faɗansu na sakwanni haka yake jibgarta sai ya gama yazo yana bata haƙuri, sabida ita ɗin ce idan ta so rigimarta duk haƙurinka sai ka biye mata. Miƙewa ta yi ta sauka daga kan gadon ta tsaya a bakin ƙofa cikin shirin ko ta kwana, idan takama ma su yi doki doka da shi, tun da duk sun rufe ido sun ce son zuciyarsu suke so, itama zata rufe ido ta yi yaƙi da kowa a kan son na ta zuciyar.



Ya kuka ji salon wannan labarin? Ina fatan zaku bini sannu a hankali na feɗe muku biri har wutsiya.



Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

-Amanan-Janafty-


(02)


“Husna!” 

Alhaji ya ƙwala mata kira tun kafin ya ƙarasa shiga cikin ɗakin, yana ɗaga labule ya yi ido biyu da ita a tsaye, cikin fushi ya ce.

“Wai me yake damunki ne haka? Mahaukaciya kika zama ko me? Bakisan iyayenki ba ne, bakisan darajarsu ba?”


Kallonsa kawai take yi yanda yake magana har jijiyoyin wuyansa suna motsawa, ga jijiyoyin kansa sun fito raɗau da su, alamar ya kai ƙololuwar ɓacin rai, ta sani yan sonta, ita ma kuma tana son sa kuma duk cikin ‘yan uwanta yafi kowa fahimtar ta, amma ta rasa gane me ya sa a kan wannan lamarin ya turje, muryarta a raunane ta ce.


“Idan kowa yaƙi fahimtar halin da nake ciki har da kai? Idan kowa ya gaza gane halin da zuciyata ke ciki har da kai? Na buɗe ido ban san komai ba sai soyyaya, na sami soyayya na sami aminci, na ta shi inda komai na yi so ake, yaba min ake, amma lokaci ɗaya na tsinci kaina inda ko na yi ko ban yi ba uwarsu ɗaya, inda babu wanda ke kula da abin da nake bare a yaba min, sai shi kaɗai, ya sadaukar da komai domin na rayu, ya sha wahalal da har na miƙe yana kwance, ya za ayi na ƙi shi? Ya zaayi na guje shi, tabbas a kan sa a shirye nake da na rasa kowa da komai.” 


Duk da maganganunta sun so su taɓa shi ta wani ɓarin, amma bai ga dalilin ja da addini ba, sam sam ma shi bai gan shi ba. 


“Soyayya da sadaukarwa har ma da hallacin da kike magana a kai har ya kai girman addinin ubangiji, har ya kai ki yi watsi da faɗar Allah? Me ya shiga kan ki ne Husna?”


“Soyayya, ni a yanzu duk wanda bai zai goyi bayana ba to ya bar ni, daman ai duk ba sona kuke ba tun asali, shi ya sa har kuka kasa gane abin da kuke so? Shi ka ɗai yake sona.”

Wani irin zafi ne ya ziyarci zuciyar Alhaji, sai ya ji ma kamar an daɓa masa wuƙa a zuciyarsa ne, wai ƙanwarsu Husna ita ke haɗa soyayyarsu da wani, wanin da ta sani ƙasa da shekara shida, yaushe ne ma suka fara soyayyar da shi? 

“Husna.”

Ya kira sunanta da babbar murya, ya ce.

“Tun da har kin gamsu da soyayyarsa kije,Allah Ya baki sa’a sai dai ki sani ba anan ba, ba a gidannan ba. Idan har kina so sai dai ki bi shi ku tafi can ku yi duk abin da zaku yi, kuma zan roƙi Allah Ya ɗauki raina kafin wannan ɓaƙar ranar.”


Yana faɗin haka ya fice, Husna ta zube a kan gado ta fashe da wani irin kuka mai zafi, domin tabbas maganar Alhaji ta doketa, ta shiga zuciyarta. Ina za ta iya rayuwa babu ‘yan uwanta, abun da ciwo waɗanda suka fi kowa ƙaunar suka kware ma baya, su dage a kan sai ka rabu da abin da zuciyarka ke ƙauna, ta ina za ta fara wannan? 


*Asalin labari*. 


Alhaji Abubakar Sheshe haifaffan Unguwar Sheshe ne da ke cikin garin kano, gidansu babban gidan malamai ne a cikin gari, mahaifinsa malam Isma’il babban malamin zaurene da ke ba da ilimi, yana da tarin almajirai sai dai shi ba irin mai ɗauko yara daga ƙauyunka ba ne, ko iyaye su kawo su ajiye masa, mafi tarin almajiransa ‘yan uwana sai kuma waɗanda suke daga asalin garin su Ƙiru. 
‘Ya’ya tara Allah Ya bashi daga wajen matansa biyu, sai kuma almajiransa da suka taru suka raya gidan. 

A cikin ‘ya’yansa maza biyar kowanne cikinsu mahaddacine har da waɗanda ma suka rubuta Al Qur’ani ma, ciki har da Abubakar, kasancewar lokacin ilimi boko bai wadatu ba, ‘ya’yansa maza ne kaɗai suka taɓa suma iya matakin primary, sai kuma na ƙarshe ƙarshen da suka ka kai har secondary. Abubakar shine na huɗu cikin gidan baki ɗaya, dan haka baya cikin waɗanda suka kai matakain secondary. 
‘Ya’yansa mata kam duk basu sami wannan damar ba, dan tun suna shekara tara ake aurar da su ga almajiransa da suka nema. Haka mazan ma duk daga gidan malamai suke auro na su matan, kamar Abubakar da Amina wadda take daga gidan babban malami, Malam Isa ƙofar mata, sai dai ita jika ce kuma sun sami damar yin karatu dan har ta kammla junior secondary suka yi aure, ba auren haɗi ba ne, Abba da kan sa ya ganta ya ji ta yi masa, ya yi magana a ka ba shi izinin ganinta ita ma ta ji ya yi mata. Hajiya Bilki kuma ‘yan uwan juna suke da Mama dukkaninsu jikokin gidam Malam isa ƙofar mata ne, tun tasowar suke aminta ta amana, soyayyar ‘yan uwantaka na ratsa jininsu har suka yi aure, Hajiya Bilkisu ta auri babban ɗan kasuwa Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, ita kuma Mama ta auri Abba. Kowacce zaman lafiya take yi tsakaninta da mijinta, Hajiya Bilki tana da kishiya guda ɗaya da suke kira Hajiya Babba sai kuma bayan aurenta da shekara biyar aka yi mata amarya Hajiya Kubrah. Abba ya mayar da Mama makaranta ta ƙarasa secondary ɗinta sai bayan ta kammala ne ta sami haihuwar fari, a lokacin kam Hajiya Bilki har ta yi haihuwa ta uku ma, dan dama ta riga Mama Aure. 
Abba ya kasance ɗan kasuwa da ke juya na shi kuɗin, yana da arizƙi daidai gwargwado da rufin asiri, ya tsayawa iyalinsa a kan duk wata biyan buƙatar rayuwa dan har NCE Mama ta yi. ‘Ya’ya biyar Allah Ya ba su.  
Abdulƙadir shine babba, wanda ya ci sunana mahaifin Mama, an haife shi kwanaki kaɗan bayan rasuwar mahaifin Mama, shine Abba ya mayar da sunansa ana kiran sa da Yaya Abdul, a yanzu yana matakin ƙarshe a jami’a inda yake karantar ɓangaren kasuwanci, sai kuma mai biye ma sa Isma’il da ya samu sunan mahaifin Abba, ana kiran sa da Yaya Walid, shi kuma yana matakin aji uku a jami’a shima yana karantar ɓangaren kasuwanci ne, wattani kaɗan da suka huce Abba ya buɗe musu shago a cikin kasuwa inda suke siyar da atmfofi, laceses da shaddoji, babban shago ne a cikin kasuwar kwari da aka kashe maƙuden kuɗaɗe a cikinsa, yanayi ƙwazon su a kan kasuwanci ya sa Abba ya buɗe musu na su shagon, kuma a yanda kasuwancin na su ya fara kwalliya zata biya kuɗin sabulu. Sai kuma Muhammad Kabir da kusan kowa yake kiransa da mai babban suna, amma ainahin sunan sa na sakaye shine Alhaji, sunan Aminin mahaifin Abba ne, wanda a wajensa su Abba suka sami ilimin farko, shi kuma yanzu ya shiga jami’a amma ɓangaren Science yake dan ko kasuwa idan aka ce ya bi su Yaya Abdul tun suna zuwa shagon Abba sai ya ce shi a’a, sai kuma  Asma’u da ake kira da Husna, wadda ita dai bata san inda ta samu wannan sunan ba, tun da dai ba sunan mahafiyar Abba ko Mama ba ne, haka a ‘yan uwa na kusa da ta sani bata san mai wannan sunan ba, idan ma akwai to ba ta ci ayi mata takwara da ita ba, sabida tsiran shekarun su ba ma su yawa ba ne, bayan Husna kuma sai autan su Muhammad Ashir, shi ɗin ma babu wanda zai ce ga sunan da ya ci, dan basu  da wani Ashir a cikin ‘yan uwa, ana kiransa da Ashir, amma kuma Abba yana kiransa da Ashiru na goma, sai ya yi dariya daga baya aka ji wai wai ɗin sunan Aminin Abba ne amma zancen ba shi da tabbas dan daga bakin Alhaji aka ji.


Cikin gidan kowa da sanyin halinsa, ba barin Yaya Abdul, yafi kowa sanyin hali ba shi da wata damuwa ko faɗa ba ya yi, sai dai yana sakewa ya yi hira sosai a cikin ‘yan uwansa, Yaya Walid ɗin ma haka take, amma shi yana da ɗan fushi saɓanin Abdul da ko kaɗan bashi da fushi. Alhaji ne ma yake da ɗan faɗa domin yana da ƙarfi sosai. 

Sai dai kuma duk wani zafi, taurin kai, tsiwa, surutu da rigima aka haɗe aka zubawa Husna. Sai kuma aka bawa Ashiru surutun dan itama Husna ba ta cika surutu ba. Mazan gidan guda uku dukkan su sai bayan sun yi haddar Al Qur’ani suke tafiya makarantar secondary, daga nan kuma sai su kuma ɗaukar karatun dare wajen Abba wanda yake yi musu kullum tare da wasu matasan unguwa, kowa ana yi masa ƙarin Al Qur’ani daban, daga nan kuma sai ayi musu ƙarin sauran litttafai irinsu Hadisai daban daban, Akdhari, sira da wasu ƙarin littaffan na Addini, Abba da Mama ‘yan ɗarikar Tijjaniyya ne, amma kuma ba irin wannan zazzafar da ake yi ta zamani ba, duk wata bidi’a babu su a ciki suna yin komai na su bisa tsarin addini Allah da manzon sa, ko hoton Shehu babu a cikin gidansu ko a jikin abun hawan su, sannan kuma Abba yana mu’amala da ‘yan sunnah mu’amala mai girma da muttuntaka. 
Tsakanin Mama da ‘yan uwan Abba lafiya lau ne, dan ko irin abun nan da ake cewa dangin miji ita dai ba ta fuskanta, sai dai kuma bata sani ha ko dan mijin nata yana da rufin asiri ne? Dan ko ‘ya’yanta suna da alaƙa mai girma tsakaninsu da ‘yan uwansu. Idan aka zo tsakanin Husna da ‘yan uwanta na gida, to ba ita ba, duk wani mutumi da ya yi zama da su ko na awa guda ne zai iya bada shaidar cewa Husna ita ce farin 1888iki da sanyin idanun kowa a cikin gidan nan, idan akwai abin da yafi soyayya nuna ƙauna, to tabbas shi Husna ke samu daga wajen ‘yan gidansu, Mama ce kawai ke ɗan sassauta soyayyarta amma har Abba babu ruwansa, kar azo ga Yaya Abdul da Yaya Walid, ko tarin Husna ba sa son ji, Alhaji ne ka ɗai suke hawa sama su faɗo da shi, kuma shi ka ɗai take yi wa rashin kunya, sabida ya kasancewar su sakwanni a wajen haihuwa duk da ta zarar su ta kai shekara uku, shine ka ɗai Husna bata  ganin soyayyarsa sai a lokacin da bata da lafiya, Har gwanda ita tana iya jurewa amma shi kam har kuka yake, haka Husna ma tana son ‘yan uwanta so mai ratsa jinin jiki da jijiya, ita kaɗai a zaune take jin soyayyarsu na tuƙuƙi a zuciyarta, ba zata iya misalta son da take musu ba, kamar yanda suma baza su iya misalta na ta son ba, amma Husna ta yar da a zuciyarta tafi son Alhaji a kan kowa, hatta yanda take jin Alhaji wani lokacin sai ta ji kamar tafi son Alhaj a kan Mama, ta san ba za ta iya cewa ga adadin son Alhaji a ranta ba, amma tabbas ta san tafi son sa sama da kowa ma a rayuwata, duk da ko yaushe cikin faɗa suke, dan ita Husna ma bata iya jure su yi zaman lafiya da shi. 


Lokacin da ta zo shiga matakin secondary gaba ɗaya a hadda ba ta huce izifi talatin ba, ta gama Isra’i ta gaza shiga Khafi, sai ta kwashe sama da wata uku tana sake bitar surah kafin ta shiga ta gaba, duk ‘yan gidan sun fita kwashewa a harkar karatu, a yanzu ma har Ashir da ke shekara goma ya daɗe da huce Maryam ma, ya barta baki sake, ba wai kuma dan bata da ƙoƙari ba, sai san hallitar ƙwaƙwalwa da Allah Ya yi mata na Slow learner. 

Mutane da ‘yan uwan da ba iya musu sun ce wai gatan da ta samu ne ya hana ta mai da hankali a kan karatu, wasu kuma su ce ta sa rigima a a ranta, ita kuma ta gaza gane a wane matsayi take a harkar karatu. Sai dai Alhaji ya fahimci matsayin da ƙwalƙwalwarta take, shi kaɗai ya fahimta, idan aka zo zancen karatu kowa rufe ido yake ya yi ta yi mata faɗa, akwai ranar da Mama ce mata. 

‘Kina nan  zaune Ashir ne zai zo yanayi min ƙarin karatu.’ 

Abun ya taɓa ran Husna sosai da sosai. Alhaji ne kaɗai ya fahimci a hankali take ɗaukan abubuwa, ƙwaƙwalwarta ba ta son a haɗa ma ta zafi, yanzu zata rikice wanda ta ɗauka ma a baya ya gudu. 


Ana wannan ƙadamin tazo shiga makarantar sakandiri, inda Mama ta nuna sha’awarta a kan a kai Husna makarantar kwana a lokacin tana da shekara goma sha biyu. Haka ta tsayar da Hadda a wannan lokacin ta tafi makaranta da alƙwarin Abba duk hutu idan ta dawo sai ta kawo masa haddarta ta baya, kafin ta tafi sai adinga yi mata ƙari. A lokacin ne Mama ta shirya Husna suka je gidan aminiyarta Hajiya Bilki. 


Gidan Hajiya Bilki wani irin gida ne, na kissa da makirci, ba zaki taɓa zuwa gidan nan kiga sun faɗa a tsakaninsu ba, ko ɗaya na magana da ɗaya cikin fushi, komai cikin izzah, isa, da gadara suke yin sa, kowacce na taƙama da alfahari, Hajiya Babba na taƙamar da ita aka yi arziƙi, Hajiya Kubran na taƙamar daga gidan manyan masu kuɗi ta fito, Hajiya Bilki ce dai ba ta biye musu, shi ya sa kullum cikin cutar da ita suke, sai dai ta inda Allah Ya taimake ta ‘ya’yanta sunfi na kowa nutsuwa cikin gidan, Hajiya Babba ‘ya’yanta manya maza uku ne ajere ta haifesu, sai dai dukkansu a lalace suke, daga mai shaye shaye, sai min bin mata, shi na ukun ma ɓarawo ne, dan ba a jima ba ya tafkwa Alhaji satar kuɗi har naira miliyan ɗari biyar, kaɗan ya rage Alhaji bai kai shi prison ba, sai da Hajiya Babba ta dage, amma da ya fito da miliyan ɗari uku da hamsin ciki, sai kuma mata huɗu su kuma suna nan zaune sun ƙi aure sai gayyar tara samari. Sai kuma Hajiya Bilki ‘ya’yanta mata biyu ne manya sai kuma ƙaramin Ashraf shi kam a ƙasar waje ma ya yi karatun shi ɓangaren kasuwanci kuma shi ya fara kula da kasuwanci mahaifinsu bayan ya dawo, sai dai ‘yan bani na iya suka dinga shiga cikin abun har ya haƙura ya ajiye aikin ya buɗe na sa kamfanin, shine Alhaji Musa ya ɗankawa Lemmah da ke aure a Abuja ita kuma ta bar auren ta dawo, Nusaiba kuma tana gidan aurenta, sai Hajiya Kubrah itama maza ne guda huɗu kuma uku ciki sun girmi Ashraf dan babban ɗanta ya kai shekara 38 sai dai suma sun gaza nutsuwa, kullum suna Abuja gantali, hakan ya sa duk suka sanya Hajiya Bilki a gaba, ita kam ta yi imani da Allah, kuma ta yi ƙoƙarin ɗaura ‘ya’yanta a kan tafarkin maaiki, duk da zurfin karatun bokon da suka yi bai hanasu samin na addini ba, kuma sun tsaya a kan sa. 


A lokacin da Mama ta sanar da ita tafiyar Husna ta haɗa mata sha tara ta arziƙi tare da yi mata nasiha. ‘Yan mazan gidansu Husna sun nuna mata gata lokacin tafiya, duk da wannan lokacin basu tsaya da ƙafafuwansu ba, amma kowa ya iya yin sa. Haka sune suka kai ta har makarantar FGGC MUNJIBIR sai da aka gama yi mata komai sannan suka juya suka tafi suka barta da kewa. 

Kamar dai farkon kowacce ɗalibar makarantar kwana, haka Husna ta dinga rusa kuka, kafin daga baya ta saba, a hankali ta fara sakin jiki inda ta yi ƙawaye guda biyu, Ruƙayya Said Kibiya, da ake kira Said Kibiya, ‘yar kibiyar jihar kano ce, sai kuma Binta Ali Kaita da ake kira Ali Kaita, ‘yar ƙaramar hukumar Kaita ce jihar Katsina, sai ita kuma suke ce mata Abubakar Sheshe, wannan ɗabi’a ce ta ‘yan makarantar kwana. 

Ƙawancesu ya fara ne daga faɗa  tsakanin Husna da Said Kibiya dan itama mafaɗaciyace kamar Husna, ba sa neman sauƙi sai dai ita tafi Husna haƙuri sosai da sosai, daga nan suka koma aminci a tsakaninsu, dama kuma Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita ƙawayene daga nan suka ɗinke, har ya zama sun koma tamkar ‘yan uwa, wata ba ta da shamaki tsakaninta da kayan wata, har ya zama Husna ke yi musu ƙari a kan karatun Qur’ani, sai dai duk sun fita saurin kwashewa a karatun boko haka zasu dawo hostel su yi ta mata bayani da hausa har sai ta fahimta. Ko ina a ka gan su an san akwai aminta mai zafi a tsakaninsu, tun daga Js one har suka dawo js two, suna shirin shiga Js 3 ne ƙaddara ta fara haɗa Husna da shi. 

Ranar da ta fara ganinsa ranar taga abin da ban taɓa gani ba daga wani namiji a tare da shi. 

Ranar Asabar da ƙarfe sha biyu da rabi, sun dawo daga massallaci ita da Said Kibiya, suna tafe Said Kibiya na ta faman yi ma Husna  mita a kan taƙi bari Yaya Hafsa ta yi mata karatu, Husna ta taɓe baki ta ce.


“To na mene za ta yi min? Kin jin yanda take karatun akwai gyara a ciki, kuma ta maimaita ta sake kinga kuwa a haka take yi, kuma wannan ba ɗaukan gyara za ta yi ba, kuma ce ta za tanka ni mu daku wallah….” 

Ba ta ƙarasa maganar ba idonta ya faɗa cikin nasa da yake ta kallonta tun fitowarsu daga massallaci, yana sayen da riga da wando na jeans, baƙi ne siriri mai kuma tsayi, duk da yana zaune amma kallo ɗaya za ayi masa a tabbatar yana da tsayi, sauke idonsa ya yi daga kanta ya ci gaba da magana da mutumin da ke kusa da shi, a wannan lokacin Husna ta fuskanci yana da wani abu da bata taɓa ganinsa a wajen wani ɗa namiji ba, bata san mene ba amma taga fuskarsa ta yi daban da ta sauran maza, ta kalli Said Kibiya ta ce.

“Ke kalli wannan na zaunen, me kika gani a fuskarsa daban?”

Sai da ta yi mata wani kallo, sannan ta ce.

“Kamar ya daban? Ke kallon ƙurilla kika yi masa har kika ga wani abu daban?” 

“Tun da na kalle shi na kasa ɗauke idona a kan sa, haka kawai na ji ina son na yi ta kallonsa.”

Husna ta faɗa, Said Kibiya ta ce.

“Baki da hankali to Dimpe ne, kuma ba kowanne namiji yake da shi ba, sannan girarsa an tsaga da alama a wajen masu aski ne.”


Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


-Amanan-Janafty-



Shafi na uku.
(03)

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


“Dimple ko?” 

Husna faɗa tana sake kallonsa, sai dai kamar ba dimple bane abin da ya riƙe idonta, domin suma Ashir ɗin su yana da dimple, sai dai ko yankan da ke girarsa ɗin, wanda bata ma kula da shi ba sai da Said Kibiya ta faɗa.


“Zaki taho ko zaki tsaya.”

“Tun da gidan ubana ne ba.”

Ta bata amsa tare da bin ta suka tafi, Husna ba ta  san yanda aka yi ba ta tsinci kanta da tunanin bawan Allan nan, ita dai taga kamar kallonta yake, sai da kuma taga kamar da na kusa da shi yake magana, haka kawai ta hau bawa Ali Kaita labarin sa.


“Kinga wani da na gani yanzu, baƙi siriri mai kyau, har da dimple, kayansa riga da wando na jeans.”

“An shiga uku, ke Abubakar Sheshe kina da lafiya kuwa? Na tambayeki mutanen da kika gani a waje ne?”

“Ku banzaye ne ba damar mutum ya baku labari.”

Husna ta faɗa, tare da kwantawa a kan gado ta ƙyale su ba ta sake bin takansu ba har azahar, ko abincin rana ma ba taje ta karɓa ba dan wata kewar gida da ‘yan uwanta ce ta dabaibaye ta,  haka ta yini gaba ɗaya bata jin daɗin school ɗin, duk yanda ƙawayenta suka yi haka suka barta.


Tun daga wannan ranar ta fara ganinsa, kullum sai ta gansa sai daga baya ta fahimci ashe malami ne a makarantar, amma kuma a ɓanagren senior yake dan baya ɗaukan ‘yan junior, duk lokacin da ta gan shi haka za ta ji tana sha’war kallon sa, tun tana ɓoyewa har ƙawayenta suka fahimta, sai dai magana ɗaya bata taɓa haɗa su ba har aka yi hutu aka dawo lokacin da suka shiga Ss one, a lokacin ne ya fara ɗaukan su General maths, ba ƙarya ya iya koyarwa, ya iya magana cikin nutsuwa yanda kowa da ke cikn ajin zai gane abin da yake koyarwa.

 A ranar da ya fara shigowa ne ya gabatar da kan sa Sunansa Iliya D Musa, amma students ba kiransa da Uncle Dee, ita dai Husna bata ga aibu a cikin sunan ba, amma su Said Kibiya suka sata a gaba suna ta yi ma sunan dariya har da cewa yana kama da inyamurai, Husna ba tasan me ya sa ba amma taji haushinsu sosai da sosai kan yanda suka dinga yi wa sunansa rashin mutunci suna kwaikwayar yanda yake magana a aji suna dariya, a lokacin sai da ta ji kamar ma ta fita daga sabgarsu ta kama gabanta, sai dai kuma ba zata iya ba har cikin zuciyata ta amince su ɗin ƙawayenta ne kuma tana son su. 


Ranar da Ƙaddara ta ƙulla zai fara yi mata magana ranar juma’a ne a wajen Assembly da ake yi bayan an tashi, tana tsaye a layi daga can baya su kuma suna bayan su shi da wasu malaman, kamar daga sama ta ji yana cewa. 

“Asma’u Abubakar, stay properly.”

Wani irin shock ta ji, ashe wai ya san sunana, ikon Allah. Tsayuwarta ta gyara sai dai duk yanda ta so ta nutsu abun ya gagara, sabida wani irin gudu da zuciryata take tamkar ana tseren dawakai, a hankali ta juya ta saci kallonsa, sai dai cikin rashin sa’a idonta ya faɗa cikin na sa, ya ɗage mata gira ɗaya, da sauri ta mai da kan ta gaba tana sauke ajiyar zuciya, ashe shi yake ta kallonta shi ya sa ta gagara nutsuwa, a haka aka ta shi assembly ɗin suka kamu hanyar hostel, ta so ta faɗawa su Said Kibiya sai dai bata son rashin mutunci da zasu yi ma sa, ba wai dan tana tsoronsu ba, kawai dan bata son abin da zai ɓata rainta a yau, suna shiga cikin Hostel Ali Kaita ta ce.

“Abubakar Sheshe kamar na ji Uncle Dee ya yi miki magana ko?”

Banza ta yi da ita kamar bata ji ta ba, ta sake cewa. 

“Har sunanki ya kira ko?”

“Ashe kin ji mene na tambayata?”

Said Kibiya ta ce.

“Ah lallai ne, ƙauna ta ɗaure shine ko ki fesa mana.”

“In fesa muku ka hau yi min hulaƙanci?”

Husna ta faɗa, muryarta cike da ɓacin rai.

“Allah Ya baki haƙuri, mufa ba wai bama son sa ba ne? Kawai munga yanda kika zama so deep ne, kuma you’re not sure that yana sonki ko a’a.”

Said Kibiya ta faɗa, Husna kam dakatawa daga abin da take ta yi, ta kalli Said Kibiya da ta yi magana ta ce.

“Said Kibiya, yaushe kuka ji na ce ina son sa? Bana son wannan sharrin naku.”

Suka ƙyalƙyale da dariya a tare, sannan Ali Kaita ta ce.

“Kinga lets talk serious, Husna kin faɗa son Uncle Dee.”

Da sauri Said Kibiya ta ce.

“No no, no, no! Baki iya faɗa ba, Husna you’re in love with Baby Deeeeee.”

Sai kuma suka tuntsire da dariya, kamar wasu mahaukata sabbabin kamu, ita dai kallon su take tana bin su da idona, mene haɗinta da shi da har za ta faɗa soyayya da shi? A wannan ƙananan shekarun nata kamar ba ita ce, Yaya Abdul ya ce sai ta yi har masters za ta yi aure ba, to ita mene ma zai kaita faɗawa soyayya da malaminta? Haka ta yi ta bin su da ido suna haukansu har suka gama, ganin bata ce musu ci kan ku ba suka nutsu. 

“Husna.”

Said Kibiya ta kira sunanta, ta ɗaga kai ta kalleta ba tare da ta amsa ba.

“Kinga idan har kina son sa, wallahi ki saki zuciyarki ki so shi, ni dai banga aibu a wajensa ba, yana da kyau daidai gwargwado.” 

“Ni wai kun ji na ce ina son sa ne? Kawai kun zo kuna yi min ihu akai, sai na sake faɗa muku wani abu nawa.”

Ta faɗa tana sake juya kwanciyar da ta yi a kan gadon Said Kibiya, duk yanda suka so ta haƙura na yi banza da su. 

Tun daga wannan ranar bai sake kiran sunanta ba sai da aka ɗauki lokaci mai tsayi, ya kira sunanta a cikin aji ya ce.

“Asma’u Sheshe ki haɗa min Test ɗin nan kikai min ofis.”

Yana fita su Said Kibiya suka hau iskancin tsokanarta ta yi banza da su, jikinta har ɓari yake ta haɗa takardun ta tafi ofis ɗin, sai dai ko a ofis ɗin yana amsa ya ce da ita.

“You can go.”

Kamar kazar da aka tsamu daga ruwan sanyi haka ta dawo cikin aji, jikinta duk ya yi sanyi, sabida ta yi tunanin wata maganar yake so ya yi da ni shi ya sa ya ce ta haɗa mai takardun test ɗin ta kai masa. Duk yanda ta kai ga faɗawa ƙawayenta gaskiyya amma sunƙi yarda, gani suke sabida ta ce ba zata sake faɗa musu wani abu ba shi ya sa ta ɓoye musu, har Ali Kaita ta ce.

“Abubakar Sheshe ba uwa ɗaya muke ba, ba kuma uba ɗaya ba, amma zaman ƙaddara ya haɗa mu mun zama tamkar jini ɗaya, harshe da haƙori ma ai ana saɓawa kuma babu wani abu da ya kai su kusa.”
Duk da ta yi maganar sabida jin gulma, amma maganar ta taɓa Husna sosai da sosai, sai da ta kalleta kallon da zata yarda da abin da zata faɗa mata, ta ce.

“Wallahi kawai ce min ya yi you can go, daga haka bai ce min komai ba.”

“To amma ke kike tsammanin zai faɗa miki?” 

Said Kibiya ta tambayeta, ta yi shiru baga san me zai ce mata ba, amma tabbas ko ma menene daga wajensa tana buƙata, bata san yanda ake soyayya ba amma tana jinsa a cikin zuciyarta. Tun daga wannan lokacin suka fahimci tana son sa, su ka kuma kasance masu bata ƙwarin gwiwa a kai, sai dai shi ko sau ɗaya bai taɓa magana da ita ta wata sigar daban da ta huce malami da ɗalibi ba, tun suna ƙarfafa mata gwiwa har suka sare, Ali Kaita ce ma kwanaki ta kawo gurguwar shawara wai su rubuta mai wasiƙa, Husna da kan ta ta ce aa ba da ita ba. Abu kamar wasa suka shiga Ss 2, a lokacin ne kuma aka ba shi form master ɗinsu, ya zama malamin ajinsu. 

Husna ta sare a kan lamarin ta kuma cire rai har ƙawayenta suka ba ta shawara a kan ta haƙura mussaman da suka ga irin amincin da ke tsakaninsa da Aisha Sharif monitan ajinsu. Kullum cikin shan tsinuwa take wajen Husna, ɗan taƙi kaɗan Husna take nema Aisha Sharif ta shiga sabgarta ta haɗa mata jini da majina, ko korarta za ayi daga makarantar ma sai da a koreta. Bisa tausayi Aisha Sharf ta rubutu sunan Husna cikin masu surutu a aji, Displine ya yi Husna bulala biyar, aikuwa suna shiga aji Husna ta yi wani wawan tsalle ta damƙi wuyan Aisha sharif ta haɗa ta da jikin bango, ba ta ma kula wanda take faɗan a kan sa yana ajin ba, tun da can ofis ɗin Malamai suka je aka dake su, sai bayan ta gwara kan Aisha da bango ta sake gwarawa ta ji muryarsa, cikin fushi ya yi maganar.

“Asma’u Sheshe leave her alone.”

Sai a lokacin Husna ta ji muryarshi, ba dan ta so ba ta cikata. 

“Go Outside and kneel down.” 

Ya faɗa ba tare da ya kalleta ba, wani haushinsa ne ya tokare ta shima, ta ji kamar taje ta damƙeshi su bugata da shi, ai shine ya jawo komai, ya rasa wa zai ce yana so sai wannan mai warin ƙashin. Fita ta yi kneel down ɗin, tana gunguni tana harar ajin, har ya kammala kiran sunansa ya fito, fuska a haɗe ya kalleta ya ce.

“Follow me.”

Miƙewa ta yi tana binsa, tana tafe tana hura hanci tana harare harare, Allah Ya kawo wani mai tsautsayin ya tanka, ita so take ma ta yi abin da za a kore ta daga makarantar kawai. 

Cikin ofis ɗin ya ce ta biyo shi, tana shiga ya sa ta durƙusa kaman za ta yi kneel down ɗin, ya ce.

“Me kika yi ɗazu a aji? Me ta yi miki.”

Kallonsa ta yi ƙasa ƙasa, taga ko inda take ma baya kallo, cikin haɗe rai ta ce.

“Wai sunana ta sa a cikin ‘yan vanacular.”

“To ai ba yau ta fara sa sunanki ba, me ya sa sai na yaune zai zafafeki, faɗa min gsky.”

Turo baki ta yi gaba, ta fara magana ƙasa ƙasa.

“You better open your mouth and talk, idan ba haka ba jibgarki zanyi anan.”

“Harara ta take.”

Husna ta faɗa, ya kalleta sosai yana son ya fahimci shin daman haka take ko a’a, a ganin da yake mata ya san tana da tsiwa amma bai yi tunanin ta iya faɗa haka ba, har wani harare harare yaga tana yi yau.

“A yaushe ne ta harareki?.”

Sai kawai ta fashe masa da kuka, kukan da ya yi matuƙar ɗaga masa hankali, ya ji kamar ya taso da ita ya lallashe ta, sai dai kuma yana son kare dokokin makaranta da kuma haƙƙinta, tun ranar da ya ganta ya ji zuciyarsa ta kamu da son ta, idanunsa sun kamu da son ganinta kuma ya fuskanci hakan a tare da ita, sai dai me? Ya sani akwai bambamcin addini, kuma na ta addini ya haramta masa aurenta, bai kamata ya biyawa son zuciyarsa ba ya sanya ta a wahala, shi ya sa yake gujewa duk wani abu da zai haɗa shi da ita, ranar da ya ce ta kawo mai takardun test ɗin ‘yan ajinsu, ya yi niyar ko ya ne ya samu ya yi hira da ita ko na minti biyu ne, ya san zai ji sauƙi abin da ke damun zuciyarsa, sai dai kuma ya tuna da tarin ƙalubalen da yake shirin janyowa kansa, shi ya sa ma ya ce ta tafi, da gangan ya janyo Aisha Sharif jikinsa ko hakan zai goge soyayyar da yake gani a tare da ita, sai dai kuma abin da ta yi yau ya nuna masa zallan kishinsa da ke ɗawainiya da zuciyarta. 

Jin kukan nata yake har cikin ransa, bai san da wani irin kalmomi zai rarrashe ta ba, baya son ya buɗe zuciyarsa ya zuba mata abin da zai janyo musu tarin wahala a gaba, a kullum kalaman da yake faɗawa kan sa shine. ‘Life is very easy, please don’t make it difcult for both of you.’ Ya san muddin suka ce zasu gina soyayya to wahala ce mai girma.

“Dan Allah ki yi shiru.” 

Ya yi maganar kaman wanda yake koyan Hausa, tsit ta yi shiru da bakinta kamar ba ita ke kuka ba. 

“Me ya sa ki kuka?”

“Na ce maka hararata ta yi, amma baka yarda ba sai ita kayarda da ita, sabida ita ce kake so.”

Tabbas ya ji shigar maganar kamar ansoka masa allura ba tare da saninsa ba, jikin sa ya yi sanyi ya tabbata abin da yake gudu ya afku, sai da ya sai ta nutsuwarsa sannan ya ce.

“Ni na ce miki ina son ta?”

“Gashinan na gani.”

“Me kika gani?”

Ya tambayeta, yana binta da wani irin kallon mamaki, tana ta zaro abin da ke cikin zuciyarta, she is very young gaba ɗaya ba zata wuce 17years ba, amma wai tasan kishi da soyayya, shi da yake 29 years ma bai san yanda zai bayyana soyayya a cikin kalamansa ba kamar yanda take yi, koda yake malaman soyayya da dama sun ce baka sanin lokacin da kalamanka ke bayyana abin da ke zuciyarka. 
Husna kam sai a lokacin da ya tambayeta me ta gani ta tuna abin da ta aikata, ta saki baki kenan tana ta zuba shi da a yanzu ma take jin haushinsa, miƙewa ta yi za ta fita ya ce da ita.

“Ina zaki?”

Shiru ta yi ba ta tanka ba, ya sake tambayarta, sai da ya tambayeta sau uku sannan ta ce.

“Na tuna ma ma daina kulaka, kasani Kneel down.”

Murmushi ya yi na ji zallan ƙuruciya a tare da ita, a haka tana da sauƙi amma kuma wuta ce ita, ba ta da haƙuri ya fahimta sosai, ga zafin kishi haka kuma ga taurin kai. 

“To ki yi haƙuri, i will never do it again i promise.”

Dawowa ta yi yanda take ɗazu, ya sake cewa. 

“Me kika gani kika ce ina son Aisha sharif?”

“Babu komai.”

“Babu komai kuma?” 

Ya yi maganar muryarshi na nuna alamun mamaki, gaba ɗaya yarinyar a burkice take. Idan bata so ba ba zaka taɓa gane kan ta ba. 

“You can go.”

Ya faɗa yana mayar da hankalinsa kan littafin da ke gabansa, har za ta fita ya ce.

“Make sure kin bata haƙuri kin ji ko?”

Ficewa ta yi wani haushinsa yana cin zuciyarta, ya tabbata dai Aisha Sharif yake so, a fili ta furta. 

“Allah Ka tsinewa Aisha Sharif dan ubanta.”

Ko da ta koma aji ba ta ce da kowa komai ba ta sami waje ta zauna, duk malaman da suka shiga suka fita bata fuskanci komai ba, har aka tashi suka yi hostel, sai dare Said Kibiya ta ce.

“Wai baki bamu labarin abin da ya faru ba ɗazu.”

“Me zan ce muku to? Ai nasan shegiyar nan yake so, wai dan Allah bakwajin tana warin ƙashi?”

Gaba ɗayansu suka kwashe da dariya, Ali Kaita ta ce. 

“Allah Ya tsinewa kishi irin naki Husna, abun har da sharri.”

“Ba sharri bane fa, warin ƙashi take.”

Daga nan kuma ta shiga basu labarin duk abin da ya faru ofis ɗin, sai da ta gama gaba ɗaya Ali Kaita ta ce.

“Shashasha irinki, to me kika yi? Ke daman duk son a baki ne ko me? Kina so ki ce baki fahimci yana son ki ba?”

Girgiza kai Husna ta yi, Allah ne ya so Ali Kaita a kan soyayya ne ta ce mata shashasha, amma wallahi da yau har gaban pc sai an kai su, wai shashasha. Said Kibiya ce ta ce.

“Ke dagaske in dai abin da kika faɗa mana shi ya faru to wallahi sonki yaki, kiji fa yanda ya dinga tambayarki, amma shiriritarki ta ja kika yi kasa ganewa, sa ki nutsu yanzu ki fahimci abin da ake faɗa miki.”


Tun daga wannan lokacin Husna taso sanyawa ranta nutsuwa, amma mai hali baya fasawa ta kasa gaba ɗaya, kullum tsanar Aisha Sharif take, kullum nemanta take da tashin hankali. Ranar friday da yamma lokacin ɗalibai suna compound suna ta hada hada wasu kuma suna cikin aji suna karatu, malamai da dama sun tafi gida weekend sai kuma waɗanda ke zaman quaters, shima wannan week ɗin kawai yaji bai son tafiya weekend, cikin ɗaliban da suka fito daga cikin aji ya hangota cikin ƙwayenta, su uku kullum a tare haka suke rayuwa, sun dawo daga aji ne dan duk weekend suna zuwa yi mata karatu inda suke mata dalla dalla da hausa sannan ta gane, ba wai dan ba ta iya turanci ba kawai bata kwashewa da huri ne. 


A baya ya dinga bin su har suka kusa hostel sannan ya ce.

“Asma’u Sheshe.”

Cak suka tsaya ita da ƙawayenta, kamar sunan su ya kira duka, sai da ya ƙaraso kusa da su sannan ya ce.

“Duka sunanku ɗaya kenan?”

Durƙusawa ƙasa suka yi, suka ce.

“Good afternoon Uncle Dee”

“Afternoon how are you.”

“Fine thank you.”

Duka baki a haɗe suke faɗa kamar masu bin waƙa, sai kuma suka fara tafiya suka ɗan yi gaba suka bar Husna kusa da shi. 

“Har yanzu fushin ne?”

Girgiza kai ta yi ba ta ce komai ba, ya sake cewa.

“Ba zaki yi min magana ba ne?”

“Ni ba fushi nake ba.”

“To me ya sa kika daina yi min magana?”

Shiru ta yi sabida abin da ya faɗa, wai ta daina yi masa magana, to daman magana take masa? Ko me yake nufi. 

“Ina so mu yi magana da ke, amma ina ga zan bari sai kun shiga next class lokacin kun zo final kuma kun ƙara girma.”

Da sauri ta girgiza kai, sannan ta ce.

“A’a ka faɗa min, yanzu ma na girma.”

Sai da suka tsaya jikin bishiya sannan ya ce.

“Ranar nan kin ce ina son Aisha Sharif ko? Me ya sa kika ce ina sonta? Me ya sa sai ita kika yi tunanin ita nake so ba ke ba?”



Legendspen
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA* 🔥🔥


-Amanan-Janafty-


(04)

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


Ji ta yi ƙirjinta ya buga da ƙarfi, ba ta taɓa tunanin idan ya yi mata maganar soyayya za ta ji haka ba. 


“Husna, ke ce mace ta farko da na fara jinta a jinin jikina a ranar da na fara ganinta, sai dai wasu dalilai suka sa na nesanta kaina da ke, na farko ke ɗaliba ce a makaranta kike, dokar makaranta ta haramtawa malami nuna wani abu da ya dangancin soyayya tsakaninsa da ɗalibarsa, kuma ko ba haka ba, ba girma na ba ne yin haka, sannan kuma akwai wani dalili mai girma da zai iya tarwatsa mu’amlata da ke dan haka naga ya kamata na nesanta kaina da kasancewa kusa da ke, sai dai zuciyata ta gagara yin hakan kwata kwata, har yanzu da nake tsaye gabanki yin zuciyata ne ba yin kaina ba.”


Husna ta yi matuƙar jindaɗin kalamansa, ashe wai shi ma yana sonta amma ya dinga ja mata rai yana nuna bai ma san da ita a duniya ba, koda yake ance abu mai daraja yana da wuyar samu. 

“Husna.”

Ya kira sunanta, ta ɗaga kai ta kalleshi ya yi gaba nesa da ita, sai ya zama hasken rana ya rage mata ganin fuskarsa sosai, cikin sanyin murya amma yanda zata ji shi ya ce.


“Na san kina gani kamar na yi baya daga gare ki ne saboda ban damu da ke ba, ko saboda ina son ganin wata daban. Ba haka ba ne, kece ka ɗai macen da nake so da sha’awar gani, kowane tsuntsu yakan so ya tashi a sararin samaniya inda yake da 'yanci, amma idan ya hango hadari a sararin, yakan ja da baya domin kariya.

Ke yarinya ce mai daraja, mai kyau da ilimi, murmushinki ka ɗai abun tsayawa a kallane, bare kuma rigimarki. Amma ni na san waye ni, kuma na san duniya da ƙa'idojinta. Akwai tsakankanin da ke tsakaninmu wanda ya fi ƙarfin tsawon bishiyar nan da muke tsaye a ƙarkashinta. Ina tsoron kada soyayyata ta zama sanadin da za a kalle ki da wani kallo na daban, ina tsoron soyayya ta zame miki matsalal da zaki sha wahala. Ina tsoron kada na ba ki zuciyata, sannan a tsakiyar tafiya al'ada da addini su sa mu miƙa wuya, mu bar zuciyoyinmu a tarwatse.

Ban koya miki darasin lissafi domin ki kasa yin lissafin makomarki ba. Idan har kina jina a cikin jinin jikinki kamar yadda nake jin ki a nawa, to ki yi min alƙawari guda ɗaya.

Ki kula da kanki, ki zama mai ƙarfin gwiwa, kuma kar ki taɓa yarda wani abu ya ruguza farin cikinki... koda kuwa ni ne zan zama sanadin. Ni dai na san zuciyata ta riga ta zaɓeki, amma lissafin ƙaddara ba a hannunmu yake ba."


Yana kaiwa nan ya juya da baya ya ci gaba da tafiya, tafiyar da bai waigo ba har ya ɓacewa ganinta, gaba ɗaya jikinta ya yi sanyi kamar an watsa mata ruwan sanyi, ta rasa gane inda zancen nasa ya nufa, wai addini da al’ada. Aina addini da al’ada zasusa su miƙa wuya har su bar zuciyoyinsu a tarwatse, ya ce bai koya mata darasin lissafi domin takasa lissafa rayuwarta ba, me yake nufi? Ya yi mata magana a cakuɗe ta inda ba za ta iya tsintar komai daga ciki, haka ta koma cikin hostel jikinta a sanyaye gaba ɗaya a sanyaye, ko da ta bawa Said Kibiya labari suma basu iya tsintar komai a cikin maganar ba, amma sun bari daga baya zasu tattauna a kai, ko ita Husna ta tambayeshi abin da yake nufi da abin da ya faɗa, haka suka ci gaba da al’amuransu a yinin ranar har ita dai Husna da ta ta zauna babu abin da ke yawo a kanta sai kalaman da ya faɗa mata, mussaman kalmar da ya ce Ki kula da kanki, ki zama mai ƙarfin gwiwa, kuma kar ki taɓa yarda wani abu ya ruguza farin cikinki... koda kuwa ni ne zan zama sanadin.

 Ni dai na san zuciyata ta riga ta zaɓeki, amma lissafin ƙaddara ba a hannunmu yake ba. Sai ta yi ta tambayar kanta wacce irin ƙaddara, ya ce wai addini da al’ada gaba ɗaya ta rasa gane kanta a wannan ranar, gashi daman tun safe ta ta tashi jikinta babu ƙwari, har sun shirya zasu clinic na makaranta kuma ta ce ta fasa, ga waɗannan kalaman da suka saukar mata da kasala, su jefa ƙwaƙwalwarta cikin duhun tunani, duk yanda ta so ta yakice wannan tunanin abu ya gagara gaba ɗaya, har dare lokacin da suka zo kwanciya, su Said Kibiya ne suka lallaɓata ta kwanta, sai da tana kwanciyar ta soma jin wani irin zazzaɓi yana shirin rufe ta, wani irin sanyi ya dabaibaye rayuwarta ta fara rawar ɗari, a take kuma kanta ya fara wani irin sarawa kamar ana sara shi da gatari, tana daga kwance amma jiri yana ɗibanta.


Ba iya S Kabiya da Ali Kaita ba, duk waɗanda ke cikin Hostel ɗin hankalinsu ya tashi da yanayin da Husna ta shiga, mussaman gurnanin da take yi wanda shi ya jawo hankalin kowa kanta, gaba ɗaya suka zagaye ta ana faman yi mata sannu, amma ba tasan inda kanta yake ba. 

Tun suna ganin abun kamar wasa har ya girma ya huce dukkan tunaninsu, ba shiri suka garzaya da ita Sickbay, domin sun tsorata da abin da yake shirin faruwa, wata cikin student ɗin ta danna ƙararawar da ke isar da Quaters ɗin malami sanarwa ana buƙatar su cikin makaranta, lokacin da malaman suka iso Sickbay ɗin ya cika ya batse da dandazon ɗalibai, Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita kuka kawai suke fuskarsu ta yi jage jage da hawaye, wasu daga cikin ɗaliban suna ta faman rarrashinsu. 
Yana ganin Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita na kuka kuma babu Husna ya ji zuciyarsa ta bada wani iriin bugu mai zafi, ya san ba mutuwa ta yi ba tun da yana jin motsinta a cikin a zuciyarsa, sai ya san tana cikin wani hali, kuma ya yi imanin wannan abun shi ya hana shi tafiya gida weekend.

Shiga ɗakin suka yi suka tarar da ƙaramar nurse a kanta, kasancewar weekend ne babu manyan, ana barin guda ɗaya daman sabida emergency, yana shiga ya tarar da nurse ɗin tana duba hannun Husna da ya yi fari fat.

“Doctor how is she?”

“Sir jikinta ya yi rauni sosai, numfashinta da bugun zuciyarta suna tsananin sauri, ga kuma Bp ɗinta ya yi low sosai da sosai, gashinan har fuskarta ta canja launi saboda ƙarancin jini.

Kayan aikinmu na nan ba za su iya auna taƙamaiman abin da yake faruwa ba, ina tunanin kawai a kai ga  Federal Hospital na cikin gari ƙarƙashin kulawar makaranta."

"Jikin nata ya yi tsauri har haka kenan?"

Ya faɗa jikinsa a sanyaye, nurse ɗin ta gyaɗa kafin ta ce.

"Sosai sir,  akwai buƙatar a sanar da iyayenta dan ana buƙatar wani nata, tun da yanzu ba wani dare ba ne, anan cikin kano take kuma AKTH za a miƙata."

 Jikinsa ya yi sanyi ƙalau, ya rasa abin da zai yi, nurse ɗin ta shiga rubuta letter da zasu kai asibitin, bayan ta gama ta miƙa masa tana faɗin.

"Ga shi Sir, bari na sanar da school driver ya fito da Ambulans."

Karɓa ya yi, sannan ya ce.

"Bari na sanar da shi, sannan kuma gida kuma ba sai an sanar dasu ba, sabida kar a ɗaga musu hankali,  zan iya duk wani abu da gidan zasu yi.”

“No sir ya kamata a sanar da su,  yanayin jikinta dole sai wani yazo daga gida, nasan ba su da wani nisa da asibitin."


“Okay, zaku iya kiransu.”

Ya faɗa yana ficewa, itama nurse ɗin fita ta yi   zuwa ofis ɗin da ake kula da duk wani information na Student, da yake ta san Husna da ƙawayenta, kuma a yanzu ta duba number tag ɗin Husna 418, ma'ana ita ce ɗaliba ta 418 a kaf Federal Government Girls College, Munjibir (FGGC Munjibir), tana dubawa taga lambar wayar farko. 

Ta ɗauka lambar ma ta mahaifinta ce, shi ya sa ta kira, a can gida kuwa Yaya Abdul ya dawo kenan daga zance yana ƙoƙarin shigar da mashin ɗinsa wayarsa ta soma rigining, Alhaji da ya dawo daga makatantar dare ya ce.


“Yaya, ita antin nan tamu ba za ta barka ka shiga gida ba ne, ko ta manta daga wajenta kake?”


Murmushi Yaya Abdul ya yi, ya sa hannu ya zaro wayar, sai dai ganin lambar ba suna ya ce.


“To ka kwantar da hankalinka ba ita ba ce.”

Matsawa kusa da shi Alhaji ya yi, yana karɓar mashin ɗin zai shiga da shi ciki, shi kuma Yaya Abdul ya ɗaga wayar tare da yin sallama. Daga can ɓarin Nurse Hauwa ta amsa sannan ta ce.

“Ina magana da mahaifin Husna ne?”

Sai da gaban Yaya Abdul ya yi wani mugun bugu, murya a hankali ya ce.


“Eyh nine, babanta ne kuma yayanta.”

Duk da ya yi maganar ƙasa ƙasa sabida kar Alhaji yaji, amma hakan bai hana shi ji ba, cak ya tsayar da mashin ɗin yana sauraron abin da za a sake cewa. 

“Yawwa toh thank god, Husna ba ta da lafiya sosai da sosai, yanzu haka sun shiga motar school zasu zo nan asibitin  Aminu Kano Teaching Hospital (AKTH), so idan ba damuwa ku kasance cikin shiri, school Ambulans ne nan da minti 30 zata iya zuwa.”


“Innullahi wa’inna illahir raji’un, Allahuma ajirni fi musibati…”

Alhaji ya yi saurin cefashi da cewa.

“Wa’aklif ni khairin minha? Me ya samu Husnan dan Allah?”


Ya ƙarashe kamar zai yi kuka, da ƙyar Yaya Abdul ya ce.


“Ba ta da lafiya ne, wai yanzu ma sun taho da ita daga makarantar zasu zo asibitin malam, ƙarƙashin kulawar makarantar."

Hawaye Alhaji ya ji yana bin fuskarsa, kamar wanda aka sanar masa da mutuwa, Yaya Abdul ya ce. 

"Yanzu zan shiga gida, zan ce da Mama za muje unguwa, idan dare ya yi su kulle kar ka bari su ji wannan maganar.”


“Tom Yaya, bara na juya mashin ɗin kafin ka fito.”

Alhaji ya faɗa, idanunsa duk sun yi jazir, hawaye na zubowa. 

Da sauri Yaya Abdul ya shiga gida, a  lokacin Mama har ta kwanta, sai Abba da Walid suna ɗaki suna ɗaukan karatu sai kuma Ashir da ke na shi karatun daban.


“Walid.”

Yaya Abdul ya faɗa daga bakin ƙofar, dan bazai iya shiga ciki ba, ba ya so ma yaga fuskar Abba, Walid ya tsayar da karatun ya ce.

“Lafiya ba zaka shigo ba?”

Abba ma ya ce.

“Babban mutum lafiya?”

“Lafiya ƙalau Abba, saƙo zan ba shi.”

Walid bai jira amsar Abba ba ya miƙe, dan yanda ya ji muryar Yaya Abdul ya san da damuwa a muryarsa, haka Allah Ya hallice su kowa ya san damuwar kowa, ba sa taɓa iya ɓoyewa junansu damuwa, ko da bai faɗa ba, su suna ɗauka a cikin maganarsa da mu’amala sa. 


“Me ya faru?”


Walid ya faɗa ƙasa ƙasa yanda Abba ba zai ji ba, shima Yaya Abdul ƙasa ƙasa ya ce.

“Za muje unguwa da Alhaji, idan bamu dawo ba ku kulle gidan?”

“Mu kulle gidan kuma? Ina zaku? Me yake damunka?”

“Babu komai fa, mura nake.”

“Yaya wallahi ba mura kake ba, ina zaka? Bari nazo muje tare.”

“Idan kazo wa zamu bari a gidan, zan yi ma text ɗin inda mu kaje.”

Yana faɗin haka ya fice, a can makaranta kam lokacin da aka fita da Husna a Ambulans sai da sauran Students suka riƙe Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita, sabida kuka suke suna bin motar sai an tafi da su, daga nan kuma Ali Kaita ta zube a ƙasa sai aljanu, nan sauran ɗalibai suka hau zubewa aka bar ragowar malamai da faman kwashe su da yi musu karatu. 


09:47pm suka iso asibitin Aminu Kano Teaching Hospital (AKTH), Yaya Abdul da Alhaji suna ganin motar suka bi bayanta zuwa emergency unit (A&E) na cikin asibitin, motar na tsayawa suka yo kanta sai dai kuma ma'aikatan gaggawa suka fito da gadon tura marasa lafiya zuwa bakin motar.

Uncle Dee a lokacin idanunsa sunyi jazir sabida yanda zuciyarsa ta yi rauni, suna tafe mota yana kallonta, ji yake kamar ya bawa idanunsa damar zubar da hawayen kukan da zuciyarsa ke yi, Allah ne ya kawo sa asibitin lafiya amma numfashinsa gaba ɗaya ya sarƙafe, duk da yanayin da yake ciki bai gaza ganin zalla kammanin Husna a tare da Alhaji da Yaya Abdul da ke tsaye suna kallon motar, idanun Walid sun kaɗa sun yi jazir kamar gauta, na Yaya Abdul kuma sun rene sun fara zama yellow alamun shi yafi Walid dakiya da taurin zuciya. 

Lokacin da aka fara tura Husna zuwa Triage Room dan bata taimakon gaggawa dukkansu suka rufawa likitocin baya, sai dai lokacin da aka shiga da ita Ressuscitation Room, ɗakin da ake ba da agajin gaggawa na ceto rayuwa aka umarce su da su tsaya, ba dan sun so ba suka tsaya kowa ya jingina da bango, daidai lokacin kuma wayar Yaya Abdul ta fara ƙara, yana zarowa ya san Walid ne ya miƙawa Alhaji tare da faɗin. 


“Ka ce masa komai ma, ni ban san me zan ce masa ba.”


Karɓar wayar ya yi, shima ɗin bai san abin da zai ce ba amma ya san ko hauka yake ba zai iya sanar da iyayensa suna asibiti Husna ce a kwance ba, sai da ya saita nutsuwarsa na ɗan lokaci sannan ya ɗaga tare da faɗin. 


“Yaya gamu nan, idan bacci zaku yi ku kulle gidan.” 


Daga can ɓarin Walid ya yi magana rai a ɓace. 


“Bangane mu kulle gidan ba gaku nan zuwa, kuna ina? Gaba ɗaya kun ɗagawa wa mutane hankali.” 


Alhaji yana shirin yin magana wata nurse ta fito, a yanayin da ta fito kana kallonta zaka ga zallan tashin hankali a tare da ita.


“Ana neman mahafin yarinyar nan.”


“Wace yarinya, kuna ina wai?”

Walid ya faɗa, sabida yanda maganar ta shiga kunnensa kamar yana wajen aka yi maganar. 

“Yaya muna asibiti, Husna ce aka dawo da ita daga makaranta, mun so mu ɓoye muku kuma likitocin sun ce ana buƙatar iyayenta.”

“Wane asibiti ne?”

“AKTH, muna Triage Room.”

“Gamu nan.”

Walid ya faɗa tare da katse wayar, Abba da ya sa shi a gaba ya kira su ya ce.


“Mene ya faru?”

“Abba wai Husna ce ba lafiya, an dawo da ita daga makaranta yanzu ma suna Asibitin Malam, kuma a yanzu ma muna wayar na ji ana cewa ana buƙatar iyayenta.”


“Hasbunallahu wani’imal wakil.”

Abba ya faɗa, daidai lokacin Mama ta fito daga ɗaki sabida taji duk abin da suka faɗa a kiɗime ta ce. 

“Husna ce ba lafiya?”

“Eyh ita ce.”

Abba ya faɗa yana shiga ɗaki, bayan ‘yan mintuna ya fito.

“Walid shege muje, ke ki zauna anan za muje mu ga abin da ke faruwa."


“A’a dan Allah, ba zan iya ba wallahi bari na ɗauki Ashir muje tare kawai.”


Yanayin da ta yi maganar ya bayyana duk wani hali da zuciyarta ke ciki, nutsuwa ta yi nesa da ita.


 Walid ne ya shiga ɗaki ya ɗauko Ashir da ke kwance ya ɗaura shi a kafaɗarsa suka fito daga gidan, a cikin motar ma Walid ne ya tuƙa su har zuwa asibitin. Lokacin da suka shiga cikin asibitin suka tarar da Alhaji zaune zaman dirshan ya haɗa kai da gwiwa yana rusa kuka wiwi, shi kuma Yaya Abdul yana zaune kan kujerun asibitin shi ya zabga tagumi, Uncle Dee  ma yana tsaye daga gefen Alhaji idanunsa a lumshe da alama ya runtse su ne ko zai sami nutsuwa. 


Walid ne a gaba su Mama da Abba a bayansa, Ashir ma ya farka yaga sun a asibiti amma baisan waje wa suka zo ba, Alhaji ne ya fara ganinsu yana kukan ya tawo idan suke, kukansa duk ya ɗaga hankalinsu duk da sun san Alhaji ya saba kuka idan Husna ba ta da lafiya, amma wannan ya tsorata su sosai. 


“Abba, sun ce wai ba zasu faɗa mana komai ba, dole sai mahaifinta yazo, mun ce musu zamu iya yin komai amma sunƙi yarda.”


Alhaji ya faɗa yana kuka, maganarsa ta sa Uncle Dee buɗe idonsa ya sauke su a kan Abba, mutumin da ya yi masa wani irin kwarjini mai ban tsoro, duk kammamin Husna da yake gani a tare da ‘yan uwanta, sai ya ga ashe ba komai ba ne idan ka haɗa ta da Abba, wanda suke kamar an tsaga kara, haka Ashir ma sak kammaninsu. Yaya Abdul ne ya ce.

“Abba, yana wancan ofis ɗin dan Allah muje.”

Ya yi maganar yana ƙoƙarin riƙe hannun Abba ya kai shi, alamun duk ya fita a hayyacinsa, Abban ma miƙa mai hannun ya yi sabida gaba ɗaya jikinsa ya saki a yanayin da ya ga ‘ya’yan nasa. 


Abba yana gaba suka rufa masa baya duka cikin ofis ɗin har da Uncle Dee, wanda banda yaya Abdul da Walid da ya gabatar musu da kansa a matsayin malamin su da ya kawo ta daga makaranta, babu wanda ya san waye shi, kuma babu nutsuwar da zasu fahimci ma da shi.

 Likitan yana zaune ya gansu sun shigo ɗuuu a tare, suna neman cika mai ofis. 

“Wasu su jira a waje mana.”

Ya faɗa ba tare da ya amsa sallamar da suka yi masa ba, ganin kowa yaƙi motsi ya sa shi cewa.

“Abin da zan faɗa muku bai da daɗin ji, dan Allah ku bar mahaifinta kawai, kai kuma ba malaminta ba ne? Zaka iya komawa yanzu mana.”


Likitan ya ƙarashe maganar yana nuna Ilya, sai a lokacin Abba da Mama da Walid ma suka kula da shi, Abba ya yi magana cike da dattaku.

“Idan zai yu kasanar damu duka, shima da yake malami ai akwai haƙƙi a kansa tun da makaranta ya wakilta, idan kuma ba zai yu ba ni zan iya fita, nasan nan zasu yi duk wani abu da zan yi har ma su yi wanda yafi nawa, tun da an ce Sarkin yawa yafi Sarkin ƙarfi, kuma Hannu ɗaya baya ɗaukan jinka.”


Kalaman Abba suka sanyaya jikinsu, a take Yaya Abdul ya nufi fita ba dan ransa ya so ba, sai dan ya nuna girma da darajar mahaifinsu.


“Za ku iya zama duka, ai akwai enough seats.”


Likitan ya faɗa, duka suka sami waje suka zauna, sabida akwai doguwar kujera daga jikin bango, Abba da Mama kuma suka zauna a kujeru biyu da ke kusa da tebur ɗin likitan. Bayan ya yi gyaran murya, ya ce.


“Ina so ku saurare ni da kyau, kuma ku daure zuciyoyinku. 

Sakamakon jininta da muka fito da shi daga lab ya nuna muna fuskantar wani babban yanayi na gaggawa. Jinin 'yarku Husna ba kawai raguwa ya yi ba... ƙonewa yake yi kuma mutuwa yake a kowane sa'a guda da ke wucewa.

Mutum daidai wanda yake da lafiya yana da matakin jini (PCV) tsakanin kashi 36% zuwa 46%. Amma a halin yanzu da nake magana da ku, jinin Husna yana kashi 11% kacal 
Wannan yana nufin garkuwar jikinta ta rikice, tana yaƙi da lalata ƙwayoyin jinin jikinta a maimakon ta kare su. Zuciyarta tana gudu fiye da ƙarfin da aka halitta mata domin kawai ta rarraba ɗan sauran Oksijin da ya rage a jikinta. Idan har wannan adadin ya sake sauka zuwa kashi 9% ko 8% a tsawon mintuna 45 masu zuwa, zuciyarta za ta daina bugawa gaba ɗaya, abin da ake kira da Heart Failure a turance."



Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971

🔥🔥DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA🔥🔥


*-Amanan-Janafty-*


(05)

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


Gaba ɗaya ɗakin ya yi shiru, babu abin da ake ji sai ƙarar fanka, kowa ya shiga duniyar tashin hankali. Likitan ya yi gyran murya domin su dawo hayyacinsu, sannan ya ce.


“Abin da ke ƙara dagula al'amarin shi ne, Nau'in jininta O-Negative (O-ve) ne. Wannan irin jinin yana da matuƙar ƙarancin gaske a duniya, ba kowa ke da shi ba. Ko da a Blood Bank namu  na AKTH gaba ɗaya ba a samun wanman nau’in jini, domin da ya samu akwai tarin mabuƙatan sa, a yanzu haka bamu da ko leda ɗaya ta wannan jinin a ƙasa.

Idan har ba mu sami wanda yake ɗauke da wannan nau'in jinin na O-Negative a nan kusa ya bada an ɗauka an fara sa mata a cikin tsawon sa'a guda ba... ba za mu iya ba ku tabbacin za ta kwana da rai a duniyar nan ba."


Kamar waɗanda aka ɗaurawa dutse haka suka ji kansu ya yi mugun nauyi, kowa ya kasa magana sai maimaita hasbunallahu suke yi a cikin ransu, da ƙyar Uncle Dee ya buɗe baki ya ce.


“To likita, ai a cikin mu nan ba za a rasa mai wannan jinin ba, a duba mana.”


“Eyh, babu lallai a rasa kamar yanda idan ba a samu ba ba zai zama abun mamaki ba. Amma abu ɗaya da yakamata kusa ni, O-Negative is kind of Rare Blood Types, nau'in jinin da ba a fi samun mutane 1 zuwa 2 cikin 100 da shi ba, to kunga wannan yawan naku ba shike da tabbacin za a same ku da shi ba.”


Walid ne ya ce. 
“A gwada mana, sai dai na san jini O-Possitive ne, haka ma na Mama, amma a sake gwadawa dan Allah.”


Likitan  ya danna wani abu da ke kan tebur ɗin shi, ba jimawa wata nurse ta shigo, ya nuna mata su ya ce.

“Ki ɗauki su kuje ku gwada jininsu, O-Nagative ake nema.”

Tashi suka yi suka bi bayanta, da sauri likitan ya ce.

“A’a Baba ban da kai.”

“Me ya sa?”

Abba ya tambaya, likitan ya yi murmushi wanda suka fahimci ɗabi’arsa ce a haka, ya ce.

“Shekarunka, Baba sun wuce yanda za a deɓi jininka.”

“A’a Likita ina da cikakkiyar lafiyar da za a iya ɗiban jinina, ka barni kawai.”

“Baba idan har muka yi kuskuren cire maka leda ɗaya ta jini, to ba shakka sai mun sanya ma leda biyu na jini, to kaga ai anyi ba ayi ba.”

Allhaji ya ƙara dagewa a kan lallai sai na ɗebi jininsa, da ƙyar likitan ya samu ya lallaɓa shi ya haƙura.

 A can wajen gwada jini, na Yaya Abdul aka fara gwadawa, sai dai ba a sami jinin da ake buƙata ba, aka sake gwada na Walid kamar yanda ya faɗa aka sami posstive, Alhaji ma na shi posstive ne, a lokacin da aka gwada na Uncle Dee sai aka yi sa’a yazo iri ɗaya O-Negative, daman shi ya san hakane, amma baya son ya yi katsalandan ne tun da ga 'yan uwanta,  nan suka dawo suka sanar da likitan, ya bada umarnin a ɗebi jinin da za ayi scanning aga lafiyarshi ƙalau ko akasin haka, cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci aka gwada jininsa aka ga lafiya ƙalau yake, likitan ya bada umarnin a ɗebi leda ɗaya a sanyawa Husna, sannan ya sanar da su Abba su tambaya cikin ‘yan uwa, ko Allah zai sa asamu, sabida a yanzu haka leda huɗu ake nema na jini, leda ɗaya babu abin da zai yi mata. 


Hankali su Abba ya ƙara tashi, Abba ya fara bugawa ƙannensa waya, ya manta ma dare ya yi nisa, nan aka samu har mutum uku suka zo a daren, amma duk jininsu baiyi ɗaya da na Husna ba, tashin hankali bai dawo sabo ba sai da likita ya sanar dasu jinin da aka zuba mata na farko ya ƙone, ana buƙatar wani cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci domin samu rayuwarta. 

Waje Mama ta samu ta zube a ƙasa dirshan ta fara kuka, abin da ya sake ɗaga hankalin su Ya walid suka ba zama cikin asibitin, Uncle Dee da ya dawo daga cin abinci baya an ɗebi jininsa ya ga su Walid suna tafe fanjam fanjam. 


“Walid me ya faru?”

Ya faɗa cikin tsantsar tashin hankali.

“Wai jinin da aka sanya mata ne ya ƙone, dole sai an ƙara wani, yanzu ‘yan uwan Abba har uku sun zo amma duk ba a sami jinin da ya yi daidai ba.”


Walid ya faɗa, yanayin da muryarshi ta fito kaɗai ya isa ya sanyayawa mai sauraro jiki.

“To muje asake ɗiban nawa mana.”

Uncle Dee ya faɗa yana wucewa, Walid ya rufa masa baya suka shiga cikin asibitin, a can wajen ɗiban jinin masu ɗiba suka ce ba zasu sake ɗiban jininsa ba a yanzu, sabida ba a jima da ɗiba, amma fir yaƙi ya ce lallai sai an ɗiba. Sai da aka fara auna Bp ɗinsa sannan suka sake ɗeban leda ɗaya aka sake sanyawa mata. Wannan leda ɗayan shi ya riƙeta har safiya. 


Washe gari Abba ya ci gaba da kiran al’ummar annabi ana neman jini samfurin O-Nagetive, na sadaka ko na siyarwa amma shiru kamar malam ya ci shirwa.

 Wajen ƙarfe 12 na rana likitan ya sake sanar da Abba dole fa a nemo jinin domin a samu ta daidaita dan har yanzu bugun zuciyarta yana nan da ƙarfinsa, Mama ta bada shawarar a sanar a gidan rediyo ko Allah zai sa a samu, suna cikin wannan halin Uncle Dee ya shigo shi da wani mutumi wanda bai yi kala da musulmai ba, bayan sun gaisa ya ce da Abba. 

“Abba, wannan sunan shi Moses, shine babban abokina da zai iya sanya hannu a duk wani abu nawa, ya biyo ni ne dan ya zama shaida zan sanya hannu a takardar Consent cewar na aminta a ɗauki jini na ko nawa ne ko da rayuwata zata shiga haɗari.”


“Dee are you out of your mind? Daman abin da ka kawo ni nan na yi ne?”

Moses ya faɗa yana kallon Iliya da mamaki, shi bai ma san yaushe ya dawo gari ba, kawai ya gan shi a wajen aikinsa ne ya ce wai ya zo ya rakashi wani waje, ashe abin da ya zo yi kenan? Sadaukar da ransa ya cike high risk form, kuma ma a kan yarinyar BaHaushe, ‘yar musulmai mutane da basa son su basa ƙaunar su. 


“Na kira ka nan ne dan ka yisigining a matsayin ɗan uwana, bana kira ka dan na ji raayinka ba ne.”

Uncle Dee ya faɗa yana mamakin Moses, bai san yanda yake jin yarinyar a ransa ba ne, shi ina ma zai sa rayuwarsa idan ya rasa Husna, bai tabbatar da irin son da yake mata ba sai yanzu da ya ganta a halin rai ko mutuwa, aiko duniya zata tashi babu wanda ya isa ya hana shi bada jininsa a sanya mata, ko da kuwa shi zai mutu ya yarda indai Husna za ta ci gaba da numfashi a doran duniya. 


“Malam Iliya, ba za ayi haka ba, ka yi iya ƙoƙarinka mun gani mun gode, Allah ma Ya shaida mun gode maka, sai dai fatan Allah Ya yi maka sakayya da gidan Aljanna. Amma a yanzu an wuce matakin da za a ɗebi jininka.” 

“Baba.”

Uncle Dee ya faɗa yana matsowa kusa da Abba, ga mamaki sai ga shi ya zube a kan gwiwoyinsa, cikin sanyi murya ya ce.


“Ka yi haƙuri dan Allah, ka barni na sanya a hannu a form ɗin nan, ina so Husna ta rayu, ta yi numfashi mai kyau, ta ci gaba da karatu. Har yanzu ina da damar taimakawa, dan Allah.”

“Wannan kasada da rai ne.” 

Yaya Abdul ya faɗa, duk da halin da suke ciki amma bazas u iya rufe idonsu su sanya mutum a haɗari ba. 

“Zan iya fa, ni na ce zan iya.”

Uncle Dee ya faɗa muryarshi da alamun taurin kai, dan shi fa babbar kasadar da zai yi ita ce barin Husna ta mutu, ya san ba zai taɓa yafewa kan sa ba. 

“Kana ji muje wajen likitan, idan ya ce ba za a ɗauka na dole a haƙura.”

Mama ta faɗa, a ranta tana addu’ar Allah ma Ya sa ace za a iya ɗeba,  tashi suka yi gaba ɗaya suka nufi ofis ɗin likitan, Moses ya jawo Iliya baya, ya fara masa magana cikin raɗa. 


“Ka sha wani abu ne? Jininka fa, zaka sa rayuwarka a haɗari a kan yarinyar musulmi, baka da hankali?”

Haɗe rai Iliya ya yi sannan ya ce.

“Lafiya ƙalau ma kasan bana shan wani abu, bare kuma yanzu da nake wannan halin, wannan yarinyar ita ce farin ciki zuciyata, ina son yarinyar nan sama da kowacce mace a faɗin duniya.”

“‘Yar Musulmi fa?”

Moses ya faɗa, Uncle Dee yi banza da shi ya bisu cikin ofis ɗin, a lokacin da shi ya shiga cikin ofis ɗin har su Abba sun faɗawa likitan abin da ke tafe dasu, yana shigowa Abba ya ce.

“Shine wannan.”

Likitan ya yi gyaran murya, sannan ya ce.

“A ƙa'idar dokar asibiti, mutum guda ɗaya mai ƙarfi da lafiya ana ɗaukar Leda 1 tak (450ml - 500ml) a lokaci guda. Wannan shi ne adadin da jikin mutum zai iya jurewa ba tare da ya suma ko ya shiga haɗari ba. Amma mun karya doka mun ɗauki leda biyu a dare ɗaya a jikinka wanda ya haura leda 1,000ml - 1,500ml. Dan haka a yanzu bamu da damar sake ɗaukan wani jinin daga jikinka, sai dai kuma a yanayin binciken lafiyarka da muka duba kana da nauyin jini tun da gashi har jikinka ya bada 1,000ml na jini ba tare da ka raunana ba, sabida haka idan har zaka sanya hannu a high risk form ɗin to mukam zamu ɗeba.”

“Yes doctor, zan san ya hannu.”

Uncle Dee ya faɗa jikinsa na rawa, likitan ya sake kallon shi ya ce.

“Rayuwarka zata iya shiga haɗari fa?”

“Na amince.”

“Ina wakilinka?”

“Gashi.”

Ya faɗa yana nuna Moses, bada jimawa ba likitan ya sa aka kawo form ɗin Uncle Dee ya cike, zuciyarsa a ƙeƙashi babu alamun danasani ko niyar canja raayi, haka ya shiga za ayi musu blood transfusion. 


Bayan sa’o’i saba’in da biyu. 


A hankali Husna ta fara ƙoƙarin buɗe idonta, sakamakon sautin motsi da ta fara ji ya shiga kunnenta, bata san aina take ba, amma yanayin jikinta ya bata tana wani waje daban ba makarantar da ta kwanta bacci ba, jikinta akwai alamar gajiya sosai da sosai, ga wani irin ciwon kai da take ji duk da idonta na a rufe, abin da ya fara dawowa zuciyarta Uncle Dee, yana ina? Sai kuma ta yi tunanin ita ɗin tana ina ma, ko mutuwa ta yi ne ma? A hankali ta fara buɗe idonta da ya yi mata nauyi sosai da sosai, haske tarwai ya shiga idon, ta runtse shi da sauri.

 Bayan kusan minti biyar ta sake ƙoƙarin buɗe idon, a wannan lokacin ta yi nasarar buɗe shi tarwai. Sai dai inda ta ganta ya sa zuciyarta bugawa da wani irin sauri, ta tabbatar asbiti ne, amma mai ya kawo ta nan, kwananta nawa anan? Juya jikinta ta fara ƙoƙarin yi sai dai ta ganta ɗaure da injinoni.

“Hasbunallahu wani’imal wakil.”

Ta furta murya can ƙasa, sai kuma ta mai da kallonta zuwa gefenta na hagu, wani mutumi ne kwance a irin gadon da take, a fili ta furta. ‘Waye shi? Me yake yi anan? Ko shima bai da lafiya? Ni meke damuna?’ Haka ta hau jerawa kanta tambayoyin da suka sa kanta ya ƙara fara sara mata, ba shiri ta fara ƙoƙarin dakatar da ƙwaƙwalwarta daga tunanin da take shirin shiga. Kamar daga sama ta ji an ce.

“Doctor kamar fa wannan tana motsi.”

Buɗe idonta ta sake yi, daidai lokacin da kyakywan farin likitan ya zuro kansa, idanunta suka faɗa cikin nasa, ya yi mata murmushi, sannan ya kalli nurse ɗin da suke tare. 

“Alhamdulillah, ita kam ta tashi sauri shi.”

Likitan ya yi maganar da ta haifar mata da tunani, ita, saura shi? Waye shi? yaya Abdul? Yaya walid? Alhaji? Ko Ashir? Yaushe ne ma wai ta kwanta wannan jinyar? A  hankali ta buɗe baki ta ce.

“Ku cire min ƙarfunan nan.”

Babu wanda ya tanka ta har ta fara mita a cikin ranta, sai kuma ta ji kamar ma ana sauketa a ƙasa, ba ta tantance ba sai da taga ana tura gadon daga ɗakin za a fita da ita waje, haka kawai taji zuciyarta na tsinkewa kamar tana nesa da wani abu mallakinta. 

A haka aka dawo da ita ɗakin da mutane zasu iya ganinta, ko minti biyu likitan bai yi da fita ba su Mama suka shigo da su Ya Walid har da Abba da wasu cousins ɗin ta, har da Hajiya Bilki da Ya Leemah, duk suka shigo ana ta mata sannu, kowa fuskarsa da fara’a yana cikin farin ciki, sai da mazan suka tafi sallah ya rage Mama da Hajiya Bilki, Ya Leemah ta tafi da sauran ‘yan uwan da suka zo, Husna ta ce da Mama.

“Wai ya aka yi na zo nan? Daga school aka kawo ni?”

“Eyh Husna, daga makaranta aka kawo ki, mumu nan muka sameki da yayyunki sunƙi sanar da mu, a tunaninsu zasu iya kula da rashin lafiyar sai dai ba haka ba ne.”

“Yau kwana nawa kenan anan?”

“Kwanakin huɗu.”

Mama ta faɗa tana miƙa mata tea ɗin da ta haɗa mata, sai da Husna ta karɓa sannan ta ce.

“Daga makaranta ba wanda ya kawo ni, kuma na wanda ya nemeni?”

“A’a akwai malaminku mana, Iliya ne sunansa ko?”

Da sauri Husna ta ɗaga kai ta ce.

“Eyh, malamin maths ɗin mu ne, kuma shine malamin ajinmu, Uncle Dee.”

“To shi ne kam.”

“Yana ina yanzu?”

Husna ta sake tambayar Mama, sai da Mama ta gyara zamanta sannan ta ce.

“Ba ki ga wani a cikin ɗakin da aka fito da ke ba?”


“Na gan shi Mama, waye shi?”


“Shine malamin naku.”
Mama ta bata amsa jikinta a sanyaye, da tsananin tashin hankali Husna ta ce.

“Me ya same shi kuma?”


“Ya sanya rayuwarsa cikin haɗari ta hanyar baki jinin da ya wuce ƙa ida, a yanzu haka ya yi faduwar jini mai tsanani sakamakon ƙarancin jini a jikinsa hatta Kwalwalwarsa da zuciyarsa sun rasa sinadarin da ke fitar da iska, ya faɗa cikin doguwar suma.”

“Doguwar suma kuma Mama?”

Husna ta faɗa tana jin kanta na wani irin sarawa, a take ta fara jin wani azababben jiri yana ɗebanta, idanunta suka fara rufewa ta fara ganin zallan duhu, kafin ka ce kobo ta zube ƙasa sumammiya. 

Akwai shafi na gaba a arewapen

https://www.arewapen.com/book?id=6a933361f3eaa6dc8f5ff715

Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971
🔥🔥DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA🔥🔥

*-Amanan-Janafty-*

(06)



“Husna! Husna!.”

Mama ta fara jera mata kira, Hajiya Bilki har sauri take ta idar da sallar da take yi, tana sallamewa ta ce.

“Kema mene na faɗa mata wannan maganar fisabillahi, kin san halin da za ta shiga.”

“Ina na sani Aminiya, ni banyi tunanin haka ba. Na ɗauka kawai malaminta ne, kuma za ta ji daɗi idan ta ji irin sadaukarwar da ya yi mata.”


“Ɗalibarsa kawai zai sanya rayuwarsa a haɗari sabida ita, to sonta yake ita ma son shi take, kina ji ta ce a makaranta babu wanda ya nemeta.”


Hajiya Bilki ta faɗa tare da ta shi ta fice kiran likita, ta fuskanci ita Mama ma kwata kwata ba ta yi tunanin wani kiran likita ba, tana fita ta ci karo da Yaya Abdul da Abba zasu shigo.


“Yawwa Abdul, dan Allah kira mana likitan nan, jikin ta ya dawo.”

A sukwane Abdul ya yi wajen ofis ɗin likitan, Abba kuma ya rufa mata baya suka koma, lokacin da suka shigo ko mumfashi ɗaya Husna ba ta fitarwa.

“Me ya sameta, ko kawai gani kika yi ta yi haka?”

Abba ya tambayi Mama, cikin murya kuka Mama ta ce.

“Daga ce mata malaminsu ya shiga 
doguwar shine ta faɗi, kalli ko numfashi ba ta yi, Allah Ya sa itama ba doguwar suman ta yi ba.”

“Kina da jan jafa’i wallahi.”

Hajiya Bilki ta faɗa tana makawa Mama harara, dan ita taba ta haushi da ta yi wa Husna wannan maganar. Ita dai Mama ta dirarance har likita ya shigo, an sha matuƙar wahala kafin aka samu numfashinta ya sake daidaita har sai da aka canja mata ɗaki zuwa ɗakin hutu, amma ba wanda aka fito da ita da farko ba.

Abba ya yi wa Mama faɗa sosai da sosai, bayan ya gama Hajiya Bilki ma ta hau tata mitar, har sanda ta tafi gida. 
Sai washe gari aka sake fito da Husna daga cikin ɗakin da aka shigar da ita, ba wai dan ta warke ba sai dan sun gaji da halinta, babu abin da take yi sai kuka, an ce mata zai iya shafar lafiyarta ta ce ya shafa ɗin, ganin tana takurawa sauran da ke hutu kusa da ita ya sa likitan ya ce a fitar da ita ta yi ta kukan a waje, aikuwa ta sha kuka, yi take babu ƙaƙƙautawa, faɗi take ya za ayi a barshi ya sadaukar da rayuwarsa a kan ta, ita ina za ta sanya ranta idan ba ya duniya. Kamar ma ta manta a gaban iyayenta take duk waɗannan maganganun. 

Tun Mama na rarrashinta har ta gaji ta yi banza da ita, a cewarta idan jininta ya hau sai ta ji daɗi, Mama na rufe baki Hajiya Bilki ta yi sallama cikin ɗakin tare da Ashraf, Mama na ganin Ashraf ta washe baki tana faɗin.

“Babban mutum idonka kenan? Tun da ka yi aure ka ɓoye kan ka.”

Ya yi murmushi ya durƙusa kusa da Mama ya gaisheta, har cikin ransa yake son Mama, bai san me ya sa ba sai ya ga kamar ita ɗin tafi fahimtarsa a kan Mimi, ko a kan case ɗin aurensa Mimi ta dage ba zai auri wadda yake so ba, wai ita tarbiyar yarinyar ba ta yi mata ba, ba ta san wahalal da ya sha da zuciyarsa ba kafin ka ya amince zai iya zama da ita, har ya ce zai aure ta. Gaba ɗaya tsakaninsu baifi shekara biyu ba, yana da higher test sosai da sosai, kafin yaga mace ta burgeshi za a daɗe bare kuma ya sanya ta a ransa har ya so ta, amma ita Mimi duk bata fahimci haka ba sai da Mama ta sa baki sannan Mimi ta amince, kuma har yanzu baya ganin soyayyar matarsa a tare da Mimi, dan ma ita ma matar ta sa ba ta damu da Mimin ba rayuwar gabanta take, amma shi ba haka ya so iyalinsa su kasance ba, ya so ya sami matar da take da good understanding da Mimi, domin Mimi ita ce komai nasa a rayuwa, sai ko Dade da yake jin yana ɗan sonta, dan ya tabbatar duk tarin jikokin Dade soyyarshi ta daban ce. 

“Babban mutum tunanin me kake haka? Ko mamakin kukan ƙanwar ta ka kake?”

Mama ta faɗa, ganin kamar ya shiga tunani, ya gyaɗa mata kai baya son magana ko kaɗan amma Mama kam tafi ƙarfin duk wannan a wajensa, duk da shi ba me sharing damuwarsa da mutane ba ne amma in dai ya kawowa Mama abin da Mimi ta gaza fahimta to ita yanzu zata fahimta har ta fahimtar da Mimi, a hankali ya ce. 

“Ya jikin na ta?”

Murya cikin amo, wanda Husna ke ganinsa a tsabar girman kai da hulaƙanci, idan kuma ya yi maganar nan a rabe har tashin zuciya yake sanya ta, gaba ɗaya tsigogin jikinta su ta shi. 

“Da sauƙi ita kam, shi wanda ya bada jinin ne abun sai addu’a kawai, shi ne take kuka.”


Kamar ba zai yi magana ba, sai kuma ya ce.

“Waye ya bada jinin haka?”

“Wani malaminsu ne wallahi.”

“Allah Ya bada lada.”

Ya faɗa ƙasa ƙasa, tare da miƙewa ya fice. Yana fita Husna ta ja wani dogon tsaki a ranta ta ce.

“Kamar yanda girman kai ya halaka fir’una, kaima haka zai halaka ka.”

“Magana kika yi Husna?”

Mama ta faɗa, kamar jira Husna take ta ƙara fashewa da kuka abin da ya fusata Mama ta yi ƙoƙarin kai ma ta hannu, Mimi ta riƙe ta. 

“Aminiya me kike yi haka? Kin manta a halin da take.”

“Ina ga yarinyar nan ban taɓa mata mugun duka ba, shi ya sa take wannan iskanci.”

Mama ta faɗa, Hajiya Bilki ta ce.

“Koma mene barta ta yi, wata rana ba zata yi ba.”

Ƙwafa Mama ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Yarinyar nan da ban haushi take.”

Ai bata rufe baki ba Hajiya Bilki ta ce.

“Ga babban mai ban haushi nan, na rasa uban da ya kawo shi asibitin tun da sannu ma bai iya yi wa mara lafiyan ba.”

“To ita ta iya gaida shi ne? Ai har da shi yaja zan maketa, tana kallonsa ido cikin ido ba za ta iya ce mai ina yini ba. Husna abin da kika zaɓa kenan sai ki yi.”

Kukanta ta ƙarawa ƙarfi, ita Mama ba ta ga kallon hadarin kajin da ya yi mata ba, sai ita dan taƙi kula shi zata yi mata magana, kawai dan suna da kuɗi shine zai nemi ya hulaƙanta mutane to wallahi ita dai Husna tafi ƙarfin hulaƙanci a wajen kowa duk kuɗinsa kuwa. 


“Ki yi shiru dan Allah ki ƙyaleta, wallahi dani yake zancen, ni banga abin da ya kawo shi ba ma, lamari idan bana waccan sallamammiyar matar ta shi ba baya shiga, wallahi dani yake zancen.”

Banza Mama ta yi da su, ita dai bata ga abin faɗa ba wallahi, Ashraf ne babba, Husna ce ya kamata ta gaida shi amma taƙi, to mene shi dan ya yi banza da ita? Bari ma shi da magana ba ta tsarin hallitarsa.

 Ita dai Mimi haka ta yi ta mita har yamma, bata cikakken minti goma sai ta kushe matar Ashraf. Daman ko a gida abin da take yi kenan, Dade na tayata, a cewar Dade wai ɗauko musu tsuwar guzuma mai ido a tsaye. 


Washe gari da daddare sai ga Ashraf da matarsa sun sake dawowa, sabida Mimi ta yi masa jan ido nesa ba kusa ba, tun da har yana iya cewa Mama tafi fahimtarshi a kan ta me ya sa bazai nuna kulawa ba ga ‘yarta da ke kwance ba lafiya. 


Sai da ya bata haƙuri sannan ya sanar da ita zai je, amma shi bai san me ya sa yarinya ba ta yi masa ba, ba shi da ɗabi’ar ƙin mutane, amma ita dai yarinyar ya ɗauke ta ya Kaita can ƙarshe, ba zai iya fitowa ya ce ya tsani yarinyar ba amma yana ƙyamarta sosai, musamman daya fuskanci bata da kunya, gaɓa kawai take jira ta saukewa mutum kwandon jidali.

 Zai je ne kawai domin Mama, mama tafi ƙarfin komai a wajensa, shi ya sa yana komawa ya sanar da matarsa, a farko ma bata nuna zata ba sai da ya ce mata yarinyar Mama ce, to ba laifi Mama tana sakar mata fuska indai sun haɗu, tana nan nan da ita ba kamar surikarta ba, ita kam babu abin da ya dameta ko me sirikiarta za ta yi. As long as tana zaune da mijinta to ita bata da wara damuwa da kowa dan ba sa gabanta.


Tun da suka shigo ɗakin kallo ɗaya Husna ta yi musu ta watsar, a ranta faɗi take ko mene ya sake dawo da shi Allah masani. Ko wannan ɓulkutar matar ta sa ya kawo, ita dai ta san matar ma ba shiga dangi take ba. A wannan karon Mama ce ta ce.

“Husna dan ubanki ba kya ganin anzo duba ki, kinja waje kin zauna?”


Baki ta turo gaba, sannan ta ce.

“Ina yini?"

Jamila ce kawai ta amsa gaisuwar itama a yatsine, shi kam Ashraf bai ma ko kalli inda Husna take ba, baya son rashin kunya shi ya sa baya shiri da duk wani mara kunya, yana girmama wanda ta cancanta to shima yana son idan ya cancanta a girmama shi. 

“Shi yayan naki ba zaki gaida shi ba?”

Mama ta sake faɗa, Husna ta sake tura baki gaba kamar zai faɗo ta ce.

“Ina yini.”

Da yake gidan ta tarar ya yi kamar ma bai ji taba, sai Mama da ya cewa.

“Mama ina su Abdul fa? Mun kwana biyu bamu haɗu ba.”

Mama ta yi murmushi ta ce.

“Kuma dukkansu yanzu nan zasu shigo, ku ɗan jira su.”

Sannan ta mai da hankalinta ga Jamila ta ce.

“Ya gidan?”

Jamila ta yi murmushin yaƙe, sannan ta ce.

“Lafiya ƙalau Mama, kin ƙi zuwa har yanzu.”

Mama ta ce.

“To ai tun da kuna zaune lafiya haka ake so, Allah dai ya ƙara dauwamar muku da zaman lafiya, ya baku zuri’a ta gari.”

Sosai Jamila ta ji daɗin addu’ar Mama, haka shima Ashraf kulawar Mama ga ahalinsa tana ƙara mata girma sosai a idonsa, buɗe ƙofar ɗakin aka yi Ashir ya shigo bakinsa ɗauke da sallama, suka amsa gaba ɗaya, sai da ya tsugunna har ƙasa ya gaida Ashraf, sannan ya gaida Jamila duk suka amsa fuska asake, Ashraf a ransa sai da ya ce. ‘Ita kuwa wannan fitinammiyar kamar ba Mama ta haifeta ba.’ 

Husna tun da Ashraf ya watsata ta saki ido da baki tana masa kallon mamaki, ta ƙulu iya ƙuluwa amma ko ba komai Mama taja mata, da ta barta ta yi banza da shi kamar yanda ta saba tun da shi ɗan girman kai ne da yafi. 

Muryar Ashir ce ta dawo da ita daga tunanin ɓacin ran da take.

“Yaya, yanzu fa aka fito da Uncle ɗinku, yana ɗakin da ke jikin wannan, su Yaya Abdul da Yaya Walid suna can, har da Abba ma da Yaya Alhaji.”

Wani irin sanyi Husna ta ji ya mayaye rayuwarta, har ya mantar da ita ɓacin ran da Ashraf ya ƙunsa mata, ta fara ƙoƙarin sauka daga kan gadon dan dama jikinta ya yi ƙwari sosai. 

“A’a ki zauna mana.”

Mama ta faɗa, Husna ta ce.

“A’a Mama zan iya.”

“Ki zauna dan Allah, zan fita da ke.”

Mama ta sake faɗa, Husna dai ba ta ji ba ta ci gaba da ƙoƙarin tafiya. 

“Ba magana ake miki ba.”

Ta ji ya yi magana cikin wani irin voice, wanda yake haifar mata da tashin zuciya, sabida har cikin jijiyoyinta take jin maganar idan ya yi, duk tsigar jikinta ta shi.

 Kamar ba zata ji ba ta koma ta zauna tana faman gunguni, a ranta tana ji muguwar tsanar shi tana sukuwa a zuciyarta. 

“Ina zata ne? Waye ya farka?”

Ya yi maganar yana kallon Mama, Mama ta ce.

“Wanda ya bata jini ne, ya bata da yawa shine har sai da ya yi jinya.”

Sai da yaji jikinsa ya yi sanyi sosai, amma duk da haka bai ci ace za ta fita ba dan ita ma jikinta ba wani ƙwari ya yi ba, ga hannunta nan ɗaure da kanula. Husna dai ta cika ta yi fam ta maste a ƙuryar gadon, so take ma ta buɗe baki ta yi mai rashin kunya, amma zallan tsanar shi da ɓacin rai da take ji ya mamayeta har ta kasa magana. 

Sai da aka ɗauki kusan mintuna goma sha biyu sannan su Yaya Abdul suka shigo dukkansu ban da Abba, sosai Ashraf ya sakar musu fuska suka hau musabaha suna gaisawa, har ma hira ta ɗan ɓarke a tsakaninsu abin da ya sake ƙulal da Husna ganin ba wanda ya bi takanta, kamar wadda aka yi wa duka ta buɗe baki ta fashe da kukan da ya jawo hankalinsu, ba shiri duka suka yo kanta suna tambayarta me ya faru har da Ashir ma, ita kuwa ta ɓare baki sai kuka take suna ta faman tambayarta ko an yi mata wani abu ne? Jamila da ke gefe mamaki ya kusa Kaita lahira, wane irin guntun iskanci yarinyar nan take ji da shi haka?

 Shi kam Ashraf takaici ne ya maƙure masa wuya ganin duk sun wani baibayeta suna tambayarta me aka yi mata. Alhaji ne ya yi magana dan dama shine bai cika ɗaukan kukanta ba, ya ce.

“Idan baki faɗa mana abin da aka yi miki ba sai na buga kanki da bangon ɗakin nan.”

“To buga."

Ta faɗa tana fashewa da kuka, cikin kukan ta ce.

“Daman Alhaji ko mutuwa na yi ai daɗi zaka ji, ban san katsane ni haka ba? Duk kun san banda lafiya amma kun shigo kunyi banza da ni.”


Haƙuri suka shiga bata kamar uwarsu, takaici ya sa mama daka musu tsawa. 

“Dan ubanku ku bar yarinyar nan, ta dauwama tana kukan tun da bata san abin da yakamata ba.” 

“Haba Mama bata da lafiya fa.”

Yaya Abdul ya faɗa, abin da ya sake bawa Ashraf Mamaki, har Abdul ma da girman sa ake wannan haukan, lallai dole yarinyar nan ta dinga shirme kala kala.  Da ƙyar suka samu Husna ta nutsu ta daina kukan, sai da Walid da Alhaji suka riƙe ta zuwa ɗakin da Uncle Dee yake. 

Bayan kwana biyu. 


Daga jikin Uncle Dee har na Husna duk sun warke, sai dai babu wanda aka sallama a cikinsu suna sake samun kuluwar likitoci ne, Uncle Dee ya buɗe zuciyarsa yana bawa Husna duk wata kulawar da take buƙata, duk dai bai taɓa ce mata yana sonta ba amma yana nuna mata duk wata kulawa da ƙauna, Husna dai tace tana son sa yafi sau shurin masaƙi, sai dai ya yi murmushi ya ce mata. 

“Baby girl.”

Bayan nan Husna ba ta taɓa jin kalmar soyayya daga wajensa ba, ita dai ta yi imani a zuciyarta tana son sa mussaman da ya zama yanzu da jininsa take rayuwa, sai ta ji kamar rayuwarta gaba ɗaya tasa ce ma. Har waya ya kira makaranta ya sa aka bawa Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita sun sha waya sosai har kuka suka yi suna tambayarta zata dawo, ta ce musu babu abin da zai hanata dawowa. 

05:30pm

Yammace irin gari ya fara duhu rana ta yi yamma tana shirin faɗuwa, Suna tsaye daga wajen bishiyon asibitin, sun fita matso jikine da likitan ya ce abar su suna yi duk yamma sabida su ji ƙwarin jikinsu. Basu haɗe jiki ba akwai tazara a tsakaninsu, suna taɓa hira sama sama Husna ta ce.

“Banga ‘yan gidanku ba har yanzu.”

Kallonta ya yi fuskarsa ɗauke da murmushi ya ce. 

“Kina son ganinsu ne?”

Tana kallon ƙasa ta ce. 

“Basu san kana asibiti ba?”

Ya gyaɗa mata kai, sannan ya ce.

“Na hana Moses faɗa musu, kuma daman sun san ina can makaranta, sai dai ya ce sun yi masa magana banzo weekend ba, to jiya dai mun yi waya da su na ce musu muna shirin yin third term exams ne shi ya sa.”

Husna ta gyaɗa kai alamar gamuswa, sai kuma ta ce.

“Naga yana ta yi mana wani kallo, baya son mu a kusa da kai?”

Sai da ya yi shiru na wasu ‘yan mintuna, sannan ya ce.

“Bai san girman soyayya ba, yana mamakin yanda na bada jinina a kan ki, sannan babban mamakinsa bamu haɗa addini ba, yana ganin kamar haram ne mu yi mu’amala da ku ta addini daban daban.”

Wani irin bugu ƙirjin Husna ya yi, wanda ya sa ta runtse idonta na wasu sakanni kafin ta buɗe su, da wani irin mamaki ta ɗaga kai ta kalleshi, muryarta na sarƙewa ta ce.

“Addini daban daban kuma? Wanne addini daban daban?”

Kallonta ya yi na watsu sakanni, ya ga zallan tsoro da firgici a tare da ita, baya ga mamaki da ya mamaye saman fuskarta. Hannu ya sa a aljihu ya zaro wata sarƙa ta cros ya nuna mata, Husna na kallo taji gabanta ya bada ras. 

“Kai…kai ba musulmi ba ne?”

Ta faɗa bakinta na wani irin rawa, ya gyaɗa mata kai, sannan ya ce.

“Ni da ke muna da bambancin addini da al’ada, ke musulma ce ni christian, abun bautar mu ba ɗaya ba, tribe ɗin mu ba ɗaya, akwai tarin bambamce bambamce da zasuyi wa rayuwarmu ƙawanya.”

Wani irin yanayi Husna ta tsinci kanta, ta fara jefawa kanta tambayoyi, yanzu fa sai ace ba zan aure shi ba ko? Yanzu ya haramta a gareni duk da abin da ya yi min, to yanzu haƙura zan yi? Ina wallahi ba zan iya ba, ina sonka ina sonka. 

Duk maganganun da take yi a zuciyarta kenan. Sai da ya ɗan matsa gaba da ita, daidai yadda rana zata rage mata ganin fuskarsa, kamar yadda ya yi mata lokacin farko da suka yi doguwar magana da shi, cikin amon muryarsa mai sanyi ya ce. 

"Husna, kin kasance mace ta farko da ta shiga rayuwata ta hanani zuciyata sakat, komai na ke yi tunaninki nake, ba zan iya cewa ga adadin son ki da yake cikin zuciyata ba, ke ɗin ta daban ce. 
Ina son ki, ina son komai naki, murmushinki ka ɗai abun ya isa ya dauwamar da rayuwata cikin farin ciki,  rigimarki abar soyuwa ce a gareni.
Sai dai ƙa'idojin rayuwa sun sanya shamki a tsakaninmu. Ina tsoron kar soyayyarmu ta kai mu matakin da zamu rasa kowa namu."

"In dai ina tare da kai, ban ƙi na rasa kowa ba, kai nake so kuma kai zan so yau, gobe, jibi, har numfashina na ƙarshe." 

Husna ta katse shi, sabida ba tason ya zo gaɓar da zai furta mata kalmar rabuwa, ya yi wani irin murmushi mara daɗi, ya ce. 

"Ina tsoron kada na karɓi zuciyarki, sannan a tsakiyar tafiya al'ada da addini su sa mu miƙa wuya, mu bar zuciyoyinmu a tarwatse.

Ban koya miki darasin lissafi domin ki kasa yin lissafin makomarki ba." 

Sai da ta matso kusa da shi, ta tsaya gab da shi ta zarar ta kasance mara yawa, har tana jin yadda zuciyarsa ke bugawa da ƙarfi, kaman yaddaa tata take. Asibiti ne, amma ita ji take kamar wani fili ne aka ware na masoya, ba ta jin komai ba ta jin motsin kowa sai shi, a hankali ta yi magana cikin wani irin salo mai bayyana zallan abin da ke zuciyarta. 


"Ni Husna, in dai ina da rai ina da numfashi, kai zan so. Da jininka nake rayuwa, da sonka zan rayu."

"Husna." 

Taji an kira sunanta da ƙarfi. 


Legendspen
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


*-Amanan-Janafty-*
(07)


Waigawa Husna ta yi, idonta ya sauka a kan Alhaji yana ɗaga mata hannu, ta ja wani suririn tsaki dan ya yi matuƙar tsorata ta. 

A ɓangaren Uncle Dee ya yi matuƙar jin mamakin kalaman Husna, bai san tana da wannan ƙarfim gwaiwar ba, ya yi tunanin da ta san bambamcin da ke tsakaninsu zata watsar da shi ta ce ba zata iya soyayya da shi ba, a hankali ya kamata hannunta ya sanya shi cikin nata. 


“Husna, na rantse miki da ubangiji ina sonki, so mai tsananin girma, so wanda ba zan iya fasalta miki shi ba, so wanda yake yi min nauyi a cikin zuciya, so wanda yake dabaibaye zuciyata ya hanani sakat, ina sonki sama da kowacce mace a rayuwata.”


Wani irin sanyi Husna ta ji ya mayaye duniyarta, itama tana son sa so mai girma da bata san irin sa ba, tun ranar da ta fara ganinsa ta kamu da haukan son sa, tun tana musawa har ta dawo ta aminta tana son sa, yanzu yau gata gashi suna musayar kalman soyayya, bata san irin daɗin da take ji ba, ba zata iya fasalta shi ba.

 Ƙara matse hannunta ya yi kaɗan yanda ba zata ji zafi ba ya ce.

“Tun ranar da na fara ganinki, na ji kamar an sanyawa idona mayen ƙarfe na dinga binki da kallo, har kika kula da ni. Tun daga wannan ranar zuciyata ta kasa sakat Husna, ta kai ta kawo har ajinku nake zuwa ina leƙa ki ta window, duk wani motsinki a makaranta a kan idona yake, ban fargaba da abin da nake yi ba sai da naji zuciyata ta fara rayamin idan bake ba zan iya rayuwa ba. 

Na shiga tsananin tashin hankali mussaman da na tuna babban bambamci da ke tsakani na da ke. A lokacin kuma na fara ƙoƙarin yin nesa da ke, amma na gagara kamar ƙara janyo zuciyata ake yi gareki, a lokacin da kuka shiga SS section na ji daɗi mussaman da na zama malamin ajinku. 

Duk yanayin yanda nake sonki idan na tuna abin da ke gabanmu sai na ji ina neman sarewa, mussaman da ya zama ni kaɗai ke son ki. A ƙoƙarin nesanta kaina da soyayyarki na fara kula Aisha Sharif ina tunanin ko hakan zai cire min sonki a raina, kema kuma ya cire miki nawa da na fara gani, sai dai kuma abin da kika yi ya tabbatar min da tunani na ba daidai ba ne.
Husna bantaɓa jin son mace a rayuwata ba sai ke.”


Ya durƙusa ya zube kan gwiwoyinsa, duk da Husna ta san wajen babu kowa amma sai da ta kalli gefe da gefe sabida yanda zuciyarta ta buga da ƙarfi, ya sake kama hannunta. 

“Ina sonki Husna, dan Allah ki yi min alƙwari ba zaki bar zuciyata a tarwatse ba.” 

Itama zubewa ta yi akan gwiwoyinta, hannusa na cikin nasa ta ce.

“Na yi maka alƙwarin, duk runtse duk wuya ina tare da kai ina tare da sonka, babu wani mutum da zai iya raba soyayyar da ke tsakaninmu.” 

Daga haka suka tashi suka koma kan wata kujera da ke can gefe, ya shiga bawa Husna asalin tarihinsa. Iyayensa ʼyan Sourthern Kaduna ne, acan aka haifeshi da ʼyan uwansa sun kasance suna al’ada irin ta musulmai sabida suma asalin Hausawa ne, shi ya sa suttura, abinci, da wasu abubuwan nasu suke iri ɗaya da na musulmai. Kakansa babban pastor ne da ake kira Devid Man of God, yana daga cin manyan pastoci da mutanen yakin suka yi imani da su, dubban mutane da yawa suna girmama shi, shi kan sa shine prophet ɗinsa, Husna ta kalleshi, sannan ta ce. 

“Prophet fa?” 

Sai kuma ta ce.

“Kalmar prophet ai ɗan aiki take nufi ko?”

Ya gyaɗa mata kai, sannan ya ci gaba da cewa. 

“Bazan ɓoye miki ba, iyayena da ʼyan uwana da duk na kusa da ni basu ƙaunar ‘yan addininku.

 Duk da suna mu’amala da su amma ta ciki na ciki, sai dai hakan bai da matsala da zama na ni da ke, dan ba a kusa da su zamu zauna ba.”

“Aina zamu zauna?”

Husna ta ƙatse shi.

“Zamu zauna kusa da gidanku, wajen da yake da tarin musulmai ba kamar unguwarmu ba da ke da tarin waɗanda ba musulmai ba.”

“Wacce unguwa kenan?”

“Hotoro T Shama. Anan duk gambiza ne bakya tantance musulmai da waɗanda ba musulmai ba sai ranar friday da Sunday.”

Husna ta gyaɗa kai, sai kuma ta ce.

“To ‘ya’yanmu fa?”

“‘Ya’yanmu me?”

Ya tambayeta.

“Wanne addini zasu yi?”

“Wanda suke so.”

Ji ta yi jikinta ya yi sanyi, amma duk da haka ba zata karaya ba, amma dai ita bata yarda da wannan zancen ba, cike da ƙuruciya da wauta ta ce.

“To ba sai mun haihu ba, dan ni bazan iya barin yara na su yi wani addini daban ba.”

“Yanda kike so haka za ayi.”

Ya faɗa da dukkan gaskiyyarsa, dan shi indai Husna zata zama tashi to zai yarda da duk abin da take so, idan ma ta so ta yaran su yi nata addinin, shi dai ita yake so ba yara ba.

 Shiru Husna ta yi babban abin da ke damunta yanda zata sanar da su Abba wai ba musulmi ba ne, to zasu yarda ma kuwa? Abu ne babba fa.
 
“Tunanin me kike yi?”

“Iyayena, ba zasu yarda ba fa.”

“To ya zaayi.”

Ya faɗa kamar zai yi kuka, jikinta ne ya yi sanyi sai kuma shawararta da take fitowa daga gajeren tunaninta ta zo mata. 

“Kar ka ce musu kai ba musulmi ba ne, kawai ka bisu a musulmi ne kai, mu cire wannan a ranmu munyi rayuwa kamar addinin mu ɗaya.”

Wani irin murmushi ya yi, ya fuskanci dai ƙuruciya ce kawai ke ɗawainiya da Husna, idan ba haka ba ta ina za ayi aure a haka? Abu sai ka ce wasan yara. 

“Ka ji.”

Ta faɗa kaman za ta yi kuka, sai da ya juyo da dukkan hankalinsa kan ta sannan ya ce. 

“Aure nake so mu yi na gaskiyya da gaskiyya, da sa albarka daga kowanne ɓangare, zancen sako ƙarya a ciki bai taso ba. Idan har muka dage a kan raayin mu, komai tsanani komai wuya to zasu haƙura su barmu mu yi aure mai cike da albarka, abin da ke gabanmu babba ne.”

Shiru Husna ta yi, ta san tana da taurin kai amma fa duk taurin kanta Abba ya sha gabanta, magana ɗaya yake yi kuma duk tsanani ba ya sauka daga kan wannan maganar, sai dai kuma idan ta tuna soyayya da suke mata, da zarar sun ga zata shiga damuwa dole zasu barta, tabbas aure mai albarka take so su yi. 

Ɗan taɓa hannunta ya yi ta dawo daga tunanin da ta faɗa, ya ce.

“Sai mun dage, kin dage na dage idan ba haka ba zasu yi nasara a kan mu, zasu raba mu ta ƙarfin tsiya, amma idan har muka dage muka jajirce zamu yi nasara, bambamcin addini ba bambamcin rayuwa ba ne, muna da ido muna gani muna ji, munsan bambamce bambamcen da ke tsakaninmu, babu wanda zai tsallake na wani.”

Kalamansa sanyayar mata da jiki suke yi, haka kawai sai ta dinga jin rauni a zuciyarta kamar tana buƙatar ta yi kuka, ta rasa me yake damun zuciyarta haka. Gaba ɗaya taƙi yi masa magana sai dai ta yi shiru alamar tunani take yi, abin da yake sanyaya masa jiki. 

“Kin qi ki ce komai.”

“Baƙi na yi ba, kawai ina tunanin ta inda zan fara magana da su, wa zan samu? Na san suna sona suna ƙauna ta, kuma baza su juya min baya ba, amma ina jin nauyinsu sosai.” 

“Eyh tabbas abin da girma, amma kuma mutanenku basa ƙyamar mu kamar yanda namu mutanen ke yi, kuna da kyakyawar zuciya.”

“Amma ai Allah Ya haramta fa.”

Husna ta faɗa jikinta a sanyaye, wani irin kallo ya yi mata, sannan ya ce. 

“Amma ai naga anyi sosai.”

Husna ta girgiza kai, sannan ta ce.

“Namiji musulmi zai iya auren macen da take ba musulmi ba, amma mace musulma ba za ta iya auren namiji ba musulmi ba.”

“Hakane? Amma naga manyan stars na duniya da suke musulmai mata sun aure mazan da ba musulmai ba.”

“To ai waɗan nan ba aladar mu ɗaya da su ba.”

Husna ta faɗa da dukkan gaskiyyarta, ba wai so take tace su fasa auren ba, amma kawai tana faɗa masa ne ya sani. 

“To kenan al’ada ce ta hana ba addini ba, tun da shi addini guda ɗaya ne, musulunci na nan da na can ɗaya ne, haka shima addinina na nan da na can duk ɗaya ne.”

Shiru Husna ta yi, al’ada ce kenan ta haramta, ita dai a duk karatun ta haram ta sani, amma ai zai iya musulunta sabida ya aureta, tun da akwai hadisi guda da ya yi magana a kan haka. A take ta datsu daidai wajen ta fara maimaitawa a kanta.

 ‘Faman kanat hijratuhu liddunya yuseebuha, awimra'atin yankihuha, fahijratuhu ila ma hajara ilaihi.’ Sai kuma ta yi shiru, amma hadisin ai ba a kan haka yake magana ba hadisin yana magana ne a kan Mutumin da ya musulunta ko ya yi hijira kawai saboda ya sami wata mace ya aura ba saboda Allah ba, to musuluncinsa ko hijirarsa ba za ta sami lada a wajen Allah ba iyakacinta duniya da matar da ya aura.

Ji ta yi kanta yana sara mata sosai da sosai, hakan ya sa ta dafa kan nata tare da runtse ido, da sauri ya ce. 

“Me yake damunki?”

“Kai na.”

Ta faɗa tana sake runtse idonta.

“Tunani da kika sawa kanki ne, ki yi haƙuri ki nitsu kin ji, zamu je a matakin da kika yi magana bazasu fahimci akwai bambamcin addini ba, har sai mun gama fitar da mafitar da zamu yi amfani da ita okay?”

Ta gyaɗa masa kai alamar ta ji, suka lallaɓa suka koma cikin asibitin, a lokacin da ta shiga ɗakin akwai tarin ‘yan uwan Mama da suka zo da wasu cousin sister ɗinsa, kowa ya hau yi mata sannu aka ci gaba hirar da ake yi ana mata sannu, sai dare suka tafi aka bar Mama da yake yanzu ita kaɗai ce ke kwana da ita tun da ta sami sauƙi, shi kuma Uncle Dee Moses ne ke zuwa, suna zaune Mama ta ce.

“Husna wai shi wannan malamin naku iyayensa basu san halin da yake ciki ba ne?”

“Eyh Mamah, ya ɓoye musu ne, kuma tunaninsu yana makaranta tun da kinga daman malamai ma a can suke kwana.”

“Eyh hakane kuma, amma wannan da yake tare da shi fa ba musulmi ba ne, shi ya rasa waɗanda zai yi mu’amala da su sai waɗanda ba musulmai ba, aiko a hadisi an ce ku yi mu’amala da mutane na gari, sabida ku sami kyakyawar shaida. Kuma hausawa suka ce abokinka kammaninka.
 
Yanzu Alhaji har da cewa yana tunanin shima ba musulmi ba ne, tun da basu taɓa ganinsa yana sallah ba.”

Sai da Husna ta ji kamar an ratso mata kwalba a tsakiyar kanta, cikin rawar murya ta ce.

“To shi da bai da lafiya, ai zuwa massallaci bai kama shi ba, ni dai ban san ba musulmi ba ne sabida ko a mu’amlal sa, shigarsa da ɗabi’unsa zaki gane akwai musulunci.”

“Abin da na ce musu kenan, amma kin san Walid da jaye jaye magana.”

Shiru Husna ta yi bata sake cewa komai ba, sai Mama ta sake cewa. 

“Ni kam Husna bana jin zaki koma wancan makarantar kwanan, kina warkewa za aje a karɓa miki takardar transfer, ki kwaso komai naki ki dawo wanan jeka ka dawo.” 

“Me ya sa Mama?”

Husna ta faɗa, Mama ta rausayar da kai ta ce.

“Haka kawai, sai mun fi jin nutsuwa idan kina gida, daman ba saura shekara ɗaya ba, to ki ƙareta a gida kawai.”

Hawaye ne suka fara zubowa daga fuskar Husna, ta ina za a fara cewa wai ba za ta koma Munjibir ba, wannan ma ai ba za ta saɓo ba, haka ta kwanta duk ranta babu daɗi, ya za ayi ta ci gaba da karatu a wata makatantar ba FGGC ba, ya za ta yi da Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita da suka zama ʼyan uwanta? Ta san daman dole zasu rabu, amma a bari lokacin rabuwar ya yi mana. 


Washe gari da yamma asibitin yana cike ba baƙi, kamar kullum ʼyan uwa sun zo dan basa gajiya da zuwa, mussaman Hajiya Bilki yau har da su Leemah da Dade ma sirikatar, tun da tazo take basu nishaɗi sai barkwanci take yi, sai da Dade ta gyara zama sannan ta ce.

“Ga Ashraf da nafi so cikin jikokina, ya je ya kwaso mana wata tsohuwar guzama, ina ga wannan zai su yi sakwanni da ita, wai ita ʼyar boko ta zo mana gida da gilashi, na ce missa ƙyanƙyanma ya ci ubansa.”

Duka ɗakin suka kwashe da dariya, sai da suka tsaigata ta ce. 

“Gashi taƙi haihuwa sai ci kamar gara, wallahi nauyin kashi ne da ita, sai ta yi minti talatin cikin bayi, ai naje gidan nasu.” 

Kamar daga sama suka ji an bugo ƙofar ɗakin ta buɗe mutane suka shigo, su biyar ne maza biyu sai mata uku sai kuma Moses daga bayansu cikon na shida, mazan manya sun fara manyanta, amma duk suna sanye da ƙananan ƙaya, ga ƙatuwar sarƙar me cros saƙale a wuyansu, ɗaya ma har hannunsa, matan ɗaya na sanye da atamfa me adon orange babbar kenan, sai kuma ‘yan matan ɗaya na sanye da mini skirt da t shirt, kanta ya sha gashin doki, sai kuma ɗayar sanye da riga da wando itama kanta ya sha gashin doki, da sarƙar cros a wuyanta, tana matuƙar kam da Uncle Dee kamar an tsaga kara an karya, kuma da alama shekarunsu bazasu wuce kai ɗaya ba, duk yanda aka yi ma twin sister ɗin shi ce, domin kamar ta ɓaci. 

“Bisimillahi, tsarin ubangiji muke nema daga ire-irenku, su waye ku zaku shigo mana waje, ko baku iya sallama ba ai kun iya gafara.”

Dade ta faɗa tana ƙare musu kallo, tana turo hancinta gaba, Mama da Hajiya Bilki da sauran duk da ido suke bin su, tare da tambayoyi fal ransu, Husna kam ta riga da tasan ‘yan uwan iliya ne, abin da suke ɓoyewa ne ya fito fili. 

“Hey where is our son? Ina ɗan mu?”

Ɗaya daga cikin mazan ya faɗa, Hajiya Bilki ce ta ce. 

“Wanne ɗan?”

Daidai lokacin kuma su Yaya Abdul suka yi sallama suka shigo, daman suna waje ne yanzu kuma suka shigo. 

“Our Son Iliya da kuke so ku kashe mana.”

Sai a lokacin Mama ta kula da Moses, tun da ta gan shi ta san abokin Uncle Dee ne, kenan waɗan nan iyayensa ne? 

“Mama su waye waɗan nan?”

Yaya Abdul ya tambaya, Mimi ce ta ba shi amsa.

“Wai suna cewa ina ɗan su Iliya da ake so a kashe musu.”

“Iliya.”

Duka suka maimaita, su basu san wani Iliya ba, amma Moses da suka gani ya sa suka gane Uncle Dee ne, kenan iyayensa ne? 

“Su waye ku?”

Alhaji ya faɗa, wanda ya yi magana ɗazu ya ce.

“Ni uncle ɗinsa ne, wannan kuma babansa ne.”

Ya faɗa yana nuna wanda bai yi magana ba, sai faman cika yake yana batsewa, zuciyarsa a wuya take, wai ɗan sa ne yazo ya sadaukar da jininsa ga masu addini musulunci, ina zai kai wannan abun kunyar? Wanda ya yi maganar ya ci gaba da cewa. 

“Wannan mamansa ce, wannan twin sister ɗinsa ce.”

Ya nuna wadda ta yi matuƙar kammanin da Uncle Dee ɗin, sannan ya ci gaba da cewa. 

“Wannan kuma wadda zai aura ce, yarinyar wajena, shi kuma wancan ɗan wajena ne, cousin brother ɗinsa.”

Gaba ɗaya mutuwar tsaye suka yi, abin da ke yawo a kan su shine, Uncle Dee ba musulmi ba ne kenan? Kamar ya sani ya ce. 

“Mu ba musulmai ba ne, kuma bama son musulmai, a yanzu muna fushi da Iliya kan abin da ya yi, dole sai muje mun yi sadaukarwa da neman yafiya, babban mu Prophet David ya ce lallai ayi sadaukarwa me girma kafin a yanke girman zunubin da ya yi.”

“Astagfirullahal azim, Allah ka ɗauki raina da ganin wannan mummunar ranar, yau ni ce.. ni ce ke shaƙar numfashi ɗaya da masu ƙin addinin Allah.”

Dade ta faɗa tana zubar da hawaye, jikin kowa ya yi sanyi, Husna kam ta yi nisa cikin tsananin tashin hankali da damuwa. 

“Yana ina ne wai?”

Wanda yake magana tun zuwan su ya faɗa, dan shi kaɗai ne yaga zai yi magana da su, su sauran gani suke idan sun yi magana ma sun aikata babban zunubi mai girma, da yake ʼyan riƙau ne a cikin addinin nasu, sabida babbansu babban pastor ne. 

“Baya nan yana ɗakin gaba.”

Mama ta faɗa ranta na mata soya, ba haushin Uncle Dee take ji ba sabida ya yi musu abin da bazasu iya saka masa ba, amma jin wai ba musulmi ba ne ya yi matuƙar gigita tunaninsu, mussaman idan ta tuna soyayyar sa da take gani a idanun Husna, wanda kuma shine abin da duk ya firgita kowa da ke cikin ɗakin. 

Haka suka sa kai suka fice duka zuwa cikin wancan ɗakin. Suna fita Mimi ta ce.

“Husna kin san daman ba musulmi ba ne?”

Husna ta fara girgiza kai, tana zubar da hawaye ta ce. 

“Bansani ba, bai taɓa faɗa min ba.”

Yaya Walid ya ce.

“Daman Alhaji ya yi wannan tunanin, amma muka kawar da shi, duba da irin mu’amala, shigarsa da sunansa.”

“Ƙila ma canja sunan ya yi.”

Alhaji ya faɗa, Mimi ta girgiza masa kai ta ce.

“Ko anan ma sun ambacin sunansa sun ce Iliya, kuma a wajensu wannan ba wani abu ba ne, suna sanyawa ʼyaʼyansu irin waɗan nan sunayen.”


Bayan shuɗewar kusan minti goma suka sake bankawo cikin ɗakin, a wannan lokacin har da Uncle Dee kuma Abba ya shigo ana tsaka da bashi labarin abin da ya faru suka sake dawowa. Matsa musu ƙofar suka yi suka shigo, sai da suka gama shigowa a wannan lokacin baban nasa ne ya yi magana. 

“A matsayina na babansa, mun yi tsinuwa a kan jininsa da aka bawa ʼyarku, abun bauta ya saka mana zalunci da kuka yi mana. Sannan daga yau muna so ku raba ɗiyanku da namu idan ba haka ba zamu yi mata illah ta zahiri ko a ɓoye.”



Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥 *DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


*-Amanar-Janafty-*

(08)


“Ubangijin Annabi Adam yafi ƙarfin duk wani sharrinku, annamimai maƙiya Allah.”


Dade ta faɗa tana huci, dan ita a rayuwarta bata son ta ji an ce mutum ba musulmi ba, ita ko mai wasa da addini ba ta so shi ya sa duka sauran matan Alhaji Musa bata yarda da zama kusa da su ba sai Mimi, a cewarta ita kaɗai ce ta fito  daga gidan malamai, kuma taga alamun riƙo da addini a tare da ita, haka ma Mama taga akwai addini a tare da ita da ‘ya’yanta shi ya sa ma take son su. 


Ficewa suka yi daga ɗakin suna jan Uncle Dee, basu damu da abin da aka kashe a asibtin ba ko lafiyarsa, suna fita Husna ta fashe da wani irin kuka ta haɗa kanta da jikin bango ta yi ta faman kuka, babu wanda ya ce mata ta daina sabida kowa da jimami a ransa, har dare kowa jigum-jigum babu wani mai karsashi, a daren ma Abba yanemi asallamesu dan dama ta samu sauƙi suka koma gida. 


Ko a gida Husna bata ce da kowa komai ba haka ta zauna jigum, ba ta so aka yi wannan rabuwar ba, ita yanzu aina zata sake ganin sa, aina zata sake jin motsinsa, muryarsa komai nasa. Ranar haka ta yi bacci tana faman tunani, gaba ɗaya cikin baccinta Uncle Dee ne, haka ta dinga ganinsa da duk wasu abubuwa da suka yi tare.

 Washe gari da safe ma haka ta tashi jikinta sanyi ƙalau, gaba ɗaya babu wani karsashi a tare da ita, wata matsananciyar kewar Uncle Dee take yi, so kawai take ta yi ido biyu da shi ko zata daina jin yanayin kewa da ya dabaibaiyeta. 

Bayan sati uku. 


Gaba ɗaya zaman da Husna ta yi a gida ta sauya, babu wani kuzari ko magana ba ta cika yi ba, haka ‘yan uwanta zasu zo su yi ta jan ta hira amma sai dai ta bisu da idanu bata ko iya tanka musu ba ta yi, haka Ashir zai zo ya yi ta mata wasa amma bata kula shi, su kansu duk jikinsu ya yi sanyi a kan sauyin Husna, sai dai su yanke shawarar cewa babu abin da zasu bari ya sake haɗata da Iliya har abada. 

Ganin zaman ya yi yawa har ta kai wata guda da dawowa daga asibiti kuma a jikinta tasan ta warke, kawai kewa da soyayyar Uncle Dee ce ke ɗawainiya da rayuwarta sai kuma ɗumbin tunanin me ya sa bai nemata ba har wannan lokacin, ko dai gidansu sun yi masa shamaki da ita? To me ya sa zai yi mata haka, sai kuma ta tuna kalaman ƙarfafa gwiwa da yake mata, hakan ya tabbatar mata cewar Iliya ba zai watsar da ita ba dole da wata a ƙasa, ko ya koma makaranta ne? Dole ma ta je Munjibir anan ne zata san komai. 

Tashi ta yi zuwa falo ta sami Mama zaune a falo tana tsintar waken da za ta yi girki rana, zama Husna ta yi daga can gefe cikin sanyi murya ta ce. 

“Mama.”

Mama ta amsa da Na’am, tana ci gaba da abin da take yi, cikin sanyi muryar dai ta ci gaba da magana. 

“Mama, ya zancen makaranta na? Munjibir ɗin zan koma? Ko jeka ka dawo ɗin da kika faɗa, na gaji da zaman gidan nan.”

Sai da Husna ta gama magana, sannan mata ta ɗaga kai ta kalleta, cike da kulawa ta ce.

“A gaskiyya bana buƙatar ki koma wannan makarantar, zanfi so ki dawo nan kina zuwa jeka ka dawo zaifi, kuma shima mahaifinki haka ya ce.”

Shiru Husna ta yi, ita a yanzu so take kawai ta je Munjibir tasan anan zata sami labarin inda Uncle Dee yake, dan har lambar wayarsa zata karɓa wajen sauran malamai, cikin sanyin muryar ta ce.

“To Mama Allah Ya sa hakane yafi alheri, yanzu yaushe zamu je can na kwaso kayana na yi sallama da ƙawayena su Said Kibiya.”

“Hakane idan Alhajin ya dawo sai kizo ki sanar da shi kamar yanda kika yi min, nasan zai sanya ko Abdul ko Walid ko shi kansa ya kai ki tun da sai an amso takardar transfer.” 

“Tam Mama.”

Ta faɗa tare da tashi, tana zaune a ɗaki bata sake fita ba har sai da Abba ya dawo, kamar yanda ta sanar da Mama haka ta sanar da shi, kuma ya gamsu da hakan, ya ce gobe ta shirya zasu je da shi da Walid su gama komai. Sai da ta yi masa godiya sannan ta tashi ta shige ɗaki. 


Washe gari da safe Husna ta shirya cikin doguwar rigar atamfa, bayan ta sanya ta ɗauki wata baƙar doguwar riga ta ɗaura akai, ta yafa baƙin mayafi na baƙar doguwar riga, tasa baƙin plat shoe da baƙar jaka, ta yi kyau sosau. Yanda Husna ke ɗaukan wanka sai ka ranste wata buduruwa ce ʼyar 20 ko fi, tana da tarin suttura mussaman atamfofi da yake kasuwancin mahaifinta da ʼyan uwanta kenan. Tana zaune zasu haɗo atamfofi kusan tirmi goma su kawo mata, idan ta dawo hutu sai ta tarar anyi mata ɗinki ya kusa Seat 20, haka da salllah har sai ta gaji da wankan sallah, shi ya sa tasan yanda zata sanya kaya, kuma Husna irin matan nan ne masu diri, kowanne kaya tasa ɗas suke karɓar jikinta su zauna. Ba dai kaga Husna ta sa kaya sunqi amsar ta sai dai ita taqi amsar kayan da son ranta. 


Tana fitowa daga ɗaki Mama ta bita da addu’ar kariya, suka shiga motar Abba suka huce ita da Abba da Yaya Walid, su biyu ne a gaba ita kuma tana baya tana kallon hanya, a ranta tana ayyana shikenan wannan hanyar ta yi mata wucewar ƙarshe kenan. Allah Sarki su Said Kibiya koya suke rayuwa tasan dai sun yi kewarta kamar yanda itama ta yi nasu, ta yi alƙwarin ko basu haddace lambar gidansu ba ita zata rubuta musu lambar Mama idan sun koma hutu su kirata, tun da yanzu ma kwalfain xasu yi, hutun gaba ɗaya bai wuce sati uku ba gaba ɗaya. 

Tana wannan tunanin suka shiga cikin makarantar, ofis ɗin Pc suka nufa Abba ya sanar da ita komai a kan hukuncin da suka yanke, malamai suka zo suna ta faman yi mata ya jiki, daga nan pc ta bata umarnin taje ta haɗa komai nata ta tawo da shi, ta yi sallama da ƙawayenta da malamanta. 

Jikin Husna har ɓari yake ta shiga cikin makaranta, bayan an haɗa ta da headcaptain da zata jagorance ta shiga cikin makarantar. Ɗalibai duk wanda ya ga Husna cikin shigarsa sai ta burgeshi, suna ta mamakin haka Abubakar Sheshe ta iya ɗaukan wanka, daman duk uniform ne yake rage musu kyau kenan. 
A bakin Hostel ɗin head captain ɗin ta tsaya sabida suk an san juna ba wai tsayawa zata yi a kan ta ba, Husna na shiga cikin ʼyan Hostel ɗin suka yo kanta suna mata sannu, sai murmushi take musu tana amsawa, ba ta ƙara sa shiga Said Kibiya ta shigo ciki da gudu tana famfo aka ce mata Abubakar Sheshe tazo, tana zuwa ra rungumeta sai suka fara kuka, har da Ali Kaita ma har suka ƙarasawa bakin gadonsu, sai da suka yi mai isarsu sannan Husna ta ce.

“Kayana fa nazo kwashewa Mama ta ce ba zan dawo ba.”

Aikuwa suka ƙara fashewa da kuka, shikenan zasu rabu da aminiyarsu, sun yi matuƙar kewarta gashi ashe rabuwar dindindin ce, suna cikin kukan Husna ta ce.

“Ina Unclee Dee?” 
 Said Kibiya ce ta ce.
“Shima fa yazo ya kwashe kayansa, ya bar makarantar gaba ɗaya, amma ya bada takarda a ajiye miki ko?”

Ta ƙarasa maganar tana kallon Ali Kaita da wasiƙar ke wajenta, Husna ta ce.

“Tana ina? Kun san me ya faru kuwa?”

Duk suka zuba mata ido, daman sun san zasu ji komai a bakinta idan ta dawo. 

“Uncle Dee sai da yaban jini leda biyar, har jinya ya yi shima, kuma ya ce yana son amma kun san mene matsalal?”

“A’a.”

Said Kibiya ta faɗa, Husna taja dogon numfashi ta sauke, ta ce.

“Ashe ba musulmi ba ne.”

“Kai! Waya faɗa miki?”

Ali Kaita ta faɗa, sabida abun ya yi matuƙar girgizata, Husna ta ce.

“Shi, gashi iyayensa ma sun zo har asibitin sun yi mana kaca kaca, kuma har matar aure an bashi, gashi a lokacin ya ce mu ɓoye gaskiyya har zuwa lokacin da zamu sami mafita.”

“Chaɓ, daman ni ban taɓa ganinsa a massallaci ba.”

Said Kibiya ta faɗa, Husna ta basu labarin abin da ya faru gaba ɗaya, har da soyayar da suka ƙulla, da kuma abin da ta yanke, Ali Kaita ta ce.

“Tun da yana son ki kam tsaf zai musulunta, Allah Ya sa yana da rabo.”

“Amin amin.”

Suka amsa, sai Husna ta ce.

“Allah Ya sa akwai lambarsa anan, dan ni ita nazo nema, wallahi ba zan iya rayuwa babu shi ba, da jininsa nake rayuwa.”
“Buɗe to.”
Said Kibiya ta faɗa, Husna ta buɗe takardar ta fara karantawa. 
Daga sama cikakken sunansa ne, daga gefe kuma sunan Husna ne, sai kuma bayani kaman haka.
Dear Husna,
Ina rubuta miki wannan wasiƙar ne da  idanu masu ɗauke da hawaye marasa adadi. Zuciyata tana ƙuna, ɗauke da zallan soyayyar da ko mutuwa ba ta isa ta goge ta ba. Ina son ki sani ina son ki, Husna. Zan ci gaba da sonki ba wai iya yau ba, har zuwa ranar da numfashina na ƙarshe zai fita a wannan duniya.
Mahaifana sun gaza fahimtar abin da yake cikin ƙirjina, kamar yadda naki iyayen suka kasa fahimtar cewa jinina da naki sun riga sun zama ɗaya. A kullum sai na kira Yayanki a waya, ina roƙo da magiya ko zan samu daƙiƙa guda kawai na ji muryarki... amma sun ƙi, sun rufe duk wata ƙofa da zata haɗani da ke. Yanzu haka kiran ma baya shiga, alamar sun toshe layina baki ɗaya.
Husna, ban san gidanku ba. Da na sani, da zan tako ƙafafuna na zo ko da kuwa 'yan uwanki za su yanka ni zan sadaukar da raina muddin zan sa idanuna a kanki kafin na mace.
A yanzu na bar aiki a wannan makarantar, babana ya sama min wani aikin daban. Ina nan zaune a Hotoro T-Shima, gida ya zame min tamkar kurkuku, zuciyata kuma tana saƙa ranar da ƙaddara za ta sake haɗa idanunmu.
Ina roƙonki alfarma guda ɗaya tak!  Kar ki sare, kar ki daina sona. Ni ma ba zan taɓa daina sonki ba, ko da duniya za ta juyo mana baya. Ina fatan wata rana wannan wasiƙar ta isa hannunki, kuma ki neme ni a duk inda nake.
Naki har abada,
Iliya.
Kuka Husna ta fashe da shi, ta san daman Uncle Dee bazai taɓa ƙin nemanta ba na wannan lokacin, ashe ga abin da ya faru nan. Su Said Kibiya ne suka shiga rarrashinta har ta yi shiru, Ali Kaita ta ce. 
“Ki haɗa kayan muje wajen Malamai ki yi musu sallama, sai mu fake dan nan mu karɓi lambarsa, kin ga komai zai zo da sauƙi.”
 Haka suka yi kuwa, duk suka haɗa kayanta, banda kayan abinci dan babu abin da za ta yi da su, sai kuma rigar sanyi Ali Kaita da ta karɓa da Abun Hannu Said Kibiya, sai da ta karɓi duka lambar wayar ‘yan gidansu, ta maman Said Kibiya da ta Abban Ali Kaita daman wayar Yaya Abdul na jakarta, har ta bawa su ma suka ɗauke su hoto, ta ce zata tura musu ta whatsapp tana komawa gida, idan sun dawo hutu sai su buɗe group su dinga magana a can. Har lambar wasu ‘yan ajinsu ta karɓa. Daga nan suka wajen malamai, sai dai duk wanda suka buƙaci lambar Uncle Dee sai ya ce bai da ita, wajen Uncle Sulaiman za a samu kuma baya nan. 
Gashi Abba sai kiran Husna yake a waya akan ta tawo ta shanya su, Said Kibiya ce ta ce. 
“Husna zamu duba miki lambar kinga muma saura sati uku mu dawo hutu, sannan zan sanar da Mamana zan zo cikin gari gidan ƙanwarta na yi hutuna a can kinga sai mu hadu ko ba a sami lambar ba sai muje hotoron mu duba shi.” 
Da wannan shawarar Husna ta dawo gida, bayan sun sha kukan rabuwa da su Ali Kaita, haka ta dawo gida tana lissafin kwanakin da suka rage ayi hutu. Aikuwa ranar jumaar da aka yi hutu ta kira lambar Mamansu Said Kibiya, bayan sun gaisa ta ce anje ɗauko ta ba a dawo ba. 
Da yamma kam Mama na zaune a falo Husna na haddar karatun da Abba ya yi mata da safe wayar Mama ta fara ringing, Mama na dubawa ta miƙawa Husna tana faɗin. 
“Said Kibiya aka saka.” 
Da sauri Husna ta rufe Al Qur'anin ta karɓi wayar tare da tashi ta shiga ɗaki, Mama na jiyota ta ma faɗin. 
“Sai yanzu kuka dawo? Tun safe na kira Mama ta ce anje ɗauko ki ba a dawo ba.” 
Daga can ɓarin Said Kibiya ta ce. 
“Tun azahar muka dawo, bacci na yi sai yanzu na tashi.”
“Manya, to yanzu ya ake ciki an samu?”
Husna ta tambayeta, Said Kibiya ta ce. 
“Uncle Sulaiman dai ya hana wallahi, bayan da Ali Kaita ba ta yi ba, amma ya ce ba zai iya wannan kasadar ba.” 
“Ai shikenan.” 
Husna ta faɗa jiki a sanyaye, Said Kibiya ta ce. 
“Amma kinsam Aisha Sharif tana da ita, amma wallahi ba yanda ba mu yi ba ta hana.”
“Ke na tsani Aisha Sharif ɗin nan, uban me take da lambarsa?”
“Ita ta sani, wai ashe an naɗa babbanta minista shine take wani iyayi a school anan ne ma muka ji tana da lambarsa.” 
“Can su yanka.” 
Husna ta faɗa, sai kuma ta ce.
“Yaushe zaki shigo?”
“Ina ga ranar Litinin idan Allah Ya yarda.”
Said Kibiya ta amsa ta, dan har sunyi magana da Antin tata, ta ce zata aiko a zo a dauketa, kuma a kwanar ganduje take basu da nisa da su Husna, sai da suka ɗan taɓa hira sannan Husna ta kashe wayar ta dawo falo, anan take sanar da Mama zuwan Said Kibiya, ta ci gaba da karatunta. Karatun take amma hankali da nutsuwarta basa tare da ita, kome take yi hankalinta na kan Uncle Dee, haka zata shiga ɗaki ta yi ta kuka kawai fuskarsa take son gani, ta rasa me yake mata daɗi. 
Batasan ta iya zane ba sai yanzu da takama, dan duk littafanta ta cika su da zanen fuskar uncle Dee, zanen ya yi kama da shi, amma rashin nutsuwa yayin yin zanen da rashin kayan aiki ya sa zanen yaƙi yin kyau, amma kallo ɗaya zaka yi wa zanen kasan me zanen tana da baiwar zane, ita kanta har mamaki take idan ta tuna a makaranta Ali Kaita ke kwaɓa musu zane idan an ce su yi a biology amma wai yau ita ke zane haka. 
Haka ta gama karatunta ta rufe Al Qur'anin ta ajiye ta koma ɗaki ta kwanta, rayuwarsu a asibitin Malam Aminu Kano ta shiga dawo mata a kan ta. Lokacin da Uncle Dee ya riƙe hannunta bata ji komai ba sai a yanzu taji tsigar jikinta na ta shi, ji take kamar hannunsa ne a cikin nata, ta lumshe idonta tana hango kyakywar baƙar fuskarsa, a fili ta furta. 
‘Ni mai zan so a namiji fari dan Allah? Wane kyau ne da yafi naka Uncle Dee?’ 
Hawaye ta ji sun fara zuba a saman fuskarta, Allah Ya gani ta yi matuƙar kewarsa, babu abin da take so da muradi sai ganin fuskarsa da sauraron sassanyar muryarsa. 
Sai da ta yi kukanta ta gama bacci ya ɗauketa, bata tashi ba sai dare a lokacin Abba ya dawo ta sanar da shi zuwan ƙawarta sannan ta sanar da shi zasu je gidan ƙawayensu na makaranta da ke nan cikin gari. Husna ba ta iya ƙarya ba, amma tun da aka zo kan lamarin Uncle Dee ta fara ɓoyewa iyayenta gaskiyar lamari, duk abin da ya shafe sa bata faɗa musu ainahin gaskiya, kuma bata ganin hakan a matsayin laifi tun da sune suka nuna basa son abin da take so. 

Ranar asabar Said Kibiya tazo gidan antynta, a yammacin ranar tazo gidansu Husna ita da Hafsa ‘yar gidan ƙanwar Antynta wadda take sakuwarta, sun taɓa hira sosai sun kuma sanar da Hafsa duk abin da zasu yi, itama da ke ‘yar zamani ce ta biye musu, sannan suka yanke zasu je ranar litinin. A daren ranar suka tafi Husna ta so binsu ta kwana amma Mama ta hanata a kan cewa ba yanzu ba, Walid ne ya mayar da su gida a motar Alhaji, tare da Husna suka je gidan har ta shiga ta gaisa da Antyn Said Kibiya. 
Ranar Monday kafin ƙarfe goma na safe Husna ta shirya cikin doguwar riga ta wani Green ɗin yadi mai santsi, tasa jaka da takalmi da mayafi baƙaƙe. Ba su Said Kibiya suka zo ba sai ƙarfe sha biyu na rana, Husna ta yi masifar ta gaji, ta kira su a waya ya kai sau goma sai da suka zo Said Kibiya ta ce mata wai yau Sunday tasan su Uncle Dee suna church shi ya sa suka zauna. Ita dai Husna bata bari sun gama gaisawa da Mama ba tafi to waje. 
“Wai ke Abubakar Sheshe saurin uban me kike haka? Tun dai gamu mun fito zamuje ai dai shikenan ko? Yanzu wace area zamu nufa a hotoron?” 
“T-Shama mana, ai nan ya ce mana.” 
Husna ta faɗa tana yin gaba, Hafsa ce ta ce. 
“To ai idan munje T-Shama wane ɓangare zamu yi?”
“Me zaku yi a T-Shima?” 
Muryar Yaya walid ta shiga kunnen Husna, wanda ya haifar mata da matsanancin bugun zuciya. 


Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*-Amanar-Janafty-*


(09)


“Me zaku yi a T-Shima, ina tambayarki kin bini da idanu.”

Yaya Walid ya sake faɗa, ransa a haɗe. 

“Mun faɗawa Mama zamuje gidansu ‘yan ajinmu, ta gidansu Aisha Sharif zamu fara sune a T-Shima tun da yafi nisa.” 

Husna ta sami kanta da shirga lafiyayyar ƙaryar da bata san ta ƙware a kai ba sai yanzu. 

“Shine ina miki magana kin yi min banza? To duk inda zaku ki tabbatar la'asar ta yi muki a gida, sannan wannan kayan da yake jikin ki kar na sake ganin kin fita da shi.”

“Tam, in sha Allah.” 

Ta faɗa bakinta har rawa yake, zuciyarta na wani irin bugu da ƙarfi ƙarfi, ya sa hannu a aljihu ya zaro kuɗi ya miƙa mata. 

“Ku hau napep, kuma drop zaku ɗauka. Sannan idan baku san waje ba ku jaddadawa mai napep ɗin ku ce daidai waje kaza zai ajiye ku.” 

“Tam Yaya, mun gode.”

Ta faɗa tare da amsar kuɗin, su Said Kibiya ma suka yi masa godiya suka tafi, Hafsat ce ta ce.
 
“Yayanki ne wannan?”

Husna ta gyaɗa mata kai, dan ita har yanzu zuciyarta ba ta daina bugawa da ƙarfi ba. 

“Amma dai yana da kyau.” 

Tsaki Said Kibiya ta yi, sannan ta ce. 

“Kuma duk gidansu yafi kowa zafi ba.”

“Wallahi fa.” Husna ta faɗa suna ƙarasawa bakin titi, napep ɗin farko da suka tsayar ya ɗaga suka ce masa T-Shima zai kai su drop, ya ce dubu biyu, suka ce zasu bashi. 

Tun da suka shiga cikin napep ɗin Husna ta ƙurawa titi ido, kawai fargaba take ji da kuma zaƙuwar haɗuwa da Uncle Dee, dafa kafaɗarta aka yi ta juyo ta kalli Said Kibiya, a hankali Said Kibiya ta ce.
 
“Husna Abubakar Sheshe, kisani duk wani abu da yake faruwa a rayuwar Ɗan-adam Allah ya tsara masa tun kafin zuwansa duniya, idan Uncle Dee alheri ne a gareki Abba da Mama da su Yaya duk zasu fahimta zaku dawo ku fahimci juna shima ya karɓi addinin Allah ku yo aurenku, idan har kika ga abubuwa sunyi tsantsani kowa ya gaza fahimta to da alama shi ɗin ba alheri ba ne, dan Allah Husna ke yi min alƙwari guda ɗaya.” 

Said Kibiya ta ƙarasa maganar tana kama hannun Husna. 

“Wane alƙwari.” 

“In dai Uncle Dee yaƙi amsar addinin Musulunci zaki haƙura da shi, ba zaki yi gardama da iyayenki ba, kinsan dai Abba zai ba shi aurenki indai har ya musulunta da zuciya mai kyau ba da wata manufar ba.” 

“Wai mene yasa bazan aure shi ba dan ba addinin ɗaya ba, naga al'ada ɗaya muke yi da shi ko? Kuma namiji musulmi ai yana iya auren macen da ba musulma ba.” 

Hafsa ce ta bawa Husna amsa da cewa. 

“Al'ada ai daban addini ma daban, kuma a cikin abubuwan da suka haramtawa mace musulma auren namiji da ba musulmi ba akwai. Rashin Bada Kariya ga Addininta,  namiji Musulmi idan ya auri macen da take Ahlul Kitab, addininsa ya tilasta masa ya girmama Annabi Isa (AS) da Annabi Musa (AS) da Littafai tsarkaka. Amma mutumin da ba Musulmi ba, bai yi imani da Annabi Muhammad (SAW) ko Al-Qur'ani ba, saboda haka babu wata shari'a ta addininsa da za ta tilasta masa girmama ko kare addinin matarsa Musulma. 

Sannan akwai tarbiyar ‘ya'ya, 'ya'yan da aka haifa a Musulunci suna binsa ne ta hanyar mahaifinsu wajen bin addini da sunaye da nasaba. Idan mahaifi ba Musulmi ba ne, a shari'ance 'ya'yan ba za su taso a matsayin Musulmi a ƙarƙashin shugabancinsa ba, ke kan ki zai zame miki abun baƙin ciki ki duba cikin ‘ya'yanki kiga suna wani addini daban, Husna wallahi wanna giyar soyayya ce ke ɗibanki, gaba ɗaya shekarki nawa? Nasan na girmeki amma har yanzu ban cike 18 ba.”
Shiru Husna ta yi ta mai da hankalinta ga kallon titi, ita a yanzu kawai so take taje ta yi ido biyu da shi, a yanda take jin soyayyarsa a zuciyarta ai zata iya zama da shi ba tare da sun haihu ba, sannan kuma ya ce zai kare mata addini, yanda ma yake da kyan mu’amala ai ko wani musulmin albarka.
 
Babu wanda ya sake cewa komai har suka iso T-Shima mai napep ɗin ya sauke su, tun anan suka dabarbarce sun rasa ta inda za su fara, sun kusa mintuna goma kafin suka yanke shawarar fara tambayar mutane, mutum na farko da suka tsayar tambayar da suka yi masa dan Allah Yasan Iliya D Musa, ya ce musu a'a, haka mutum na biyu shima amsar ita ce a'a. Sai da suka tambaya sama da mutane goma kowa amsar ita ce a'a, ɗaiɗaiko ne ma suke tambayarsu ba shi da wani sunan bayan wannan sai su ce Uncle Dee, suma ƙarshe su ce basu sani ba. Da suka gaji ne Said Kibiya ta ce ko zasu tambayar layin da gidajen arna suke, haka kuwa mutum na farko da suka tambaya ya ce su tsallake su yi tafiya kaɗan sai su sake tambaya. 

Hakan aka yi suka tsallake suka yi tafiya kaɗan basu kai ga tambaya suka fara cin karo da arnaye, gasu nan su ɗau kwalliya sun dawo daga church, ta farko suka tambaya ta ce musu bata sani ba, ta biyu kuma ta ce musu tasan shi amma yanzu baya gari zata rakasu gidansu. 

“Baya gari? Ina yaje?” 

Husna ta tambayeta bayan ta faɗa musu, wani kallon banza matar ta yi musu, sannan ta ce. 

“Ni ina zan sani?” 

Ta yi maganar tana haɗe rai, cikin wata caɓɓiyar hausarta. 

“Sorry sister, zamu iya samun contact na shi, ko wani close friend na shi?”
 
Hafsat ta faɗa, dan tafi su Husna wayewar mu'amala da mutane. 

“Ni banda number ɗinsa, amma ina da na Moses best friend ɗinsa, amma ku su waye?”

“Students ɗinsa ne daga school ɗin da yake koyarwa.”

Hafsat ɗin ta sake bata amsa, wayarta ta zaro daga jaka ta ba su lambar aka sanya a wayar Hafsat, suka yi mata godiya ta wuce. 

“Idan kika ce haka zaki yi wallahi babu abin da zaki samu.” 

Hafsat ta faɗawa Husna, tana danna lambar Moses ɗin, bugu ɗaya ya ɗauka Hafsat ta ce.

“Hello, Moses how are you?”

“Am Fine oh, waye ke magana?”

“Esther ce, gani a unguwanku ina so mu gaisa ne.” 

Hafsat ta faɗa, su Husna da Said Kibiya da ido suka bita, tafi su wayo da sune ba haka zasu yi masa ba kwata kwata.

 Cikin hausar da bai wani iya ba ya ce.

“Wane Esther? Ko Esther Cafe.” 

“Eyh ni.” 

Hafsat ta yi magana ita ma da hausa kamar ta ‘yan koyo. 

“Okay, okay where you dey?”

“T-Shima junction.” 

“Okay 2 min.” 

Ya faɗa tare da kashe wayar, kallonsu Hafsat ta yi sannan ta ce.

“Ku barni ni zan yi magana da shi, dole yau sai an sami lambar nan.” 

“Ke kam Hafsat yaushe kika waye haka?”

Said Kibiya ta faɗa tana mamaki, ita kanta Husna mamakin Hafsat take yi. 

“Ba waye ba ce, kawai darabar ce ta yaudara, wani lokacin sai an kwantar da kai ake samun biyan buƙata.” 

“Ikon Allah.”

Husna ta faɗa dan ita bata san wannan karatun ba, rigima kawai ta sani da taurin kai sune kaɗai ke biya mata buƙata. Husna ce ta fara hangosa sabida ita tasan shi a zaman asibitin AKTH, ƙasa ƙasa ta ce.

“Gashinan shine yake tawowa.” 

“To ki juya baya tun da ya sanki.”

Hafsat ta yi maganar itama ƙasa ƙasa, a hankali Husna ta juya baya ta yanda ba zai ganta ba, yana cikin waige waige Hafsat ta ce. 

“Moses.”

Ya tsaya cak tare da ƙura mata ido, ita kuma ta ɗaga masa kai alamar ita ce, a hankali ya matso kusa da ita yana nuna ta yatsa.

“Kin ce Esther Cafe.” 

“Ba Esther Cafe ba ce, kawai ina son ganinka ne shi ya sa na ce ma haka.”

“To me zaki yi min?”

“Iliya nake son gani.” 

Ta faɗa kanta tsaye, Husna dai duk da kanta ajuye yake, amma mamakin ƙarfin halin Hafsat take, tana magana da ƙwarin gwiwa babu tsoro babu fargaba.
 
“Wace ke?”

Moses ya faɗa, Hafsat ta ce. 

“Student ɗin shi ce daga makarantar da yake koyarwa ne, ya daina zuwa shine muka zo nemansa.”

“Iliya yanzu baya nan, ya tafi wajen prophet ɗinmu, yana wasa da addini shi dadynsa ya tura shi, sai je ya yi bauta na wata uku jinin sheɗan ya fita daga jikinsa, ya tsarkake addini.”

“Me ya sa?” 

Hafsat ta tambaya kamar bata san komai ba, Moses ya sake cewa. 

“Yana neman ya bar addini ne.”

“Bai kyauta ba, yanzu kira min shi a wayanka.” 

“Banda enough card, amma bari na baki wayan a kira shi.” 

Ba musu ta miƙa mai wayar, tana mamakin rashin wayo irin nasa, sai da ya sa lambar a wayarta ya miƙo mata ta ce. 

“Bai ce ma komai a kan Husna ba?”

Ɗan dakatawa ya yi na wasu daƙiƙu, sannan ya ce.

“Husna? Tana ina?”

“Bata nan, amma bai ce ma komai a kan ta ba?”

“Bai ce ba, amma ya ce idan tazo nemansa ace mata KAR..TA.” Sai kuma ya yi shiru, yana ƙoƙarin haɗa hausar da ƙyar ya ce. 

“KAR TA SARE.” 

Maganar ta shiga Husna sosai, kawai taji hawaye sun fara biyo fuskarta, wai kar ta sare daman me zai sa ta sare? Ai bata fara dan ta daina ba. 

Daga cikin wayar ya fara magana, murya ta fito cikin sanyinta a koda yaushe, wanda ya haifarwa da Husna wani irin tashin tsigar jiki, hawayen da ke fuskarta suka ƙara gudu suna zubowa babu ƙaƙƙautawa. 

“Husna ungo.” 

Hafsat ta faɗa tana miƙa mata wayar, daga can ɓarin Uncle Dee jin an ce Husna ungo shima ya haifar masa da mugun bugun zuciya mai ƙarfi. Husna ta karɓi wayar tasa ta a kunneta ba tare da ta ce komai ba, ta yi shiru. Shima ya yi shiru babu abin da suke ji sai bugun zuciyoyin junansu, da ƙyar ya ce. 

“Husnahhh.” 

“Uncle Dee.”

Ta faɗa, muryarta na rawa. Wani irin sanyi yaji ya mamaye duniyarsa bakiɗaya. 

“Husnahhh.”

Ya sake faɗa, ita kam kuka ya ci ƙarfinta ta kasa magana sai kuka. 

“Shiru please, Husnahhh bana so ki daina, dan Allah.” 

“Na daina.” 

“Ya jikinki?”

“Na warke.” 

Ta faɗa, ya sake cewa.

“Ya school kin koma ko? Kinga saƙona wajen ƙawayenki ko?”

“Eyh nagani, kana ina? Nazo T-shima ɗin.” 

“Na yi nisa Husna, na yi nisa sosai amma zan dawo, zan dawo yau ko gobe saboda ke, ki amince mu yi aure. Bazan iya rayuwa babu ke ba.”

“Nima haka, Jininka ne ke bawa zuciyata damar bugawa, son ka shine ke bani ƙwarin gwiwar rayuwa. Da jininka nake rayuwa Uncle Dee.” 

“Nima haka Husna, zan dawo. Tsorona ɗaya kar ki sare ki bar zuciyata a gantale.”

“Har Abada Uncle Dee, har abada.” 

“Thank you Husnahhh, na gode da kika bani zuciyarki, na yi alƙwarin ba zan taɓa barinki ba.”

“Nima ba zan barka ba, bambanci addini ko al'ada ba zai raba ni da kai ba.” 

“I love you Husnahhh.”

“I love you too.” 

Daidai lokacin kuma katin wayar ya ƙare, kiran ya katse sai dai ko cikakken minti ɗaya ba ayi ba kira ya shigo wayar, tana ɗagawa ya ce.

“Wayar waye wannan?”

“Ruƙayya Said Kibiya.” 

Ta faɗa, daga can ya yi murmushi ya san ƙawayen Husna bazasu taɓa rabuwa da ita ba, sabida yaga zallan soyayya a tare da su.

“Ki gaisheta.” 

“Okay, yanzu yaushe zaka dawo.”

“Ki ban House Addrss ɗinki kawai.”

“Tom, Sharadaɗa NNDC, gida mai lamba 144C.”

Sai bayan sun sake shiga napep zasu kuma gida, Hafsat ta ce da Said Kibiya. 

“Ɗan bani kusa da Husna.”

Said Kibiya ta matsa mata ta shiga ciki, Husna tana daga ƙarshe ta jingina kanta a ƙarfe Napep ɗin tana kallon hanya. 

“Husna.” 

Hafsat ta yi mata magana, Husna ta kalleta ba tare da ta yi magana ba.

“Bakya ganin yakamata ku ɗanyi baya da wannan lamarin naku?”

Wani irin kallo Husna ta yi wa Hafsat, sannan ta taɓe baki ta ce. 

“Baya, me ya sa?”

Murmushi Hafsat ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Idan kin duba fa, kuna da bambancin addini ke musulma ce shi ba musulmi ba, idan soyayya ta rufe miki idanu, bai kamata ki rufe ƙwaƙwalwarki da tunanin ki ba, soyayya fa bata taɓa dauwama, wallahi duk ƙarya ne.” 

“Hafsat, soyayya na dauwama mana, ko ba haka ba Said Kibiya?.” 

“A'a, karki sakani a cikin lamarin soyayya dan bantaɓa ba. Amma ni dai nasan zaman aure ɗan haƙuri ne kuma sai anyi da ce. 

Ke bari na faɗa miki abin da na sani, Namiji ko gida ɗaya kuke da shi ba addini ɗaya ba, ko ciki ɗaya kuka fito babu tabbacin idan kun yi aure zaku zauna lafiya.” 

“Da wannan ma, amma magana nake miki ta faɗar Allah, ke dai kin san iyayenki ma baza su taɓa barin ki ba.” 

Hafsat ta sake faɗa, Husna ta turo baki gaba sannan ta ce.

“Wallahi zasu barni.” 

********

Bayan kwana biyu. 


Husna na zaune a falo, bakinta sai rawa yake tun shekaran jiya da suka dawo take son yin magana amma takasa, ko jiya da ta je gidan Antyn Said Kibiya sai da suka sake bata shawara a kan ta daina zurfafawa a kan lamarin Uncle Dee, amma ba ta ji ba. 

Ta buɗe baki za ta yi magana, Yaya Walid ya shigo yana faman faɗa.
 
“Wane irin iskanci ne wannan, shi wannan aina ya san gidan nan da har zai zo mana ƙofar gida?”

Wani irin bugu ƙirjjn Husna ya yi, Uncle Dee ne ya dawo kuma yazo gidansu, lallai Uncle Dee ya yi wa soyayyarta hallarci, amma wai a haka ake ce mata karta zurfafa, idan bata zurfafa ba me za ta yi?

“Mene haka zaka shigo babu sallama, kai da waye?”

Mama ta faɗa, ƙwafa Yaya Walid ya yi sannan ya ce.

“Waye idan ba wannan malamin nasu Husna ba, na ɗauka an gama da maganarsa?”

Alhaji ne ya leƙo daga ɗakin saman bene ya ce.

“Wannan arnen?”

Wani irin ɓacin rai Husna taji, ƙasa ƙasa ta ce.

“Dan yana Arne ai mutum ne.”

Kasancewar a hankali ta yi maganar ya sa ba wanda ya jita, Alhaji ya sake cewa.

“To me yake yi?”

“Ni ko sauraronsa na tsaye ne? Sabida ba shi da lissafi har zama na yi da shi na yi masa bayanin halal da haram, faɗar Allah da hukuncin wanda ya yi watsi da maganar ubangiji, amma da yake dusa yake ci ya kasa ganewa.”

Shiru Husna ta yi, daman Yaya walid ne ya hana Uncle Dee magana da ita a wancan lokacin kenan? Lallai mutanen nan.

 Alhaji ne ya sauko zai fita Mama ta ce.

“A'a babu ruwanku da shi ku ƙyale shi, zai gama jiransa ya tafi.”

Komawa ya yi sama ya ci gaba da karatunsa, Yaya Walid ya ɗaura alwala kasancewar magariba ta haɗo kai, ita dai Husna tana zaune tana kallonsu ji take kamar ta yi tsintuwa ko ta ɓace ta ganta a waje, ina dalili rabin ranta na ƙofar gida an hanata fita ita. 

Ko da Yaya walid zai fita Mama ta ce da shi.

“Walid, karka kuskura ka tanka masa, ko ya yi ma magana ka yi banza da shi.”

“Tam Mama, masallaci zanje na yi karatu kafin a tayar da sallah.” 

“To Allah Ya bada ilimi mai amfani.” 

“Amin, Amin.” 

Ya faɗa tare da ficewa, Husna Allah Allah take Mama ta shiga ciki ta fita waje, dan ita babu abin da zai hanata fita. Kamar Mama ta san abin da Husna ke ayyanawa a ranta taƙi tashi, har aka kira sallah ta ce da Husna.

“Ta shi ki yi alwala mu shiga ɗaki.”

Kamar mara laka haka Husna ta tashi ta shiga banɗaki ta yi alwala ta fito, Mama kam anan tsakar gida ta ɗaura alwalal, dan Mama bata taɓa zama babu alwala tsakanin la'asar da magariba sai ta ɗaura alwala uku ko huɗu. 

Tare suka shiga ɗaki, kowacce ta gabatar da sallarta, suna idarwa su Walid suka sake shigowa suna magana a kan Uncle Dee da yaƙi tafiya, Mama ta ce. 

“Tun da ba zai tafi ba ku bar shi mana.”

“Mama ai mun bar shi, kawai muna mamakin zaman me yake yi har yanzu.”


Mamaki bai sake kama su ba sai da suka dawo daga sallar isha'i wai yana wajen a zaune, har Abba ma ya dawo yana ta mamaki da aka ce masa tun yamma yake wajen, wajen ƙarfe goma ma da Yaya Abdul ya sake leƙawa waje ya gan shi a tsaye, abun ya yi matuƙar taɓa shi har ya ji kamar ma ya yi magana da shi, amma dai ya kule gidan. 

Kowa ya kwanta bacci aka bar Husna zaune ta rafka uban tagumi tana faman tunani, anya ana sonta a gidan nan? Anya ta yi hallaci barin shi a tsaye a waje taƙi fita, ta kyauta kuwa? A kanta ya baro can inda aka tura shi Tsarkake addini, amma ya bar tsarkake addinin ya tawo wajenta, gaskiyya ba zata saɓo ba. 


Washe gari da yamma ma sai ga shi Ashir ya shigo yana cewa wai ya ga Uncle Dee a ƙofar gida, yana faɗa Husna ta yi zumbur ta miƙe, Mama ta ce. 

“Ina zaki?” 

“Mama wajena fa yazo, ya za ayi ace an barshi a tsaye tun jiya gashi har yau ma.” 

“Koma ki zauna, wallahi ba zaki fita ba, baki da hankali ne ko wani abu na damunki?”

“Dan Allah Mama ki barni na je, wallahi wajena yazo kuma sona yake yi, Mama aurena fa zai yi.” 

“Gidanku Husna, kar ki bari na taso fa.”

Kuka Husna ta fara yi tana bububbuga ƙafa, Mama ta ce.

“Ki bubbuga ƙafa da kyau, amma babu inda zaki wallahi.” 

Mama ba ta rufe baki ba Husna ta kwasa da gudu ta yi waje tana faɗin.

“Wallahi sai na fita, sai dai duk abin da za ayi ayi.”

Tana fita kuwa ta ci karo da Abba na ƙoƙarin shigowa, a bayansa kuma su Yaya Abdul ne har da Uncle Dee. Baya ta yi da gudu zata koma Abba ya ce.

“Shiga a nutse.”


Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


-Amanan-Janafty-
(10)


Ƙamewa Husna ta yi ta kasa gaba ta kasa baya, har sai Abba ya sake cewa. 


“Ki shiga na faɗa miki.” 

Juyawa ta yi ciki jiki a sanyaye, Mama na tsaye tana shirin sanya Hijabi tabi bayan Husna taga ta shigo. 


“Wallahi Husna sai na saɓa miki, kin fara kaini bango fa.”


Mama ta faɗa ranta duk a ɓace, har cikin ranta ta fara gajiya da halin Husna. 


Husna dai ba ta yi magana ba ta shigo, Abba ya biyo bayanta da su Yaya Walid, kallonsu Mama take har Uncle Dee da ya shigo last, Abba ne ya ce. 


“Duk ku shiga cikin ɗaki.” 

Falon suka nufa gaba ɗayansu har da Husna da ke satar kallon Uncle Dee, duk ya sake ramewa ya zama ɗan firit ne sai kuma wani haske da ya yi, gaba daya suka zauna a ƙasa sai kuma Abba da Mama da suka zauna a sama, Abba ya yi sallama irinta addinin musulunci, sannan ya ce. 

“Iliya, ina so ka sa a ranka cewa mu ba mutane ne marasa godiya ba, jinin da ka bayar ka ceto rayuwar 'yarmu Husna, alheri ne babba wanda ba zamu taɓa mantawa da shi ba.

 Addininmu ya koyar da mu godewa wanda ya yi mana alheri, kuma mun gode maka sasai. Amma dole mu ware tsakanin halaccin ɗan Adam da kuma dokar Allah (SWT), zan baka hujjoji daga cikin littafinsa mai tsarki, sannan na baka hujoji daga shari'ar mu ta musulunci.”


Abba ya sake gyara zama yana kallon Uncle Dee, ya ce.


“Allah Maɗaukakin Sarki ya faɗa a cikin littafinsa mai tsarki, a cikin Suratul Baqarah aya ta 221. 
Kada ku aurar da mata musulmai ga mazaje mushrikai (ko waɗanda ba musulmi ba) har sai sun yi imani. Haƙiƙa bawa mumini ya fi alheri sama da mushriki ko da ya burge ku…


Wannan aya ba shawara ba ce, umarni ne na Allah. Shari'ar Musulunci ta rufe ƙofar auren mace Musulma ga namijin da ba Musulmi ba. Wannan yana nufin ko da mutum shi ne mafi kyawun halaye ko mafi cikar alheri a duniya, muddin babu Musulunci a tsakani, auren ba zai taba yiwuwa ba, idan aka yi shi kuwa, ya zama al'amura na zina a Shari'a.”


Shiru ɗakin ya yi, duk jikinsu ya yi sanyi harda Uncle Dee da ba musulmi ba ai yasan zancen Allah, ya san Al Qur’ani, kuma ya san musulmai basa taɓa ƙetare faɗar Allah, Abba ya sake cewa.

 
​"Haka kuma Allah ya sake jaddadawa a wata ayar ya ce. Idan kuka san su muminai ne, to kada ku mayar da su zuwa ga kafirai. Su (matan) ba halal ba ne gare su, su ma (mazan) ba halal ba ne gare su...' Suratul Mumtahanah aya ta  10.”
 
Abba ya mayar da kallonsa ga Husna ya ce.
 
“​Husna, kin ji da kunnenki abin da Ubangijin da ya halicce ki ya faɗa? Aure ba tsantsar soyayya ba ne kawai, bautar Allah ne. Ta yaya za ki gina ibada a kan abin da aka rushe  tun farko?” 

Shiru Husna ta yi, maganar Abba ta soma taɓa ta, amma ai akwai zaɓi ko? Zai iya musulunta me ya sa Abba bai kawo wannan ba? Abba ya maida kallonsa ga Uncle Dee, bayan ya zuba masa idonu ya ce.

"Iliya, a tsarin Musulunci, mijin shi ne shugaban gida kamar yanda Allah ya ce. Ar-Rijalu qawwamuna 'alan-nisa. Addinin Musulunci ya amince namiji Musulmi ya auri macen da take Ahlul Kitab saboda Musulunci ya tilasta masa girmama Annabi Isa (AS) da Littafin Injila.

 Amma addininka bai yi imani da Annabi Muhammad (SAW) ba ko Al-Qur'ani. Ta yaya za a danƙa mace Musulma a ƙarƙashin shugabancin namijin da bai yi imani da abin da ta yi imani da shi ba? Wannan zai shafi addininta, da makomar 'ya'yan da za a haifa, sannan ke Husna.” 


Abba Ya mai da kallonsa ga Husna da ke kuka ƙasa ƙasa, ya ce. 


“A tsarin addininsa akwai abincin da yake halal ne a gare shi, kamar naman alade, giya, ko naman dabban da ba a yanka ta da sunan Allah ba. Idan kuka zauna a gida ɗaya a matsayin mata da miji, a matsayinsa na shugaba a gida kina ƙarƙashin ikonsa, zai iya buƙatar ki dafa masa waɗannan abincin. A Musulunci kuwa, mutumin da ya dafa giya, ya matsa ta, ko ya taimaka wajen sarrafa abin da Allah ya haramta, la'anar Allah da ta Manzonsa tana kansa.

 Ta yaya za mu gina rayuwar 'yarmu a gidan da kowace rana za ta iya aikata abin da zai janyo mata la'ana?

Bama wannan kaɗai ba, ​Idan safiya ta yi, Husna kina buƙatar tashi ki yi Sallah, ki sa hijabi ki fuskanci Alƙibla. Shi kuma mijinki yana shirin tafiya Coci ko gudanar da ibadar da ta saɓa wa kaɗaituwar Allah. Idan 'ya'ya suka taso a wannan gidan, wane ne za su bi? Mahaifinsu da ke tafiya Coci ko mahaifiyarsu da ke gudanar da Sallah? Wannan shi ne babban gurɓataccen yanayin da zai watsa imaninsu baki ɗaya.

Sannan Idan aka samu saɓani na aure wanda ya kai ga saki ko rabuwa, matakin da na san bakya so azo, to dole sai na faɗa miki. A Shari'ar Musulunci kina da haƙƙin Idda, da samun haƙƙin ki ta hanyar Hukuncin Alƙali. Amma muddin mijinki ba Musulmi ba ne, babu Shari'ar Musulunci da za ta haɗa ku ko ta tilasta masa ba ki haƙƙinki. Ba zai amince da hukuncin Alƙalin Musulunci ba, sakamakon haka haƙƙin ki na mace  Musulma zai murƙushe kuma ki zama babu kariya.

Idan baku rabu ba har rai ya yi halinsa, a Shari'ar Musulunci, rabon gado dokar Ubangiji ce ta gindayayya. Manzon Allah (SAW) ya faɗa  cewa 'Musulmi ba ya gadon kafiri, shi ma kafiri ba ya gadon Musulmi.' Idan ɗaya daga cikinku ya rasu, babu haƙƙin gado a tsakaninku ta fuskar addini.

 Husna ba za ki gaje shi ba, shi ma ba zai gaje ki ba, kuma 'ya'yan da kuka haifa za su shiga tsakani na rashin samun gado. To duk a kan me zaki tura rayuwar ki a wannan wahalal? Idan kika yi duba da waɗannan hujjojin, ina sake tabbatar muku cewa auren mace Musulma da namijin da ba Musulmi ba kuskure ne guda ɗaya mai gina jerin saɓa wa dokokin Ubangiji. Saboda haka, wannan al'amari ya ƙare a nan! Babu aure tsakaninku har abada." 

Abba ya miƙe tsaye, ya dubi Uncle Dee cikin girmamawa duk da ya rufe fuskarsa bai bar wata kafa ta tausayawa ba, hakan ya sanya masa kwarjini sosai da sosai, ya ce. 


​"Iliya, muna godiya ta musamman gare ka da halaccin jinin da ka bayar wajen ceto rayuwar Husna, da kuma nuna kulawa da ka yi. Muna maka fatan alheri a rayuwarka. Amma dangantakarmu da kai ta tsaya ne a kan wannan alherin kawai, babu wata alaƙa ta aure da za ta haɗa mu.” 


Iliya ya ji duk abin da aka ce, amma shi dai bai gane ko abu ɗaya ba, ji dai ya ji amma fahimta babu abin da ya fahimta, jikinsa ya yi wani irin sanyi, a hankali ya miƙe kamar mai koyan tafiya ya fita.

Bayan Uncle Dee ya fita Abba ya kalli Husna da ke durƙushe tana kuka, muryarsa a kausashe ya ce. 


​"Husna! Ki saurare ni da kyau! Na rantsa da Allah wanda ya halicci ni ba za ki taɓa auren Iliya ba! Ko da shi kaɗai ne namijin da ya rage a doron ƙasa, wannan auren ba zai yiwu ba!

​Daga yau, na haramta miki ambaton sunansa, na haramta miki sake sanya ƙafarki a makarantarsu, kuma babu ke ba sake magana da shi! Idan na samu labarin kina ƙoƙarin nemansa a ɓoye, wallahi kashinki ya bushe! Daga yau kowanne motsinki yana ƙarƙashin idon 'yan uwanki!”


​Husna ta rushe da wani irin kuka mai ban tausayi, jikinta ya shiga ɓari saboda tsananin kukan da take, numfashinta ya fara sama sama, sai kuma ya tsaya cak, ta zube ƙasa sumammiya.

Hankali a tashe Mama ta yi kanta tana kiran sunanta, su Yaya Abdul ma suka hau kiran sunanta amma bata numfashi ko kaɗan. 


Basu kai ga miƙata asibiti ba, aka gane suma ta yi, bayan an yayyafa mata ruwa ta farfaɗo, kallo ɗaya ta yi musu ta fashe da kuka, tana kuka tana faɗin.


“Wallahi ni sai na aure shi, shi nake so shi zan aura. Da jininsa fa nake rayuwa haba sai ka ce ban san hallaci ba.” 


Bazan suka yi da ita suka barta tana ta faman kuka, babu wanda ya ce mata sannu har dare, bacci ma ɓarawo ne ya ɗauketa ranar sabida kukan da take yi bata da niyar kwanciya. 


Washe gari da safe wayar Mama da take yi da Mimi ce ta tashi Husna, a ranta ta ce. ‘Ita Mama komai sai ta sanar da Mimi.’ haka kawai take jin ma ta tsani kowa a gidan nasu, ko breakfast a ranar Husna ƙinyi ta yi, tun suna banza da ita har suka fara mata magana, amma ta ce ita ba za ta yi ba. 


Sai da Abba ya zaunar da ita ya yi mata nasiha mai ratsa jiki fiye da wadda ya yi mata jiya, sannan ya sanar da ita babu ita babu auren Uncle Dee ko da kowa ya musulunta, sabida idan har ya musulunta sabida yana so ya aureta, to musuluncinsa yana gareta ne kawai ba shi da wani lada wajen Allah, sabida ba dan Allah Ya musulunta ba, bare kuma shi da har a wannan matakin ma bai yi zancen musulunta ba, hakan ya nuna cewar yana nan a kan bakansa na addininsa. 


Tun da Abba ya sa ƙafa ya fita Husna take ta rusa kuka, tun Mama tana banza da ita har ta yi mata magana. 

“Ke wai wace irin banzar yarinya ce da ba ta san ciwon kanta ba, Husna?!" 


*Cigaban labari*


Kukan ta ci gaba da yi, maganar Alhaji na dawo cikin kunnenta, mussaman da ya ce zai roƙi Allah Ya ɗauki ransa kafin lokacin da zata auri Uncle Dee, cikin kuka take faɗin. 


“Wai ni shikenan dole sai na haƙura da wanda nake so? Da wane ido zan kalli rayuwa idan babu wanda nake so? Wallahi ba zan taɓa son wani ba sai Uncle Dee.” 


Haka ta yi ta surutai cikin kukan nata, har aka yi magariba aka yi isha tana kwance, Mama ce ta shigo ɗakin daga bakin ƙofa ta ce. 


“Husna ba zaki tashi ki yi sallah ba? Ko kin bi addinin nasa ne?”


Wata nannauyar ajiyar zuciya ta sauke, kanta ne yake wanin irin sarawa kamar da gatari ake sara mata ƙwaƙwalwa, a hankali ta miƙe tsaye tana dafa bango ta fito ta nufi toilet, tsaki Mama taja a fili ta ce. 


“Kina zaune a kan soyayya zaki halaka rayuwarki, wai Husna ma nawa take da har za ta yi wannan nisan a kan soyayya?” 


Tsaki ta sake ja ta koma ɗaki ta ci gaba da lazimin da take yi, Husna kam ko a cikin banɗaki ta kwashe kusan mintuna 20 sannan ta kammala alwalar ta fito, adaddafe ta yi sallar magariba da isha’a tana idarwa ta kwanta a kan kafet ɗin, lokacin Mama ta shiga haɗawa Abba abinci sabida ya kusa shigowa, kuma indai ta tashi yanzu zata ɗauki kusan minti 30 kafin ta gama tun da har sai ya ci abincin zata dawo falon. 


Wayarta da ke kan kujera Husna ta ɗauka, tana fargaba take rubuta lambar wayar Uncle Dee da ta haddace ta a kan ta, tashi ta yi ta shige ɗakinta tana shiga ta danna kira, sai dai har wayar ta tsinke ba a ɗauka ba, ƙara danna kiran ta yi shima har ya ƙare ba a ɗauka ba, tana shirin danna na ukun sai ta ji ƙarar shigowa saƙo, da sauri ta shiga wajen saƙon taga daga lambarsa aka turo. 


“Ki yi haƙuri Husna, kalaman Abba sun shiga zuciyata fiye da yadda kike tunani, ina tunanin wannan soyayyar kawai mu barta hakan nan.” 


Legendspen
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


-Amanan-Janafty-
(11)


Sai dai Husna ta sake maimaita saƙon kusan sau biyar, wannan ma ai ba zata saɓu ba, mutumin da take jin za ta iya rasa komai sabida son da take masa shine zai ce wai yana ganin su haƙura? Hannunta na rawa ta shiga rubuta masa reply. 


“A'a Uncle Dee kullum kaine ke ce min kar na sare, idan muka tsaya a kan matsayar mu zasu haƙura su bar mu. Har yanzu ban ji anzo gaɓar da mu iya barin zuciyoyinmu a tarwatse ba, munsha wahala a soyayya to mu bari mu sha daɗin.”


Tana rubutawa ta tura mai, bayan ta tura ta ci gaba da kiransa ko zai ɗauka, sai dai kwata kwata yaƙi ɗaga kiran, sai da aka ɗauki wasu mintunan sannan ya ce.


“Mafita ɗaya ce Husna, tana da tsauri amma ita ce kawai mafitar mu.”


“Wace mafita ce.”

Ta tura mai tun da ta fuskanci baya son magana da ita ne, cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci ya dawo mata da amsa.

“Mu gudu.”

Bata gama karantawa ba, wani ya sake shigowa.

“Mu gudu, muje can mu yi aurenmu, idan mu ka yi auren sai mu dawo, nasan zasu karɓe mu, babu yanda zasu yi dole su haƙura su samana albarka.”

Sai da Husna ta karanta saƙon kusan sau goma, tana jaddada kalmar guduwa, su gudu su yi aure. Gaba ɗaya jikinta ya yi sanyi, shin za ta iya ma wai? Guduwa ta bar iyayenta. Amma kuma ya ce ai aure kawai zasu yi sai su dawo, da sauri ta rubuta masa. 


“Yaushe zamu dawo?”

“Ko yau muka tafi, gobe zamu ɗaura aurenmu, kuma a ranar zamu dawo tun da mun zama miji da mata. Idan kin amince ki fito mu haɗu a ƙofar nasarawa yanzu.”

“Yanzu!”

Ta mayar masa da amsa cike da mamaki, ya sake cewa.

“Eyh yanzu, Husna idan ba haka muka yi ba iyayenmu ba zasu yarda ba, kin san ina sonki sama da kowa a duniyar nan. Idan na rasa ki ban san inda zan sanya rayuwata ba.”

“Nima haka.” 

Ta tura mai reply, tana tura masa ta miƙe daman sanye take da Hijab, jakar da ta fita da ita ranar nan ta duba akwai kuɗi a ciki ta ɗauka, daidai lokacin wani saƙon ya shigo.

“Kin taho?”

“Yanzu zan taho.”

Ta yi masa reply, cikin sanɗa ta fito ta ajiye wayar Mama a falo, ta fara tafiya kamar ɓarauniya, cikin sa’a ta buɗe ƙofar gidan ta fice, tana fita ta kwasa da gudu ba ta tsaya ko ina ba sai bikin titi, napep ta fara tsarewa tana faɗin.

“Ƙofar nasarawa.”

Ba ta ƙarasa faɗa ba taji an kama mata hannu da ƙarfi, waigowar da za ta yi taga Alhaji ne ya riƙe ta, ta fara ƙoƙarin ƙwace hannun ya ɗauke ta da wani zazzafan mari wanda ya haifar mata da ganin taurari suna zagaye a sama, da dukkan ƙarfinsa ya shiga jan hannunta, yana janta tana turjewa, haka ya kawota har ƙofar gida, suna ƙoƙarin shiga Abba ya dakatar da su. 

“Alhaji, ai angama cika ta kawai.”


*Uncle Dee*


Tun barinsa gidan su Husna ya shiga wani hali, da ƙyar ya iya ƙarasawa gida. Kasancewar iyayensa basu san ya dawo daga tsarkake addinin da ya tafi ba ya sa shi nufar ɗakin Moses, tun da daman a can ya sauka. 


Moses yana zaune cikin ɗakin yana haɗa shisha Uncle Dee ya shigo yana dafa bango.

“Dee? Me ya sa meka, me suka yi maka?”

Uncle Dee bai ba shi amsa ba ya kwanta a kan katifar ɗakin yana sauke wata irin ajiyar zuciya, sai da ya yi kusan minti biyar a haka sannan ya fashe da wani irin kuka, a cikin jinin jikinsa yake jin ya rasa Husna, kalaman Abba sun sanyaya masa jiki, ya ji kuma zai iya haƙura ya bar musu ‘yar su, sai dai ya san tabbas ba zai yi tsahon rai ba, in dai babu Husna kwanakinsa ƙayadaddo ne. 


“Come on Man, kukan me kake? Na faɗa maka musulmin mutum bai san hallaci ba, bai san godiya ba, shi ya sa tun farko na hanaka ba su jini amma kaƙi, yanzu sun nuna ma halinsu.”


Banza Uncle Dee ya yi da shi, ya fuskanci babu wanda zai gane halin da zuciyarsa ke ciki, babu wanda zai fahimci son da yake yi wa Husna. 


A daren ranar bacci ɓarawo ne ya yi gaba da Uncle Dee, washe gari ya tashi da jinya, zazzafan zazzaɓi ya rufe shi baka jin komai sai nishin da yake yi, duk ya sake ramewa a iya yinin ranar.

 Moses kam duk kusan minti ɗaya sai ya tsine ma Husna da ‘yan uwanta, shi yana mamakin ma banzan hali irin na Uncle Dee yarinya tana binka har haka, tun da kaga bazaka sami abin da kake so ba ai zaka iya amfani da ita ka wuce wajen, amma sabida sokwanci irin na Uncle Dee ya tsaya wai true love. 


Har dare Uncle Dee bai moru ba, yana ta faman jinya sai dai ya ɗan samu sauƙi ba kamar wayewar gari ba. Moses na zaune lokacin Uncle Dee na bacci kira ya shigo wayar Uncle Dee, har ya yi banza da wayar ya saki jin kira ya shigo, yana ɗaukan wayar ya ga anyi saving da heart, hakan ya sa ya tabbatar Husna ce, ganin irin wahalal da Uncle Dee yake sha ya yanke shawarar kawai ya ce mata su haƙura da juna kamar hakan zaifi sauƙi, tun da ya sanar da shi abin da Abbanta ya ce da shi. 

Sai dai amsar da ta dawo masa da ita ta sa muguwar zuciyarsa ta motsa. Ya shirya mata ne tazo nan ya haɗata da Uncle Dee, duk masifa sai ya yi dis virgin ɗinta, idan ya so bayan ya yi ko iyayenta su amince ya aureta ko kar su amince sune suke da asara. 


Abin da ya shiryawa Husna kenan, tana cewa yanzu zata fito shima ya miƙe ya yi waje, can ƙofar nasarawar yaje ya yi ta jiranta amma ba ta zo ba, rai a ɓace ya dawo yana bawa Uncle Dee labari, duk halin jinyar da Uncle Dee ke ciki sai da yaji ba daɗi kuma ya nunawa Moses ɓacin rai sosai abin da ya sa shima ya yi niyar komawa can tsarkake addini, dan shi ba zai bar addinisa ba a kan Husna, duk runtsi duk wuya sai dai ya aure ta yana addininsa, yanda ba zai hanata na ta addinin ba itama ba zata hana shi nasa addinin ba. 


*Husna*

Dukkansu suna tsaye kowa ya yi carko carko, fuskarsu duk ta nuna ɓacin ran da suke ciki, cikin wata irin muryar da ba su taɓa ji ba, Abba ya ce. 

"To wallahi ba a gidana ba, Asma'u. Tun da har kin fara wannan tunanin, to komai yazo ƙarshe, fito nan”

Ba kalmar ba a gidana ba ce, ta ƙara tsorata su ba sunan Asma'u da Abba ya ambata shi yafi basu mamaki, ba su ba kowa ya san Abba ba ya kiran Husna sai dai ya ce Nanata, idan yana son yi mata faɗa ne ma zai ce. Nana Husna, to amma yau ainahin sunan ma ya kira.

Husna da ke cikin ɗaki a zaune, dan a lokacin da Alhaji ya riƙo ta bai a jiye ta ko ina ba sai cikin ɗaki. hantar cikinta na faman kaɗawa ta tashi ta fito tsakar gidan, kanta a ƙasa ta durƙusa. 

"Tun da abin da kika zaɓa kenan, daga rana mai kamar ta yau na yafeki cikin 'ya'yana, na haƙura da ke har duniya ta naɗe, soyayyar da nake miki Allah Ya bani wata 'yar da zata so ni ana gaba, dan haka ina son ki haɗa duk wani abu naki ki tafi ko ina ma zaki, abin da kika zaɓa kin Samu." 

"Dan girman Allah Alhaji, dan soyayyar da kake wa Annabi Muhammadu a'a." 

Mama ta faɗa tana zubewa a gaban Alhaji, Yaya Abdul ma ya zo kusa da ita ya zube, a take Walid da Alhaji ma suka zo suka zube har da Ashir, suka kama ƙafar Abba, Yaya Walid ya ce.

"Abba kar ka hukunta tata a haka, Abba wannan hukuncin dukanmu ka yi wa har da kai ma, kar ka je fa rayuwarta a wani hali na daban, Abba dan Allah kar ka watsar da tarbiya da ka shafe shekaru kana yi mata, Abba dan girma Allah ka yi haƙuri." 

Kuka ya ciyo shi har ya kasa ƙarasa maganar da yake yi, Mama ta sake cewa. 

"Idan ka ce Husna ta tafi ina zata? Mun bata dama kenan ta yi duk wani abu da take so, Husna so take ta zama zakkah a cikin zuri'armu, ta ɗauko abun kunya ta yafe mana ta ƙarfi da yaji."

"Mama ba wannan zaku yi magana ba dan Allah, ku yi magana a kan yanda zata dawo hanyar da ake so." 

Alhaji ya faɗa, sabida baya so kalaman Mama su ƙara tunzura Abba da har yanzu bai ce musu ya haƙura ba. 

"Ta je ko ina nema, abun ta nema ne ta samu, Allah Ya sani bangaza wajen tarbiyarki ba, a kullum ina yi koƙarina wajen kare duk wani haƙƙinki da 'yan uwanki, Allah Ya gani kuma zai shaideni a ranar gobe, ba zan miki baki ba Husna, amma zan barki da abin da kike so." 

Yana kaiwa nan ya fice, tabbatacciyar shaida ta bai haƙura ba, Husna sai ta bar gidan. 

"Kinga ni Husna, idan kika kasheni, kika kashe shi sai ki ji daɗin duniyar." 

Mama ta faɗa, bata so ta yi kuka, ko ƙwalla bata fatan ta yi wa wani cikin 'ya'yanta, amma Husna ta dage ta tirji, ina za ta sanya ranta ta ji daɗi. 

"Yanzu Mama mene abun yi? Yanda Abba ya fita dai yana kan bakansa."

Kallon Walid da ya yi magana Mama ta yi, bayan ta sauke ajiyar zuciya ta ce. 

"Mene abun yi, ita gwanar baka ga ko a jikinta ba, ba taƙi yanzu mu bata hanya ta fita ba." 

Kallonsu suka mayar ga Husna da take kallon su ido ƙir, kaman ba a kanta ma ake magana ba. Cike da fushi da ɓacin rai, Mama ta ce.


“Abin da kika yi kin ji daɗi? Yanzu sai ki tashi ki tafi inda kika yi niyar zuwa ɗin, wallahi Husna ki sani duk abin da ya sami mahaifinki ko ni ko ‘yan uwanki, Allah ba zai barki ba.”


Tana kai wa nan ta shige ɗaki, ranta na yi mata soya, ya za ta yi da ranta? Shima Alhaji namene zai ce wai Husna ta bar masa gida? Idan ta bar gidan ta tafi ina? 

Walid ne ya shigo ɗakin yana faɗin. 

“Mama ya zaki taho nan? Ya kike so mu yi? Idan Abba ya zare hannunsa kema zarewa zaki yi?”

“Walid kenan, to me zan yi? Kana ganin yarinyar ba ta fasa abin da ta yi niya ba, yanzu ana bata dama ma sake ficewa za ta yi.” 

“Wallahi Mama ba zan fita ba, Mama na yi danasani, wallahi na tuba na yi danasani, ban taɓa tunanin Abba zai yi min haka ha, Mama ku yi min afuwa, wallahi na daina son sa, Mama ba zan iya rayuwa babu ku ba wallahi, dan Allah ku ba shi haƙuri.”

Husna ta faɗa tana kuka, kuka daga can ƙasan zuciyarta, sabida abun da Abba ya yi mata ya taɓa zuciyarta, a take ta ji son da take yi wa Uncle Dee ya bar zuciyarta, a lokacin ta gane abin da ta aikata, ta gane girman laifinsa, ko a lokacin da Mama ta ce kamar ba ta da ita ake magana ba, suman zaune ta yi. Dan tun da Abba ya ce ba a gidansa ba ta ji ta ɗauke gaba ɗaya kamar ba ta raye ma. 


“Wallahi Husna ƙarya kike, wannan maganar da kika yi iya bakinki kika yi ta.”


“Na rantse da girman Allah Mama har zuciyata na yi ta, dan girman Allah Mama ku yi min afuwa, ko yafe min, na yi kuskure na, na rufe idona na yi watsi da tarbiyar da kuka yi min, wallahi Mama ba zan sake ba.”


Husna ta ƙarasa maganar kuka yana cin ƙarfinta, ta kifa kan ta a ƙasa ta shiga raira kuka mai zafi tana yi tana tari, kukan da yake fita daga ainahin zuciyarta, yake goge duk wani mugun abu daga zuciyarta, a yanzu nadamar sanin Uncle Dee ma take yi, ko kuma nadamar biyewa zuciyarta da ta yi, wadda har ta kai ta ga wannnan baƙar ranar da ta santa iyayenta zubar da hawaye a kan ta, dan ido cikin ido taga ƙwalla a idon Alhaji, ga ‘yan uwan da suka so ta suka ƙauna ce ta kowa na kuka a kan ta, ita Husna ina zata kai wannan girman zunubin?

 Ƙara fashewa ta yi da kuka, wanda ya sa Alhaji matsowa kusa da ita ya ɗago ta, ya kwantar da ita a kan cinyarsa ya shiga rarrashinta, cikin kuka ta ce.


“Yaya Abdul, Yaya Walid, Alhaji, Ashir dan Allah ku yafe min, na kasance butulu da bata san hallaci ba, na saka muku soyayyar da kuka yi min da saku ɓacin rai, dan girman Allah ku yafe min, Mama dan Allah karki ji haushina, kar ki sake zubar min fa hawaye, ku roƙi Alhaji Ya yafe min, ni kam zan roƙi Allah Ya ɗauki rayuwata, ko zaku hutu da saku maganar da na ke yi.


Tabbas Husna ta yi tuban gaske, tuban da ake so kowanne ɗan Adam ya yi, dukkansu a cikin ransu suka gamsu da haka, Yaya Abdul ya ce.

“Ki daina addu’ar Allah Ya ɗauki ranki, ki yi addu’a Allah Ya baki tsahon rai mai amfani, ya baki damar da zaki goge duk wani ɓacin rai ko damuwar da kika haifarwa da iyayenki, mu baki yi mana komai ba, ko kin yi ma mun yafe Husna.”

“Na gode Yaya.”

Yaya Walid ma ya ce.
“Duk mun yafe idan kin yi mana, yanzu Abba ne zaki nemi yafiyarsa, kuma kin san yanda Abba ya fusata a yanzu gidan nan ma ba lallai ya dawo shi yau ko gobe ba.” 


Mama ce ta ce.
“Ai indai ba tabbatarwa ya yi tabar gidan ba, ba lallai ma ya dawo. Ni a rayuwa ta ban taɓa ganin mutum mai zuciya irin Alhaji ba, abin da nake gujewa Husna kenan, kar ta tayar masa da zuciyarsa da aka samu lafiya a kai, to yau ta tayar.”

“Mama yanzu mene abun yi?”

Alhaji ya tambaya, Mama ta ce.

“Ki shirya kayanki gaba ɗaya, ku je ku kaita gidan Aminiya, yanzu zan kirata na sanar da ita, nasan zata zauna a can zuwa shi kuma ya sauko.”


Dukkansu sun yi naam da zancin Mama, Alhaji da Ashir ne suka taya Husna kwashe kayanta, suka haɗa mata a jaka. Suna cikin haɗawa Mama ta shigo ɗakin ta ce dasu.

“Ku ɗiba da yawa fa.”

“Dayawa kuma Mama?”

Alhaji ya faɗa, Mama ta ce.

“Zata daɗe a can, har sai ya sauko.”

Shiru Husna ta yi, wai yau ita ce ke haɗa kayanta zata bar gidan mahaifinta na wani lokacin, haka suka haɗa kayan suka fito, har suka fita Mama ba ta ce da Husna komai ba, haka Husna ta fito tana kuka. Kukan da da ace ɗan Adam ya san ƙaddararsa da Husna kwantawa za ta yi a ƙasa ta yi burgima ba iya kuka da hawaye ba.

Haka ta yi ta kallon gidan nasu, kamar ta san kallon ban kwana take yi wa gidan ta tsaya tana kallonsa sosai, haka kawai ta ji zuciyarta ta yi rauni. 


Sai bayan su Husna sun fita Mama ta kira Hajiya Bilki, bugu ɗaya ta ɗauka tare da faɗin.

“Aminya yanzu nake zancen ki a raina? Lafiya dai ko?”

Ajiyar zuciya Mama ta sauke, sannan ta ce.

“Ina fa lafiya? Ga su Husna nan zuwa gidanki, zata kwana biyu.”

“Me ya faru? Wai bata fasa abin da take yi ba ne?”

“Ina fa, Aminiya Alhaji ya hau kan dokin zuciyarsa, a yanzu ya ce ta bar masa gidan, ya yake so na yi da raina dan Allah?”

“Ya salam, Allahuma ajirni fi musibati, Ya Allah ka sauƙaƙa mana.”

Mimi ta faɗa tana runtse idonta, sai kuma ta ce.

“Bai kyauta ba ko kaɗan, amma ki yi haƙuri ki bashi lokaci, ta zauna anan ko zuwa yaushe ne, idan ya gama zuciyar sai ta dawo kawai.”

“To shikenan Aminiya na gode, yanzu zasu ƙaraso.”

“Tam sai sun zo.”

Mimi ta faɗa tare da kashe wayar, Mimi na kashe wayar ta lafta tagumi, a fili ta ce.

“Allah ka sauƙawa wannan yarinyar, Ya Allah ka cire mata wannan taurin kan na masifa.” 


Allah ya sani tana son Husna, kaf cikin ‘ya’yan Aminiyarta tafi son Husna, haka take jinta kamar ‘yar cikinta, kuma bayan haka Aminiya ma tana son ‘ya’yanta kamar na ta.

“Ke kuwa Bilki lafiya kika rafka tagumi haka? Ko dan Asharaf ya ce zai zo da wannan gantalalliyar matarta sa ne?”

Dade da ta fito daga cikin ɗakin ta ta faɗa, sauke tagumin Mimi ta yi sannan ta ce.

“Ina fa Dade, ni mene alaƙa na da zuwan sa da ita, kawai wani abu na tuna.”

“To Allah Ya yi mana maganin abin da zai damemu alfamar Annabi da Al Qur’ani.”

Dade ta faɗa tana zama, tare da miƙawa Mimi arba’una Hadis. 

“Ni kam Bilki ki ci gaba da yi min ƙarin hadisin nan mana, kinga tun a hadisi na ɗaya bamu ƙara yi ba.”


Karɓa Mimi ta yi, tasan sababin Dade yanzu ba ta isa ta ce mata a’a ba, zata hau sababi, Dade irin tsofaffin nan ne masu son addini, ba ta samu wani karatun ba, shi ya sa yanzu bata jin kunya ko nauyin neman karatu a wajen kowa, duk cikin matan da ɗan ta yake da su, tafi son Mimi da ‘ya’yanta, a cewarta ko ba komai Mimi da ‘ya’yanta sun san Allah kuma suna karatun addini, saɓanin sauran matan da ko izu guda ba lallai suka kawo maka ba. 


Buɗe Hadisin Mimi ta yi zata fara karanta ma Dade, sai ga Ashraf ya yi sallama cikin muryarsa mai kama da raɗa. 

“Bilki ba ni, tun da wannan yazo ma yi karatun bayan sun tafi.”

Dade ta faɗa tare da amsar kayanta, daidai lokacin kuma ya shigo, bayansa kuma matarsa Jamila ce, fuskarta a haɗe kana ganinta kamar wadda aka yi wa dole sai ta zo gidan, sai wani harare harare take, bata son gidan kamar yanda ta san masu gidan basa sonta, kuma ita ko a jikinta ɗansu ne dai ta aura ko zasu mutu ba zata rabu da shi ba. 



Legendspen
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*_Amanan-Janafty_*




https://www.arewapen.com/book?id=6a933361f3eaa6dc8f5ff715


Comment section 

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


(12)

Sai da ya sake yin sallamar sannan suka amsa, itama Jamila ta yi tata ciki ciki, Mimi ce ta amsa ita kam Dade ta bawa banzan ajiyarta. 


“Dade barka da dare, Mimi barka da dare.”


Ashraf ya faɗa kansa a ƙasa, dan a rayuwarsa bai cika iya haɗa ido da mutane ba, mussaman iyayensa ko waɗanda suka girmeshi, duk da fitinarsa shima. 


“Mimi ina yini, Dade ina yini.” 


Jamila ta faɗa ganin yanda mijinta ya yi, sai a lokacin Dade ta ce. 


“Daman da ke aka zo ai ban ji sallamar ki ba.” 


Murmushin yaƙi Jamila ta yi a cikin ranta ta ce.


“Wannan tsohuwa dai anyi kininibabiya.” A fili kuma ta ce. 

“Tare muke  Dade, na yi baki jini ba ne.” 

“To ke ɗin ce kina magana ciki ciki kamar bakya so, hala yanzu uwar mijin naki ma ba ta ji kin gaishe ta ba.” 


“A'a Dade na ji mana har na amsa ma, ke ce dai baki ji ba.” 

Mimi ta faɗa dan ita bata son sababin Dade, sannan ta sake cewa da Jamila. 

“ku zauna mana ko tafiya zaku yi?”

“A’a ba yanzu ba, ai zan ga Daddy ma.” 


Ashraf ya faɗa, Jamila ta taɓe baki ita ba ta son zuwa wanna gidan nasu. 


“Ni kuwa Jamila haihuwa har yanzu shiru, aure yana neman shekara biyar.” 

Dade ta faɗa, dan dama ita zancen ta kenan. Ashraf ne ya ce. 

“Mu fa Dade ba haihuwa muka rasa ba, kawai ba yanzu muka shirya ba ne.” 

“Allahuma salli ala, taɓɗijam. Wannan zamani Allah ka yi mana magani.”

Dade ta faɗa tana riƙe haɓa, sai kuma ta sake cewa. 

“Uwarka ga tanan kamar ta yi bakwaini sabida saurin haihuwa, tsakanin Halima da Nusaiba ko shekara biyu bai rufa, kaine ma ka zama kalen hanji, shine zaka zo mana da kinibibi da sanabe, duk yayyanka maza kai ne ka ɗai ka samu dama ka yi aure shine zaka zo da wannan ɗabi’ar Yahudawan? Ke kuma kika biye masa ko?”


Dade ta ƙare maganar tana kallon Jamila, wadda take watsa mata harara ƙasa ƙasa. 

“Ki harareni da kyau shi ya ja min, zan yi addu'a Allah Ya kawo masa matar da zata haihu, wadda ɗabi'ar Yahudawa bata ratsa su ba.” 

Wani ƙululun abu Jamila ta ji ya tsaya mata a rai, wai kishiya ita akwai wadda ta isa ta yi ganganci shiga gidan ta a matsayin kishiya?
 Mijinta ma da ba iya magana da mata yake ba wace zata iya da shi? Ai sai ita ɗin. 

Ashraf ne ya tashi ya fita ba tare da ya ce da su komai ba, Daddy ne ya yi masa message ya sami shi a part ɗinsa, da sauri sauri yake tafiyar amma a nutse yake yinta cike da izzar da ta zame masa jiki, wadda shi bai ma san yanayi ba. 

Hankalinsa yana kan wayarsa kawai ya ji an bangaje shi za a wuce, ko gezau bai yi ba sai ma wanda ya bugeshin da ya yi baya, kamar an ce ya ɗaga ido ya yi ido biyu da ita sai faman harare harare take tana hura hanci, wani irin kallo ya yi mata yana mamakin yanda yarinyar nan ta riƙa a rashin kunya, ta buge shi amma ta tsaya tana hararshi tana jiran shi ya bata haƙuri, kallonsa ta ci gaba da yi shima yana kallonta, cikin kaushin murya ya ce. 

“Baki da hankali ne? Ko bakya gani?” 

“Eyh.” 

Ta faɗa tare da zagaye shi zata wuce, cike da fushi ya sa hannu ya kama tsintsiyar hannunta ya riƙe da ƙarfi, ba wai duka ƙarfinsa ba kawai ya yi riƙewar da ba zata iya ƙwacewa ba. 

Husna ji ta yi kaman ankwa ya sa ya matse mata hannunta sabida wani irin damƙa da ta ji, ƙoƙarin motsa hannu ta fara amma taji kamar ya shiga inda yafi dacewa da shi sabida kwata kwata yaƙi motsawa. 

A hankali ya janyota baya kamar yana jan akwati, sai da ya dawo da ita inda ta tsaya da farko sannan ya sake maimaita abin da ya faɗa ɗazu, kamar mai irga kalmomin da yake faɗa, ya ce. 

“Baki da hankali ne? Ko ba kya gani?”

Taso ta sake maimaita abin da ta faɗa ɗazu, amma riƙon da ya yi mata ya shige ta sosai, sai da ta tura baki gaba sannan ta ce. 

“To ai kaine ka taho kana danna waya, na matsa ma amma baka kula ba.”
 
Kallonta ya yi, yana son yin magana amma kuma bakinsa nauyi yake masa, a hankali yaja siririn tsaki sannan ya cika ta ya wuce. 

Juyawa baya Husna ta yi ta maka masa harara, daidai lokacin kuma su Ya Walid suka nufa wajen suna riƙe da jakar kayanta, gaba ta yi ta shiga part ɗin da saurin ta, tana gab da shiga ta ji muryar Dade na faɗin.
 
“Duk lalacwar zamani Allah ka bar mu a naka.”
 
Taɓe baki Husna ta yi tare da fashewa da kuka haɗi da tura ƙofar da zata sada ta da fallon, kukan ta ya karaɗe ɗakin tun kafin ta ƙarasa shigowa, miƙewa Mimi ta yi tana faɗin. 


“Husna ke dawa kike kuka haka? Ko tun daga gidan ne baki yi shiru ba.” 

Rungume Mimi Husna ta yi ta ci gaba da kukan, hankali a tashe Mimi ke tambayarta lafiya har da Dade ma, amma ta ƙi ce musu komai sai faman kuka take, abin da ya yi matuƙar ɓata ran Jamila, daman mugun haushin yarinyar take ji sabida bata da kunya ko kaɗan, gashi haka kawai take jin wani ƙarin haushin nata ba tare da ta yi mata komai ba, ga yan da Mimi da Dade suke ta faman lallaɓata suna tambayarta amma ta yi banza da su. 


“Husna ki yi shiru ki faɗa min abin da ya faru, Abban naku ne?”

Girgiza kai Husna ta yi, cikin kukan ta ce.

“Ashraf ne.” 

Wani irin bugu ƙirjin Jamila ya yi jin Husna ta ambaci sunan mijinta, me ya haɗata da shi? Mijinta dai da ko kallon mata ba ya yi? Wani kallo ta watsawa Husna da ke ci gaba da kukan, Dade ta ce. 

“Shi Asharaf ɗin me ya yi miki, daga zuwanki?”

Cikin Kuka Husna ta ce. 

“Matse min hannu ya yi, ya kuma ranƙwashe ni.” 

Ta faɗa tana nuna tsintsiyar hannunta da ya damƙe. 

“Kai wannan yaro anyi mugu, zai aikata abin da yafi haka indai wannan yaron ne, yana abu simi simi.” 

Dade ta faɗa, Jamila kam wani irin yanayi taji ya ziyarce ta, me ya haɗa Mijinta da wannan mara kunyar yarinyar har da zai kama mata hannu, wai hannu. Ji ta yi zuciyarta na neman fara hayaƙi sabida zallan kishi, ga ƙarin tsanar Husna da ya sake girma a cikin zuciyarta. 

“Kinga yanda wajen ya yi ja.” 

Husna ta nunawa Mimi, girgiza kai kawai Mimi ta yi, sabida ga shatun matsar nan ya fito ƙiriri ƙiriri a hannun Husna, ta san dai dole wani abu ne ya haɗasu, sabida kowa ta san halinsa, amma ko mene ya haɗa su ina shi ina matse mata hannu har haka ya yi shata. 


“Ki ƙyale ni da shi kawai, ga shatar hannun nan wallahi.”

Mimi ta faɗa tana ƙara kallon hannun Husna, jin abin da Mimi ta ce ya sake ɓata ran Jamila, kenan da gaske Honey ya taɓa Husna, wannan shegiyar yarinyar da bata da kunya ko kaɗan, wallahi zai zo sai ya yi mata bayanin me ya kai shi. 

“Wai har sai dai shata ya fito?” 

Maganar Dade ta katsewa Jamila zancen zucin da take yi, Mimi ta ce. 

“Gashinan, ya fito ƙarara.”
 
“Mu gani.” 

Dade ta faɗa, Husna ta matsa kusa da Dade ta nuna mata hannu, a take Dade ta ɗau salati tana faɗin. 

“Jijiyar hannun ya so ya tsinke miki.” 

Ba ta kai ga magana ba, Su Yaya Walid da Alhaji suka yi sallama suka shigo, hannayen su riƙe da jakukunan kayan Husna, sallama suka yi sannan suka shigo, har ƙasa suka fara gaida Dade ta amsa fuskarta a sake, tana son su Walid mussaman idan ta tuna mahaddatan Al Qur’ani ne shi ya sa take basu girma. 

“Ai sai dai mu mu gaida ku, mahaddata ai malamai ne.” 

Dade ta faɗa tana washe baki, suka ƙara gaidata sannan suka gaida Mimi ita ma ta amsa fuskarta a sake, Alhaji ne ya gaida Jamila sabida shi zata iya girma, Yaya Walid ma zata girme shi amma sabida yana da girman jiki sai sannu kawai ya ce mata, ta amsa idanunta a kan jakar da suka shigo da ita, kar Ace Husna anan zata zauna? Ba gidanta ba ne, kuma ba a gidan take zaune ba, amma kawai bata son Husna kusa da gidan ma gaba ɗaya. 

“Mun yi waya da Aminiyar ai, ku shigar da kayan nata wancan ɗakin a can zata zauna.” 

Mimi ta faɗa, sannan ta mai da kallonta ga Dade ta ce. 

“Dade Husna zata zauna damu anan na wani lokaci, zan yi miki ƙarin bayani da safe, a kan dai wannan mutumin ne da ya bada jini.” 

“To to, wannan marasa mutuncin kenan? To ai babu matsala, sannu kinji takwarata ki zauna anan kinji, sai ma ki dinga taimakamin da karatuna, Asharaf kam yana shigowa zai faɗa min dalilinsa na matse ki, kuma sai kin rama.” 

“Tam Dade.” Husna ta faɗa tana kwantar da kanta kan cinyar Dade, tun da ta shigo bata ma kalli wata Jamila ba, farko ma bata kula da ita ba sai daga baya taga tana faman harare harare, ita bata san ma ba a kanta take ba, wanda ya ajiye mata ba a kanta yake bare ita.

Su Yaya walid basu jima ba suka tafi, sai da suka yi wa Husna faɗa a kan kar su ji kar su gani, sannan ta dinga kiran Abba a wayar Mimi tana gaida shi, kafin Allah Ya sa ya sauko ta dawo. Sai da Husna ta yi kuka wai yau ita ce tabar gidansu tabar ‘yan uwanta tazo nan, ba aure ba, ba rashin lafiya ba, ba tafiya ba. 


Haka ta dawo falon jikinta duk ya yi sanyi ta zauna a gafe, Mimi tana kallonta ta gane yanayin da take ciki, cike da tausayawa ta ce. 

“Sannu Husna, ki saki jikinki nan ma kamar gidan ai kin sani.” 

Dade ta ce.

“Bilki ai uwarki ce, ni kuma kakakrki ce.” Sai kuma ta yi shiru kamar zata yi kuka ta ce. 

“Ina ma cikin jikokina ne na tara mahaddata Al Qur’ani, nasan dai su Halima sun yi sauka har sau biyu Alhamdulillah, shi kuma wannan da ya yi haddar gatanan baya aiki da ita, ya haɗu da mata jinin yahudawa sai saɓon Allah suke yi, wai ba su shirya haihuwa ba, kai oh ni jama'a, Allah mun tuba mun kuma tuba.” 

Harara Jamila ta watsawa Dade, kar ta sake haɗata da yarinyar nan wallahi, wace ma yarinyar nan da zata haɗa su. 

Suna zaune zaman jigun jigun Ashraf ya yi sallama ya shigo, yana shigowa idonsa ya faɗa kan Husna da ke zaune kamar mai zaman makoki, ko zaman me take oho? Tun da ya ji tafiyar su Walid kuma ya san tare suke dole su zasu mayar da ita. Dan a tarihin rayuwarsa bai taɓa ganin yarinyar tazo gidan ta kwana ba, shi ya sa ma wannan tunani bai zo ransa ba. 

Jamila ce kawai ta amsa sallamarsa, haka ya shigo ɗakin yana kallon Mimi da Dade da ke ta banka mai harara. 

“Lafiya Mimi?”

Ya faɗa ciki ciki, Dade ta yi caraf ta ce.

“Iya nata kallon banza kawai kagani kenan, baka kula dani da idanuna ke shirin zubowa ƙasa ba?” 

Murmushi ya ɗan saki wanda ya yi matuƙar ƙarawa fuskarsa kyau, shi ba ma abocin murmushi ba ne, kamar yanda ba ma abocin ɓacin rai ba ne, yana nan kullum fuskarsa daidai, baya ƙawata ta ds murmushi, ba kuma ya rage mata kyau da ɓacin rai a hankali ya ce.

“Dade ke ai rigimarki ba mai ƙarewa ba ce.”

“Ai ba zata ƙare ba, zo nan.” 

Ta yi maganar kamar ba ita ba, ba musu ya matso kusa da ita yana durƙusawa, ai kuwa ta riƙe masa kunne ta murɗa, ta ranƙwasar mai kai da dukkan ƙarfinta, sannan ta ce.

“Husna, murɗe masa hannu irin yanda ya yi miki.” 

Girgiza kai Husna ta yi, kamar wata ta Allah ta ce. 

“Dade kirama min da kan ki, kar wata rana ya dakeni.” 

“Hakane kuma dan ba shi da ɗigon Imani ko kaɗan.” 

Sai dai Dade ta gama da shi Mimi ta ce.

“Me Husna ta yi maka da zaka matse ta mata hannu har ka ranƙwasheta.” 

“Ranƙwashi kuma Mimi?”

Ya maimaita yana kallon Husna da ta turɓune fuskar, ya girgiza kai sannan ya ce. 

“Bige ni ta yi, kuma ta gaza bani haƙuri.” 

“To bakaga ƙanwarka ba ce, ko baka ga halin da take ciki ba, gaskiyya ka dinga tausayin mutane na faɗa ma.”

“Tam in sha Allah Mimi.” 

Ya faɗa sabida yana son tsayar da zancen haka, sannan ya mayar da kallonsa ga Jamila da ta cika ta batse ya ce.

“Ta so mu tafi.” 

Miƙewa ta yi kamar kububuwa ta fice, Husna ta taɓe baki a ranta ta ce.
 
“Iska na wahala da mai kayan kara, ke a kan wannan muguwar hallitar kike wannan abun? Sannunki.” 

“Ita ba za ta yi mana sallama na kenan? Kai wannan matar Allah ya canja ma ita.” Dade ta faɗa tana miƙewa tsaye, shi dai bai ce komai ba, amma ya san dai wannan addu'ar ta Dade ba zata taɓa amsuwa ba, ina shi ina wani auren, wannan ma da ya yake lallaɓawa, ita ka ɗai yake ji a zuciyarta ita ma ba wai yana sonta ya aureta ba, kawai yanayin soyyar da kulawarta ya sa ya fara jinta a zuciyarsa, amma wani lokacin kam har mantawa yake da ita a ransa. 

Lokacin da ya fita ma ta yi nisa har ta kai wajen da ya ajiye motarsa, a hankali ya taka zuwa wajen tafiyarsa kamar ko yaushe cikin nutsuwa, yana ƙarasawa ya buɗe mata motar ta shiga ta yi kicin kicin, shi dai ya san bai yi mata komai ba dan haka ba abin da zai sa shi ya lallaɓata idan ta so ta kwana tana yi, shi dai ya san bai mata komai ba, har suka yi nisa a tafiyar bai ce mata uffan ba, sanin ba zai ce ɗin ba ya sa ta cewa. 

“Me ya sa ka taɓa hannun yarinyar nan dan Allah?”

“Wace yarinya?” 

Ya faɗa hankalinsa yana kan abin da yake yi, dan bai ji ma zai bata amsar da take buƙata ba jin yanda ta yi masa tambayar kamar wata wacce ta haife shi. 

“Husna take kowa?”

Ta faɗa tana taɓe baki, ya girgiza kai wanda girgiza kan yana cikin ɗabi’arsa Idan baya son magana, a hankali ya ce.

“Idan kin tabbatar da sunanta sai ki yi maganar.” 

Kuka ta fashe da shi, sabida zafin da take ji a ranta, wai anya Ashraf yana sonta kuwa? Wane irin mutum ne shi haka, yana zaune da ita amma bai taɓa mai da hankali a kanta ko nuna damuwa a kan ta, har kasuwanci ma yafe masa a kan ta. Bai hanata ba har suka isa makeken gidansu da ke Tudun yola C, sabuwar unguwa da ta tara matasan masu kuɗi a ciki, maka makan gidaje ne na gani na faɗa a cikin unguwar. 

Suna shiga cikin falon ya sami kujera ya zauna, gaba ɗaya kansa ya ɗau zafi, bai taɓa tunanin Daddy zai yi masa wannan maganar ba, a kan kawai yana buƙatar ya ba shi contract da kamfanin sa shine ya zuba masa waɗan nan sharaɗun da ya san ba zai iya ɗauka ba, to da tsurar kuɗi ma ya ce ya bashi abun sai yafi haka kenan? 

“Honey.” 

Muryar Jamila ta katse mai tunanin da yake yi, a hankali ya buɗe idanunsa da suka yi ja ya kalleta, tana tsaye a kan sa fuskarta duk ta yi ja alamar da gaske kuka ta yi, nuna mata kusa da shi ya yi, ya ce. 

“Come.” 

Matsowa ta yi ta zauna, ya kalleta sosai sannan ya ce. 

“What?” 

“Honey dan Allah kana sona kuwa?” 

Kallonta ya yi sosai, me ya kawo wannan maganar kuma, ita tunaninta baya sonta zai zauna da ita ne har waɗannan shekarun? 

“Eyh Honey? Gaba ɗaya na kasa yarda kana sona, babu wata shaida guda ɗaya da kake nuna min soyayya da ita, damuwa ta bata dameka ba, haka kawai ka zauna ka yi hira dani ban isa ba.”


“Jamsy, bana hira da ke?"

Ya yi maganar a hankali, ta girgiza kai alamar a'a sai kuma ta ce.

“Hira irinta soyayya, hira da sa kai bata taba wuce minti goma zaka ja baki yi ka yi shiru.”

Kallon mamaki ya yi mata, ashe bata yaba da wannan minti goman ba, bata san yana ƙoƙari sosai ba a hakan, to kawai sai ya zauna ya yi ta surutu marar amfani har sama da minti goma? Ba a yi wannan macen da zai zauna yana wannan surutun da ita ba, ba kuma za ayi ba har abada. 

“Rana ɗaya baka taɓa yi dariya a gabana ba, sai murmushi. Murmushin da kake yi wa kowa irinsa, bani da wani bambanci da kowa kenan? Nifa matarka ka ce, haka kawai baka taɓa kama hannuna ka riƙe ba, amma yau ma kamana waccan yarinyar da ta yi maka rashin kunya.” 

“Jamsy, laifi ne dan na matse hannunta na yi mata hukunci?” 

“laifi ne babba, matarka ka ce ita da zaka haɗa jiki da ita? Ni kaina nan matarka lokaci da dama haka zan so na yi ta ƙoƙarin shiga jikinka amma ka ƙi, ina da nake halal ɗinka ma.” 

“jamila.”

Ya kira sunanta da dukkan nutsuwarsa, ta ɗaga kai ta kalleshi, ya ce.

“Da ace bana son ki ba zan taɓa iya aurenki ba, har na zauna da ke tsahon wannan shekarun, kafin ke mata nawa ke nuna shaawarsu gareni, amma ban taɓa jin zan iya aurensu ba har na rayu da su na wannan lokacin, ban taɓa jin zan iya gudanar da mu'amala aure da wata macen ba sai ke. Dan haka ki cire tunanin bana sonki a ranki.” 

Kwantawa ta yi a kan jikinsa, magana ka ɗan yake yi da ita ta ji ta sami mutuwa a ranta, bata san wani irin so take yi wa Ashraf ba, tun ranar da ta fara ganinsa ta kamu da matsanancin son sa, a lokacin da aminiyarta Amrah ta ce mata yana burgeta sai ta ji gaba ɗaya ta tsani Amrah ɗin, Amrah da take ƙawarta tun yarinta amma a kan Ashraf taji ta tsaneta, sai kuma aka yi sa'a Amrah ta ce ita ba son sa take ba. Jamila ta sha matuƙar wahala kafin Ashraf ya dubeta da idanun soyayya, ta sha fama. Sai dai kuma lokaci ɗaya ya ce yana son zuwa gidansu, a lokacin Jamila ji ta yi kamar ta yi hauka da dan daɗi, lokacin da ya zo gidansu mahaifnta ya tambaye shi game da shi ya sanar da shi asalinsa sai ta sake jin son sa ya ƙara kamata, babban su babban ɗan siyasa ne da ya yi suna a cikin garin, ita ce babbar ‘yarsa daga ita sai ƙanninta namiji sai kuma ƙaramar ƙanwarta su uku ne a wajen mahaifinsu gaba ɗaya, kasancewarta babbar ‘yar sa yasa take da izzah da isa da jin kai, a kullum ji take ita wata ce, ko ƙawaye bata kula kowa sai wadda ta kai, haka samari ma. Saurayi idan bai kai matakin masters bama ai ba isa ya tunkareta ba duk kuɗinsa kuwa, ‘ya'yan manyan masu kuɗi masu ilimi sune samarinta, mafi akasarin samarinta daga abroad ta haɗu da su, har da ƙawayenta dan ko ita Amrah ɗin ma babbansu mai kuɗi ne sai da ba taje abroad ba amma pravite university ta yi a abuja  har masters dinta. 


A lokacin da ta fara ganin Ashraf ta ji fargabar kar ya kasance shi ba ɗan wani babban mai kuɗi ba ne, sai dai soyayyarsa ta danne mata duk wata izzah da jin kanta, to a lokacin da ya sanar da mahaifinta shi ɗan wajen babban ɗan kasuwa ne Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, sai ta sake jin lallai ta kai, a rayuwar Jamila akwai raina wanda bai kai ba dan son nuna isa da cewar ita ta kai, mussaman da ta auri Ashraf ga kyau ga ilimi ga kuɗi ga shi daga babban gida, sai ya zama ko cikin ƙawayenta ma ta fara nuna musu isa, tana ganin basu isa su kai inda take ba, ta fara nuna musu ta wuce yanda suke tunanin su hakan ya ja wasu da yawa suka watsar da ita, wasu kuma suke ciki da ita. 
Ko ‘yar aiki da ta samu a gidan nata a ƙarshen hulaƙanci take kallonta, bata zuwa gidan sai ƙarfe sha biyu na rana tana zuwa zata gama duk wani aiki da za ta yi ta tafi, ba zata sake zuwa ba sai gobe, basu taɓa ido biyu da mai gidan ba, ƙarshe ma ‘yar aikin ko damar zama a gidan bata samu ba, sabida tana gama aikin da ya kawo ta zata tafi. 


Tun da tazo sau ɗaya ta  gaida Mimi ta gane bata sami shiga wajen Mimi ba, da ta so ta ɗaga hankalinta sai kuma daga baya ta ce ai ba zaman Mimi za ta yi ba, ita dai tun da Ashraf na son ta kuma zai zauna da ita Mimin ta yi ta ƙinta, ko da aka yi auren ma bata zuwa gidan Mimi sai dai shi ya kai ta taje ta dawo, mahaifiyar Jamila Hajja Aisha macece mai kula da tarbiya, tana iya ƙoƙarinta a kan Jamila amma mahaifinsu shi ya ɗaure musu gindi suke taka wanda suka ga dama. 

Kullum Hajja Aisha sai ta yi wa Jamila faɗa a kan ta gyara alaƙar ta da uwar mijinta, amma Jamila ta ce. Ai ba zaman ta take ba, zaman mijinta take yi, Hajja Aisha na ƙoƙarin nuna mata uwar miji ita ce komai amma Jamila ta ce a’a. 

Anty Laila ƙanwar Hajja Aisha ce, amma aminiyar Jamila ce sabida shekara ɗaya ne tsakaninsu, halinsu yazo ɗaya shi ya sa suke aminci tare, duk wani sirrin Jamila Anty Laila ta sani, haka duk wani sirrin Anty Laila Jamila ta sani, duk jin kai da isar Jamila a bayan Anty Laila take dan itama haka take ko mu'amala ɗaya bata haɗa ta da dangin mijinta, mussaman mijinta da ya yi kuɗi daga sama ba gada ya yi ba, iyayensa duk talakawa ne, shi ya sa Anty Laila ta ɗibesu ta yi watsi da su a bola, to duk wani iya shege wajenta Jamila ke koya, sai dai ita Anty Laila ta yi imani mijinta na son ta, sabida ga alamu nan duk sun nuna, saɓanin Jamila da ke faman haƙuri. 

“Honey.” 

Ta kira sunansa. 

“Jamsy.” 

Shima ya kira sunanta. 

“Wallahi ina sonka, ina mugun ƙaunarka, ban san yanda zan yi ba idan na rasa ka a duniya ta, dan Allah ka yi min alƙwarin ko da bana duniya ba zaka auri wata macen ba.” 




Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


*-Amanan-Janafty-*

https://www.arewapen.com/chapter?id=6ab26027cb0cfb23739014a5




https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4


(13)

Su Ashraf na fita Mimi ta ce da Dade.

“Dan Allah Dade kinga wannan abun haushin, wai yana gani matarsa ta fita haka ba tare da ta yi wa mahaifiyarsa sallama ba, amma ko a jikinsa.
 Wallahi Ashraf bai san ciwo na ba, bai san darajata ba ko kaɗan.” 


“To daman ina amfanin auren wadda ta girmeka, ai sai dai ta juya ka ba kai ka juya ta ba.”

Dade ta bawa Mimi amsa, Mimi ta sake cewa.

“Ai sai ya yi tun da abin da ya zaɓa kenan, kuma na faɗa miki bafa girmarsa ta y ba, ya bata a kalla shekara biyar.” 

Tana faɗin haka ta miƙe tsaye, sai kuma ta kalli Husna ta ce. 

“Idan zaki ci abinci ga kitchen a can, idan kuma kin ƙoshi to ki shiga wancan ɗakin anan zaki zauna, Dade da safe zamu yi maganar ko, yau Alhaji ba lallai ya shigo ba, daman idan yana wajen Hajiya Kubrah bai cika shigowa ba.” 


Miƙewa Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Aiko bai shigo ya yi miki sallama ba, ni matsayina na mahaifiyarsa ya shigo dai ko?”

“Hakane.” 

Mimi ta faɗa tare da wucewa hanyar part ɗinta, Dade ma ta yi nata hanyar, Husna na ta miƙe ta nufi nata ɗakin. 


Ta shafe sama da minti talatin kwance a kan makeken gadon da ke cikin ɗakin wanda ya yi biyu da rabin nata gida, duk yanda taso ta iya runtsawa ta kasa, kawai gidansu da mutanen gidansu take kewa, ba za ta iya rayuwa anan ba babu mutanen gidansu, duk da nan yafi gidansu komai, amma haka kawai ta ji tafi nutsuwa a nasu gidan, sai wajen ƙarfe sha biyu na dare bacci ya yi gaba da ita, kiran Asabar farko ya tashe ta kasancewar akwai massallaci a gidan, amma ta waje yake. 



Bayan kwana biyu. 


Husna ta fara sabawa da zaman gidan duk da ba wai ta sake ba ne gaba ɗaya, amma ba a takure take ba. Mimi na kula da ita sosai, tana nuna mata soyayya kamar yadda Mama zata yi mata, yanda Mimi je janta a jiki ma yafi yanda Mama ke mata, kullum sai sun yi waya da su Alhaji da su Yaya Abdul amma Mama ba ta ce mata komai, bare kuma uban gayya Alhaji Abba da bai nemeta ba.

Dade ce ke sa mata daɗn zaman gidan, su zauna tare suna hira tana ta bata Labaran nishaɗi, ita kuma tana yi mata ƙarin Al Qur’ani da wasu littafan, Yaya Leemah kam tana gidan kamar bata gidan, bata da aiki sai harkar kasuwanci ƙarfe goma ta fita ba ta dawo sai wajen shida, idan ta shiga part ɗinta bata fitowa sai wajen tara idan zata ci abincin dare, kullum Mimi da Dade cikin faɗa suke mata, wanda da alama ma shi ya sa ta ƙauracewa zaman falon, da ta fito Dade zata fara cewa. 

“Wannan zamani Allah Ya gyara mana, sai ka rasa waye yafi shirme, ‘yar da ta ajiye aure ta tawo kula da duniya ko uban da ya karɓi ‘yar ya bata kula da dukiyar.” 

Ita dai yaya leemah ba wanda take tankawa, kullum tunaninta yanda za a samu riba, yanda za'a gujewa faɗuwa, ya za ayi a ƙirƙiro sabon abun da zai kawo riba, shikenan lissafinta. 


Asharf bai sake dawowa gidan ba, daman sai bayan kwana biyu yake zuwa. Yau kawai Husna ta tashi da sha’awar zagaye gidan, tun zuwanta ba ta taɓa fita zagaye gidan ba kullum tana cikin part ɗin Mimi bata fita, shi ya sa yau ta ce dole taje taga yanda gidan yake baki ɗaya, a lokacin da ta fita Yaya Lemmah ta fita ofis, Mimi na ɗakinta, Dade kuma na baccin da take yi da safe wanda take cewa wai yana ƙara lafiyar ƙwaƙwalwa. 


Ko iya harabar gidan Husna ta kwashe sama da minti goma tana kalla tare da yabawa, a ranta take ayyana mai kuɗi yaji daɗi, ko ita ma zata sami irin wannan? Ko wanda bai kai wannna ba, ko wanda yafi wannan ma, Allah ne kawai ya sani, sai kuma ta tuna da Uncle Dee a fili ta ce.

“Allah Sarki Uncle Dee, Allah Ya kula da kai.” 

Tana faɗin haka ta fara tafiya, sabida bata son ma ta yi nisa cikin tunaninsa sabida ta yi wa kanta alƙwarin ta cire shi a ranta har abada, sabida tasan iyaye suna gaba da komai kuma bai ci ta watsar da suka a kan soyayya ba. 


Tana tafe tana zagaye gidan hankalinta kwance, duk inda ta gani sai ta yi mai kallon tsananiki har ta fahimci su waye a cikin ɓangren. Daga can nesa da part ɗin Hajiya baba ta hangi wani namiji yana zauna a kan kujerar roba ya juya bayansa, har ta wuce shi ta ji yana mata magana. 

Kamar ta wuce sai kuma ta tsaya ba tare da ta waigo ba, a hankali ya taka zuwa inda take, shi bai ma san wace ba kawai da ya san baƙuwa ce, kuma yaga ta nufar sashen Hajiya Babba, shi daman mayen ‘yan matane duk inda ya gani sai ya latsa.

“‘Yan mata adon gari.” ya yi maganar cikin muryar da ya saba yaudarar ‘yan mata da ita, a hankali Husna ta juyo ta kalleshi, fari ne irin mai ɗaukan idon nan, yana da tsayi amma ba sosai ba, kan shi cike da suma sata sha gyara, yana sanye da wata ɗanyar milk ɗin shadda mai matuƙar kyau tsada, ɗinkin ya karɓi jikinsa ya kwanta luf, idonta ta sauke cikin nasa, ta yi masa wani irin kallo ido cikin ido, sai kuma ta sauke idonta, sabida ita ba ta ga wani abu ba a tare da shi ba, ta kalleshi sosai ne ko zata ji irin abin da ta ji a lokacin farko da ta yi ido biyu da Uncle Dee, sai dai ba taji komai ba. 

Shi kam a karon farko yaji ya yi ido biyu da macen da ta shiga zuciyarsa, kamar kar ya ɗauke idonsa a kan ta, yaji gaba ɗaya ta tafi da zuciyarsa. 

“Lafiya dai ko?”
Husna ta yi maganar, ganin yana binta da kallo.
“Lafiya, ina zaki haka?”
Kallonsa ta sake yi, da alama yana da haɗi da gidan, dan suna shigen ɗibar kama da ‘ya’yan Mimi ma.
“Ina ɗan zagayawa ne.” 

“Zagaya ina?”
Jin tambayar ta yi wani iri, wai zagaya ina? Ɗan tura baki ta yi gaba, sannan ta  ce.
“Non of your Business.”
Tana faɗin haka ta juya inda ta fito, taji gaba ɗaya zagayen ya fita a kan ta, su ‘yan gidan gaba ɗaya haka suke da hulaƙanci kenan? To su ci kan su. 


Husna bata san yana biye da ita ba, sai da ta yi sallama a part ɗin Mimi, bayan Dade ta amsata sai kuma ta ji wata sallamar a bayanta, ita ma Dade ta sake amsawa, zama ta yi a kusa da Dade tana faɗin.
“Dade an ta shi kenan?”

“Gani kuwa kin ganni, daga ina kike haka?”
Sai kuma ta miƙe tsaye.
“Alkasim, kai ne anan me ya shigo da kai? Hala wannan uwar taka bata san ka shigo ba ko?”
Sai a lokacin Husna ta kalli shi, shine kenan ya biyo ta. 
“Dade wannan anan take?”
Ya faɗa yana nuna Husna, Dade ta ce.
“Anan take, sai aka yi me?” 

“A’a bakomai.”
Ya faɗa tare da juyawa, zama Dade ta yi tana taɓe baki. 
“Ka ji da shi dai.”
Husna ce ta ce.
“Dade waye shi?”

“AlKasim ne ɗan gidan Kubrah, kingan shi nan ko shi ya girmi Asharaf, amma sun sa sharholiya a gaba babu abin da suke iya yi sai shashancin a rayuwa.”

“Allah Ya kyauta.” 
Husna ta faɗa, idan ma ita ya biyo ya biyo banza dan babu abin da zai haɗa ta da shi, ita a yanzu ai ta haƙura da soyayya, aure kuwa tun da ba wajibi ba ne ta haƙura da shi kuma zata roƙi Allah da ya kashe mata zuciyarta yanda ba zata taɓa son wani namiji ba, ta rasa Uncle Dee, to ta rasa soyayya da kowa. 



Bayan wata ɗaya.

A zuwa yanzu Husna ta saba da zaman gidan, ta mayar da gidan kamar gidansu tana rayuwa hankali kwance, Su Yaya Abdul sun zo ba sau ɗaya ba ba sau biyu ba, Mama ma tazo sau ɗaya tun da yanzu ta sauko daga fushin da take, Abba ne dai shiru har yanzu bai sauko ba daga na shi fushin, amma suna sa ran ko yaushe zai iya saukowa, dan ranar da Walid yazo na ƙarshe ma ya ce Abba ya yi zancenta. 

Ko da suka ce mata yakamata ta koma makaranta ta ce ita ba za ta koma ba, karatu dai ta gama yin sa kenan, idan ta sami nutsuwa daga baya ta ci gaba, duk yanda Mimi ta so fahimtar da ita muhimmancin komawa ta ƙarasa ko secondry ne Husna taƙi ta ce ba yanzu ba, Yaya Leemah da ba ta cika shiga shaaninsu ba ta yi mata magana a kan makarantar itama Husna ta ce ba zata je ba, Husna da alama dai bazaki daina taurin kai ba, abin da kowa yake faɗa mata, ita dai ta ce ba zata koma ba a ƙyale ta. 

Yau Mimi bata nan sun je Unguwa da Mama, Dade kuma ta koma ɓangaren Hajiya babba, daman ta kanje can ta yi sati ɗaya ko biyu sai ta dawo nan, ɓangaren Hajiya Kubrah ne da bata zuwa, Husna basu taɓa haɗuwa da Hajiya Kubrah ba, amma duk wasu munanan halinta ta sani a bakin Dade, Hajiya Babba ce dai sun haɗu har wajen sau biyu, ita ma dai babu yabo babu fallasa a wajen Husna. 
Tun da Mimi ta fita ta ce mata ta gyara mata kayanta a ɗaki, sannan ta haɗa mata jaka da kaya zata yi tafiya, na kwana biyu. Husna na zaune cikin ɗakin Mimi tana ware mata kaya ta ji anyi sallama, ɗaga kai ta yi ta ganshi, ita rabonta da shi ai anfi wata dan tun zuwanta sau biyu suka haɗu, dan ita bata son ganinsa ma shi ya sa data fahimci ranaku da lokacin zuwansa bata zama inda zai ganta, dan haka ta daɗe bata gan shi ba. 

Shima a ɓangarensa ya ma manta da yarinyar gaba ɗaya, mamaki yake wai har yanzu tana gidan, idan zai iya tunawa wajen wata ɗaya da suka zo shi da Jamila sun tarar da ita, sai kamar ya sake zuwa ya ganta, to tun daga nan bai sake ganinta ba, kuma bai sake tunawa da ita ba sai yau da ya ganta anan, to tambayar da yake yi wa kansa, zaman me take yi anan? Ya san dai kamar tana makarantar kwana ne, haka ya ji lokacin da bata da lafiya, kuma baya tunanin ta gama karatun yanzu, ko gudun makarantar ta yi ta dawo nan? 
Kamar ba zai kula ta ba ya ce.
“Ke.”
Ƙasa ƙasa Husna ta ce.
“Ƙara ke kaga me zai baka.”
Yana ganin bakinta ya san rashin kunya ta yi masa, dan ya san bata sa kunya ko kaɗan, cike da ɓacin rai ya ce.
“Ba magana nake miki ba?”
“Ai ba sunana Ke ba, sunana Husna.”
Ta faɗa hankalinta yana kan abin da take yi, mamakinta yake sosai yanda bata da kunya kamar ba ‘yar Mama da Abba ba, kamar ba ƙanwar Abdul da Walid ba, tsiwa kawai ta iya rayuwarta. Rai a haɗe sabida gudun raini ya ce.
“Ina Mimi?”

“Ta fita unguwa.”
Bai tanka ta ba ya fice, ƙwafa Husna ta yi a fili ta ce.
“Sai muguwar zuciya, wallahi idan naganshi zuciyata tashi take yi.”
Tana faɗin haka ga ci gaba da aikin da take yi, ranta duk a ɓace, shi rashin mutunci ya ɗauka a matsayin abun yi to yaje Allah Ya haɗa shi da daidai shi. 

Har yanzu tana mamakin me ya sa mutum idan Allah ya yi shi a gidan masu arzikin yake hulaƙanta waɗanda basu da shi, wai duk mene ma a cikin duniyar, kwanakin da kullum raguwa suke, da ɗan adama ya san abin da ke ɓoye da bai yi izzah da gadara ba duk kuwa irin arziƙin da Allah zai yi masa. 
Haka ta gama haɗa kayan duk ran ta a ɓace, ita ji take yi kamar ta tashi ta tafi gidansu koma mene Abba ya yi, amma ta gaji da wannan zaman gaba ɗaya wallahi, wayar ƙaramar wayar da Mimi ta bar mata ta ɗauka ta saka lambar wayar Alhaji a ciki, bugu ɗaya ɗauka tare da yin sallama, bata amsa sallamar ba ta ce.
“Ni dai gaskiyya gida zan dawo.” 
“Wai Husna ba zaki daina wannan taurin kan naki ba, yaushe Yaya Walid ya ce miki ki ƙara haƙuri?”

“ Ni dai gaskiya sai na dawo Haba, zaman ya yi yawa.” 

“To ki yi ta dawowar, idan taurin kai kika zaɓa sai ki yi.” 

Yana faɗin haka ya kashe wayar, tsaki taja tare da miƙewa a ranta tana faɗin. 
“Wallahi tafiya zanyi haba.” 
Ɗakin ta tashiga ta ɗauki mayafinta, har ta saka mayafin sai kuma ta yi ɗan tsaya, wani tunani ya faɗo mata tun da tana da lambar Abba a kan ta kuma bai da wannan lambar to ta kira shi ta ba shi haƙuri ko zai haƙura, duk da su Yaya Abdul sun gargaɗe ta sun ce kar ta gwada kiran Abba, amma ai taga an daɗe magana ake ta kusan wata biyu fa, duk zuciyarsa ai ya ci ace ya sauko yanzu. 
Tun da har ita ta manta da Uncle Dee, duk da ba wai ta manta da shi gaba ɗaya ba, amma ya ragu sosai a zuciyarta sai dai addu’a ɗaya ta tsananta yinta Allah ya sa har ta koma gare shi ba zata sake son wani namiji ba a duniya. 

Wayar ta ɗauka ta rubuta lambar Abba ta danna kiran, har kiran ya katse Abba bai ɗauka ba, tana shirin ake kira sai ga kiran nasa ya shigo, zuciyarta taji tana wani irin bugawa kamar kar ta ɗauka sai kuma ta ɗauka, daidai lokacin kuma Mimi ta shigo ɗakin tana faɗin. 

“Husna kina nan ne?”
Sallamar Abba ce ta karaɗe ɗakin sakamakon wayar a handsfree take, cikin sanyin murya Husna ya ce.

“Abba ina yini?”
Shiru ya ɗanyi, kafin daga baya kuma ya ce. 
“Asma’u.” 
Ai yanda ya kira sunan ya tabbatarwa da Husna Abba bai wuce da fushin da yake yi a kan ta ba. Cikin muryar kuka ta ce. 
“Abba, Abba dan Allah ka yi haƙuri ka yafe min, dan Allah.”
Shiru ya yi bai ce komai ba, ta sake cewa.
“Abba dan Allah.”

“Me kike so?”
Ya yi maganar cikin sanyi muryar da ya yi mata yanayi da na Ashraf.
“Abba ka ce ka yafe min na dawo gida.” 

“Asma’u, kina so ki dawo gida?”

“Eyh Abba wallahi ina so.”

“To idan har kina so ki dawo gida, dole sai kin zama mace mai daraja, bakina gidan Alhaji Musa ba?”

“Ina can Abba.”
Ta faɗa kamar zata yi kuka, Abba ya ce.

“To na ba shi wakilcinki! Idan lokacin aurenki ya yi, shi ne zai aurar da ke. Daga yau har zuwa ranar da za ki zama mace mai daraja a gidan mijinta, ba na son sake sanya idanuna a kanki a cikin gidana! Matuƙar ba gidan aure kika shiga ba Husna, to ba na maraba da ke. Ko da Allah ya ɗauki raina, wannan ita ce wasiyyata gare ki ba zan taɓa farin ciki da ke ba har sai ranar da kika zama matar aure.”


Yana faɗin haka ya kashe wayarsa, Husna ta fashe da wani irin kuka mai taɓa zuciya, Mimi ta matso kusa da ita ta rungumeta tana rarrashinta, Dade ta shigo wajen Husna ta yi mata karatu ta ji kukan Husna a ɗakinta, cikin hanzari ta shigo ɗakin tana faɗin.

“Malamata me ya sa me ki.” 
Ganin Mimi na rarrashinta ta ya sa ta ce.
“Bilki me ya faru da ita?”
Cikin sanyin Murya Mimi ta ce.
“Mahaifinta ne ya ce ba ya maraba da ita a gidansa har sai lokacin da ta zama matar aure, ko mutuwa ya yi ba zai yi farin ciki da ita ba sai ya yi aure, sannan baya son sake ganinta a gidansa ssi lokacin.” 

“Kai wannan Abubakar yaushe ya zama mai zuciya har haka ne?”
Dade ta faɗa, Mimi ta ce. 
“Daman yana da zuciyar kawai dai ta yi sanyi ne, ita Husna ce ta tayar masa da zuciyar.” 


“Kai wannan abun bai yi daɗi ba wallahi ko kaɗan, ki yi haƙuri komai zai daidaita.”
Ita dai Husna bama ta jinsu kawai kuka take yi, wai sai ta yi aure. Ita da a kullum addu'arta Allah Ya tsareta daga sake shiga lamarin soyayya ko wani namijin, kenan addu’arta babu inda take zuwa. 
Yaka Dade da Mimi suka yi ta rarrashinta, har ta samu nutsuwa, Dade da kanta ta ce mata zata je ta sami Abba ta ba shi haƙuri, shine abin da ya sa Husna ta ɗan saki jiki.
Sai da ta kwana biyu kafin ta saki jiki ta ci gaba da mu'amala kamar da, tun safe Mimi ta ce ta haɗa kayanta kala biyar ko shida, Mimi zata je Abuja ganin likita, Dade kuma na ɓangaren Hajiya Babba, Leemah kuma ta tafi Chaina tun wancan satin, Husna dai bata san inda zata ba, amma dai ta haɗa kayanta wajen kala goma ma dan ita ko ina zata je sai ta ɗan zauna, sabida ta gaji da gidan Mimi gaba ɗaya, tana son shaƙar iskar wani wajen daban. 


Bayan magariba suna zaune tana yi wa Dade ƙarin arba’una Hadis, duk da Dade ba wani iya take ba, amma soyayyarta da karatun ya sa take jin daɗinsa. Sallama ya yi kamar ko yaushe cikin sanyi muryarsa, Husna na ganinsa ta haɗe rai, bata so ma ya sake ganinta ba, dan har cikin zuciyarta bata son ganinsa. 

Bayan ya gaida su Dade karo na farko kenan ya yi magana a kan wani mutum. 
“Mimi yarinyar nan wai zaman me take bata zuwa makaranta ne?” 

“Ta dawo nan da zama.” 
Mimi ta faɗa a daƙile, shi kam zamanta ba damunsa zai yi ba tun da ba a kan sa take ba, shi yana magana ne a kan rashin karatunta, shi a rayuwarsa baya son mutum yaƙi yin karatu, mussaman mace yarinya da bata da wani nauyi a kan ta. 

“Mimi, ba wai zamanta ba, magana nake a kan karatun ta.” 
A wannan lokacin Dade ce ta ce.
“Ta ce ta haƙura ba zata ci gaba, ko karatun dole ne? Ai tana da na Muhammadiyya kuma shine dole, wannan na nasaran ta ce ba zata yi ba.” 
Kallon Husna ya yi ta wani turu baki gaba, shi yana mamakin yanda suka bar yarinyar nan take abin da ta ga dama, da wajensa take ai da tuni ya daɗe da ɓaɓɓalata, yarinyar sai rashin kunya kawai ta iya, karatu ma ko secondry ba ta gama ba ta ce ba zata ci gaba kuma sun barta, ita kuwa wace irin mace take son zama, wani mahaukacin ne zai kwashi wada bata da ilimi.
“Ashraf ba wannan ya sa na kira ka ba.” 
Mimi ta faɗa, sannan ta ce.
“Gobe da safe zanje ganin likita, kwana biyar zanyi ina son Husna zata je gidan ka ta har zuwa na dawo, yanzu zaku tafi da ita.”


Legendspen
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


*-Amanan-Janafty-*


(14)


Ba iya Ashraf ba har da Husna jin maganar ta yi kamar shigar ƙaya, wai taje gidan Ashraf, ina wannan ma ba zai yu ba, wannan matar ta shi mai kama da sakwara wallahi ba zata saɓo ba chab.

Kallon Mimi Ashraf ya yi, yana so ya yi magana amma bakinsa ya yi masa nauyi, Mimi ta sake cewa.  “Kaji ni, ko ba kaji ba?”

“Mimi naji, amma ba zata iya zama anan ba?”

“Eyh ba zata iya ba, na ce taje gidanka ko? Ko tsoro kake ita uwar taka ta gidan ba zata zauna da ita ba? To ka ce mata umarnina ne idan kuma taƙi wallahi zata ga mummunan hukuncin da har kai sai ya shafa.” 

“Kin burgeni Bilki, ai Asharaf baya buƙatar lallaɓawa, irin wannan umarnin zaki ba shi.” 
Dade ta faɗa tana yi wa Mimi jinjina, sannan ta koma ga Ashraf ta ce. 
“Idan ni ban isa da kai ba, ai na isa da ubanka shi kuma ya isa da kai, sai mu gani.” 

“Mimi ni dai da ba gidansa ba, kin san dai wannan matar tasa wallahi, kuma ba mutunci take muku ba bare kuma ni, shi kan sa kina ganin yanda yake cin zalina bare kuma an haɗa da wannan matar tasa mai kama da sakwarar legas.” Wani ƙululun takaici ne ya tsayawa Ashraf a maƙogwaro, wai Jamila take cewa mai kama da sakwarar legas, ba gwanda Jamila ba a kan ta shi yanzu ai kallon da yake wa Husna gwanda kowa a kan ta, yarinya ko secondry ta gagara gamawa. 
“Babu ruwanki da matarsa ai gidan yayanki ne, kar ki tanka ta duk abin da za ta yi miki.” 
Dade ta faɗa, Mimi kuma ta ce. 
“Idan kin mutunta ita ma zata mutunta ki, ki tashi ki ɗauko kayan da kika haɗa ku tafi.” 

“Ni dai Mimi a'a dan Allah, wallahi ni tsoronsa nake ji, ba iya matarsa ba ce abar tsoro.”

“Ki tashi kije ki ɗauko jakar ki, shi ya isa ya ce zai dake ki ne, me kika yi masa.” 
Tashi Husna ta yi, bata son jan zance da Mimi amma suna fita zata lallaɓa shi ya kai ta ko gidan su Hajjo ne cikin gari, wallahi ba zata iya zuwa gidansa ba. Sai bayan ta tashi ya ce.
“Mimi ki faɗa mata ta girmama mata ta, kar ta yi mata rashin kunyar da ta saba.” 
Kamar jira Mimi take ta hau sababi.
“Ita matar taka girmama mutane take? Ko ganin mu take yi da mutunci? Idan kakai mata ita a hulaƙance dole ta ɗauke ta hulaƙane, idan a mutunce ka kai ta dole ta mutunta.” 
Miƙewa Dade ta yi tana faɗin. 
“Bilkisu Allah Ya ƙaddara saduwa, ni kam na yi nan.” 
Tana faɗin haka ta fice ba tare da ta jira amsawar wani ba, ta tafi taje ta dira bala'i da ‘ya'yan Hajiya Babba. 


Yana zaune kamar mutun-mutumi Husna ta fito tana han jakar da ƙyar, Mimi ta ce. 
“Ku tashi ku tafi, nima da wuri zan kwanta sabida na tashi da wuri, Allah Ya tsare.”
Miƙewa ya yi, ciki ciki ya ce.
“Allah Ya kaiku lafiya.”

“Amin.” Ta amsa, Husna ma ta ce. 
“Mimi Allah ya tsare.” 

“Amin Husna, kar naji kar na gani.” 

“In sha Allah.” 
Husna ta faɗa, Mimi ta sake cewa.
“Ai ka kama mata kayan ko? Ashraf wai yaushe zaka fara tausayi ne a rayuwarka? Kai mace in dai ba matarka ba babu wadda kake tausayi kenan?” 
Kallon ‘yar jakar ya yi, gaba ɗaya wannan nawa take da har sai an ɗaukar mata, hannu ya sa ya ɗauka ya rasa me ya sa Mimi take son haɗa shi da wannan yarinyar. 

Husna ta so ta roƙeshi ya kai ta gidan Hajjo, amma suna fita girman kai ya hau kanta sai kawai ta yi shiru har suka isa wajen da ya ajiye motarsa, baya take ƙoƙarin buɗewa ya daka mata tsawa, ba dan taso ba ta buɗe gaban ta zauna. Haka suka fara tafiya Husna na kallon titi dan ita ko iska ɗaya bata so ta shaƙa tare da shi, wallahi mantawa take da shi, amma kwana biyu sai neman takurawa rayuwarta yake, a cikin zuciya ta ce. 
“Aikin banza.” Tare da jan tsakin da bata san a fili ta yi  ba, kallonta ya yi ya ɗauke ba ta isa ya kula ta ba, a haka suka ƙarasa gidan nasa babu wanda yake ce da wani uffan, Jamila ta window ɗin falon ta hangi mace a gaban motar mijinta, ba shiri ta ƙwalalo duka idanunta waje tana son ganin wace mai tsautsayin ce wannan, sai dai ganin Husna na fitowa taja wani dogon tsaki, a fili ta furta.
“Allah ka kashe yarinyar nan, na tsane ta wallahi, bana son ta ko kaɗan. Yanzu uban me tazo yi min gida kuma, har da shiga gaban motarsa wajen da ni ka ɗai yakamata na shiga.” 


A can waje kuwa Husna ba ta yi ganganci cewa ya ɗaukar mata jaka ba, daman a can ma ba ita ta buƙata ba Mimi ce ta sa shi, nan kuwa babu Mimi dole ta kama kanta har Allah ya raba su. 
Yana gaba tana binsa a baya suka shiga cikin falon, Jamila na zaune ta haɗe rai kamar wadda aka sanarwa saƙon mutuwa, mamaki ba tashi kashe ta ba sai da taga hannun Husna riƙe da jaka wadda ko ba ta tambaya ta san kayane a ciki.

“Honey, wannan abun fa?”
Ta faɗa tana nuna Husna, wadda wani takaici ya maƙure mata wuya, wai ita ake cewa wannan abun, cikin su waye ya yi kama da wani abu ma idan ba ita ba, gatanan kamar doya.

 Ɗan haɗe rai ya yi, sannan ya ce. 
“Bangane abu ba, yarinyar ce baki gani ba ko me?”

“Na ganta Honey, amma me take anan?” 

“Mimi ce za ta je ganin likita, shine zata zauna anan kafin ta dawo.”

“What impossible, wallahi ba zata zauna ba.” 
Jamila ta faɗa tare da shigewa cikin ɗaki, bayanta yabi daman ya san dole ya yi fama da ita, Husna kam yana shiga ta taɓe baki ita dai bata ga abin damuwa a kan Ashraf ba, ita daga mijin har matar babu na zaɓa a ciki kowa bakin hali, to su ci kan su ita dai babu wanda ya isa ta kula shi cikinsu wallahi.
 
Jamila na shiga ɗaki ta zauna a kan gado ta fara zubar da hawaye, me ya sa yarinyar nan take son fitinarta ne, wallahi ko ganin yarinyar nan bata son yi a rayuwarrta bata son alaƙar ta da mijinta kuma tasan wannan aikin Mimi ne ita ce ta turo ta sabida kawai a raba musu zaman lafiya su. 
“Jamsy, me ya sa haka ne? Me kike yi anan?”
Banza ta yi da shi, dan wallahi tun kafin dare ma ya yi masa yazo ya sa 'yar mutane a gaba ya mayar musu da ita, dan ba zata zauna mata a gida ba, yarinyar da bata da kunya bata da mutunci. 

Zama ya yi kusa da ita ya kama hannayenta duka ta yi saurin ƙwacewa da dukkan ƙarfinta. 
“Karka ma fara, ni ba abin da zan ji, tun dare bai yi maka ba ka ɗauki yarinyar nan ka mayar musu da ita, dan ba zata zauna a gidan nan ba.” 

“Jamsy ki tsaya mana ki saurare ni, Mimi ce fa ta bani na taho da ita, kawai sai na koma da ita na ce me?”
Ya faɗa rai a ɓace, gaba ɗaya ya fara gajiya da yawan surutun nan. 
“Ka ce ba zata zauna ma a gida ba, suma sun san yarinyar nan ba kunya ba ne da ita, ni bana son tana raɓar mu wallahi.” 

“Jamila, kin san abin da kike cewa? Mimi zan mayarwa da ita, kwana nawa ne za ta yi? Gaba ɗaya ba zata yi one week a gidan ba fa.” 

“To ai itama Mimi ɗin ba dan Allah ta baka ita ba, ya zaayi ma ace zankaɗeɗiyar yarinta kamar wannan ba zata iya zama a gida ita kaɗai ba, to ta kuma gidan ubanta mana.”

“Enough Jamila, ya isa haka Mimi kike faɗawa wannan maganar? To na gama yanke hukunci zata zauna anan gidan, har Mimi ta dawo idan kinga dama ki zauna idan kinga dama ki yi duk abin da zaki yi, ko ni na faɗa miki son zaman nata nake yi ne?”

Tashi Jamila ta yi ta fita daga ɗakin ta shiga ɗakin da ke kusa da shi, tana shiga tasa key ta kulle ƙofar, ita dai Husna na tsaye a falo tana jiran a fito a bata ɗakin da zata zauna. Sai da ya ɗauki wajen minti goma sannan ya fito, wani kallon banza ya watsawa Husna sannan ya ce.
“Tsayuwar me kike anan?”
Turo baki ta yi gaba, sannan ta ce.
“Ina ne ɗakina?”
Jin maganar ya yi banbarakwai wai ɗakinta, hannu ya ɗaga ya nuna mata ɗakin da ke gefenta sannan ya ce.
“Ki yi using wannan ɗakin.” 
Yana faɗin haka ya wuce, bata ce mai komai ba ta tura ƙofar ɗakin ta shiga, ɗakin a gyare yake tsaf ajiye jakarta ta yi a ƙasa ta kwanta a kan gadon, Allah Ya so ma ta yi salla a gida, kawai ta kwanta ta yi addu'a, sai bayan ta yi addu'ar ta kece da dariya, a fili ta ce.
“Yau su sakwarar legas babu bacci.” 
Sai kuma ta ƙara tuntsirewa dariya, ita wallahi mamaki ma Jamila ke bata, wannan mijin nata waye zai iya da shi, ita dai da Allah Ya ɗaurawa ta yi ta fama, haka Husna ta yi bacci tana mamakin Jamila da haukanta. 


Ashraf kam bazan ya yi da Jamila ya ƙyaleta zuwa safiya ya je ya rarrashe ta, shi bama gwani ba ne wajen rarrashi, shi fa har yanzu akwai abubuwa da yawa da ba zai iya yi wa mace ba, su wannan rarrashin da lallaɓawa gani yake bazai taɓa iyawa ba, ga abokansa nan su wani karyar da murya ga matansu shi bai ga abin da zai kai shi wannan zubar da girman ba. 

Cikin dare wajen ƙarfe ɗaya ya tashi ya nufo ɗakinta, ya san lagonta kullum tana son jinsa a kusa da ita shi ya sa ya bari sai wannan lokacin. A ɓangaren Jamila kam tun tana saka ran shi yazo ya rarrasheta har ta ji shiru, ita dai ba zata zauna tare da wannan yarinyar ba, ko da a ce ƙanwarsa ce Uwa ɗaya Uba ɗaya ba zama za ta yi da ita a gida ɗaya ba, bare wannan kuma da ba wata kyakyawar alaƙa ce a tsakaninsu ba. 

Jin shirun nasa ya yi yawa ya sa ta kwanta, amma gaba ɗaya ba haka ta so ba, sai dai kafin ta kwanta ta cire key ɗin da ta a jikin ƙofar, hakan ya sa da ya tashi cikin dare yana murɗa ƙofar ta buɗe ya shiga. 
Bacci take yi kamar wata mara damuwa, amma cikin zuciyarta ranta a ɓace yake, ƙare mata kallo ya yi sosai, Jamila fara ce tas wanke hannu ka taɓa, tana da jiki amma ba irin lukutayen matan nan ba, sai da ba za ace mata siririya ba, akwai tsayi akwai ƙiba za ta yi ɗaya da rabin Husna a tsaye, shi kuma ta zarar sa da ita kaɗan ce, dan ma yana da kwarijini ya sa idan ya tsaya kusa da ita ake ganin shi sama da ita. 

Kwantawa ya yi a kan gadon a hankali ya jawo ta jikinsa ya rugumeta, cikin barci ta fara shaƙar ƙamshin turarensa, a hankali ta buɗe idonsa ta kalleshi ya sakar mata murmushi tare da kai mata kiss a saman goshinta, a hankali ya fara magana cikin sanyi murya. 

“Jamsy, ban ji daɗin abin da kika yi min ba, wannan fa umarnin Mimi ne fa, kina so na yi mata gardama ne? Idan na yi mata gardama wacce riba zan samu a rayuwa?”

“Amma Honey yarinyar bata da kunya kasani fa, zamanta anan zata takura mana.”

“Babu abin da zata yi mana, kuma na sa Mimi taja mata kunne sosai, ba za ta yi miki rashin kunya ba kin ji.” 

“Honey kaman kana son zaman yarinyar a nan ko?”

Kallonta ya yi, bai taɓa tunanin wannan maganar daga bakinta ba, shi mene haɗinsa da son zaman yarinyar a nan? Bata san yanda yaƙi jinin yarinyar ba, yarinya bata da kunya ba mutunci tana abu kamar goyon gauro, uwa uba kuma ta ajiye karatu ta ce ba zata yi ba kuma an barta, idan akwai abin da yafi tsaya masa a rai shine rashin karatunta. 
“Tunanin me kake?”
Jamila ta faɗa tana shafa sajensa, ya yi murmushi ya ce.
“Babu komai, kawai ina mamakin wannan tambayar taki ce.”

“Sorry My Love.”
Ya gyaɗa mata kai kawai, shi kuma ya sake rungumeta tare da kai mata kiss, ni kuma na yi gaba😂😂😂.

Washe gari Husna ba ita ta tashi ba sai wajen ƙarfe shida, wani dogon tsaki taja ta saba a gidan Mimi kiran sallah ne ke tashinsu, amma anan sai ta ji shiru da alama masu gidan ma basu ta shi ba, dariya ta kece da ita bayan ta tuna fuskar Jamila a jiya, ta ci wasu ƙananan kaya irin waɗanda ake yi wa miji kwalliayar dare da su, sai gashi ta shige ɗaki. A fili ta ce.
“Ƙila ma ko abincin dare ba ta ci ba.” 
Ta sake tuntsirewa da dariya, sai da ta yi mai isarta sannan ta tashi ta shiga toilet ganin akwai toilet a cikin ɗakin, bayan ta yi sallah ta koma kan gado ta kwanta, bata koma bacci ba sabida gaba ɗaya bata saba da baccin safe ba, sabida a munjibir tun tashin safe ba a komawa, yanzu ne ma ta lalace amma da ko hutu suka dawo gida duk inda huɗu da rabi na dare take Husna ta miƙe. 

Motsi motsi ta fara ji a falon, hakan ya sa ta miƙe ta shiga toilet ta yi wanka, bayan ta fito ta shirya cikin doguwar rigar ta wanu material wanda Yaya Abdul ya ɗinka mata kwanaki, yadika ya siyo ya bada a ɗinka mata a sabon gari wajen set goma sha biyu, kuma kowanne da ƙaramin veil ɗinsa. 

Veil ɗin ta ɗaura a matsayin ɗan kwalli, bayan ta yi simple light make-up sabida zamanta a gidan Mimi kullum bata da aiki sai kwalliya, yanda take ganin Yaya Leemah na shiga da fita cikin kwalliya ko babu inda zata, ya burge Husna shi ya sa itama ta fara tun tana gajiya har ya zama jikinta sabida naci irin nata, ta yi kyau daidai abunta, ta kusa minti goma a jikin mudubi tana ƙarewa kanta kallo, ashe gaba ɗaya zaman da suke a munjibir cutar su ake, duk an disashar musu da kyansu, yanzu gashi take zama a nan take sa kayan da tasu kullum ganin kyanta take yi, gaskiyya wanda ya aure ta ya more, sai kuma ta yi shiru sakamakon tunawa da zancen da Abba ya yi mata, gashi ita bata son sake ƙaunar wani namijin a rayuwarta. A fili ta furta.
“Allah ka sanyaya zuciyar Abbana, Allah ka nesanta zuciyata da ƙara ƙaunar wani namijin, Allah idan Uncle Dee yana da rabon shiga addinika, ka rabautar da shi ka sake haɗa fuskokin mu da alheri, Amin.”
Ta shafa addu’arta ta fito, a lokacin da ta fito Jamila ce ka ɗai a falon tana ƙoƙarin shirya abinci a dinning, Husna ta tsaya daga gefe tana kallonta, tana ƙoƙarin shiga kitchen Husna ta ce.
“Ina kwana?”
Wani kallo Jamila ta yi wa Husna, sannan ta ce.
“Lafiya.” 
A daƙile, Husna ta taɓe baki a fili ta ce.
“Gidanki na zo, ki yi abin da kika so.”
Sarai Jamila ta ji abin da Husna ta ce, taso ta koma ta kwashe ta da mari sai kuma ta tuna yanzu Mijinta zai fito, kuma ita ba girmanta bane ma mu sayar yawo da wannan yarinyar. Kofi daban da plate daban ta ware wanda zata bawa Husna ta dinga amfani da shi, dan ba zata iya sharing kayan amfanin da Husna ba, wace ma Husna. 

Lokacin da ta fito daga kitchen ɗin shima lokacin ya fito daga ɗakinsa, Husna dai na tsaye a tsakar falo tana kallonsu, sai da ya ƙaraso cikin falon ta ce.
“Ina kwana?”
Ba tare da ya kalleta ba ya ce.
“Lafiya ƙalau.”
Husna ta taɓe baki a ranta ta ce. ‘Dan uban izzah.’ Ganin ya nufi Dinning Jamila ma ta nufi dinning ɗin ya sa Husna ma nufar dinning ɗin, wani kallo Jamila take wa Husna lokacin da take ƙoƙarin zama. 
“Malama dakata, ba zaki zauna min a dinning ba, sannan waɗannan plate da cup ɗin su zaki dinga amfani da su har ki bar gidan nan, idan ma kin so zaki iya tafiya da su dan babu amfanin da zan sake yi da su.”

Jamila ta faɗa tana nunawa Husna faranti da kofin roba, wani irin kallon banza Husna ta yi wa Jamila, kallon mai cike da tambayar kin san abin da kike yi?

“Dake fa nake magana.”

Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

-Amanan-Janafty-

(15)


“Ai wallahi uban kuturu ma ya yi kaɗan bare na makaho, ni na yi miki kama da wadda zaki yi wannan hulaƙanci?”


Husna ta faɗa domin abin da Jamila ta yi mata ya yi matuƙar girgiza tare da bata mamaki, bata san raini ta ya kai har haka ba, wai a ware mata kwanon ci da na sha, sabida ga ta wa? Husna ba ta san lokacin da ƙwalla ta fara zubo mata a ido ba, ta yi cikin ɗaki da gudu ta fashe da wani irin kuka mai cin rai. 
Tana shiga ɗakin ta faɗa kan gado ta ci gaba da kukanta, komai aka yi mata ita ja, da ace ba ta yi taurin kai ba da yanzu tana gidan iyayenta ko makaranta, amma yau gata a inda ake ware mata kwanon ci da sha, sabida kar a raɓu da ita, ta sake fashewa da wani kukan tana mai jin haushin kanta. 

A can ɓarin kam, tun da lokacin da Jamila ta ce da Husna ga kwanonta da kofinta yaji wani abu ya tsaya masa a tsakiyar ƙirji ya tokare masa maƙogwaro ya kasa gaba ya kasa baya, a take wani irin ɓacin rai ya mamaye fuskarsa yaji kamar ya sa hannu ya daki Jamila, tabbas idan ya ce bai ji ba daɗi ba ya yi ƙarya, sabida abin da Jamila ta yi tamkar hulaƙanta ɗan Adam ne, shi kam baya shiri da mai hulaƙanta ɗan Adam ko kaɗan, kukan da yaji Husna na yi kuma ya ɓata masa rai, to ita kuma mene abun kuka haka? Sai da tabar wajen ya ɗaga kai ya kalli Jamila, rai a haɗe ya ce.
“Mene abin da kika yi, hulaƙanta mutum? Allah da kansa cikin Al Qur’ani ya ce na karrama ɗan Adam, wace ke da zaki hulaƙanta abin da Allah Ya karrama, kin gani a rayuwata bana hulaƙanci kuma bana son hulaƙanci. Yarinyar nan duk rashin kunyarta idan kin mutunta kanki zata mutuntaki, duk yanda kika ƙi jininta ‘yar uwata ce. Kuma idan kika hulaƙanta ta ‘yan uwana ni kika hulaƙanta, komai munin halinta kamar ƙanwa take a wajena. Mahaifiyarta ta nuna min soyayya kuma kema ta karɓeki, to a lokuta da dama tana cin wannan arziƙin a wajena, so kema ina so ta ci wannan a wajenki.”

Yana kaiwa nan ya tashi, jikin Jamila ya yi sanyi sosai, ba wai na abin da ta yiwa Husna ba, na yanda Mijinta ya yi maganar, ɓacin rai ƙarara a fuskarsa wanda har ya ja shi ga yin doguwar magana, ita bata ga abu mara kyau da ta yi ba, Husna ba kowa ba ce dan haka ba zata haɗa wani abu da ita ba a rayuwa, bata ƙaunar sharing kuma bata fatan ta yi, ta sha roƙon Allah idan har zai haɗata sharing ɗin wani abu da wata ko wani, to ya haɗata sharing da wadda ta kai level ɗinta, wadda idan ta tankata bata faɗi ƙasa ba.
 
Ashraf kam kai tsaye ƙofar ɗakin da Husna take ya nufa, yana zuwa bakin ƙofar yaji yanda take fitar da kuka, duk sai yaji babu daɗi kwata kwata, a hankali ya tura ƙofar ta buɗe yana daga tsaye bakin ƙofa ya ce.
“Zo ki ci abinci.”
Banza Husna ta yi da shi kamar ba ta ji ba, ta ci gaba da kukanta, ya sake magana still ta yi banza da shi.
“Idan kika bari nazo nan sai na hanɓare ki.”
Miƙewa zaune ta yi tana kallonsa da idanunta da suka yi jazir, kallon mamakin ƙin gaskiyya irin na shi, wai sai ya hamɓareta, shi kawai sabida yaƙi gaskiyya matarsa ta hulaƙanta ta amma bai ga laifin matarsa ba sai ita yake cewa ma zai daka, sabida ita tafi kowa rashin gata ko me? 
“Husna.”
Ya kira sunanta cikin wani irin murya mai cike da kwarjini, Husna bata taɓa jin ya kira sunanta ba sai wannan lokacin, duk taurin kanta sai taji jikinta ya yi laƙwas, ya sake cewa.
“Ki tashi na ce miki.”
Simi simi ta tashi tana haɗe rai, tana tafe kamar zata kifa ƙasa sabida ɓacin rai, sai da suka ƙarasa wajen dinning ɗin ya ce.
“Zauna.”
Cikin sanyin muryarshi kamar ko yaushe, Husna ta maƙe faɗa alamar a’a, ya sake cewa.
“Ki zauna na ce miki.”

“Kana ji fa aka yi min gori, shine zaka ce na zauna sabida bansan darajar kaina ba ko me?”

“Ni kike faɗawa wannan maganar, zaki zauna ko sai na kwashe ki da ƙafa.”

Zama Husna ta yi, tana zama ta fashe da kuka, wanda ya sake ɓata ran Jamila taji kamar ta yi wurgi da Husna ƙasa ta hau kanta ta yi ta jibga, yarinyar yar ficika na shrin yi mata bariki a gida, ko da yake ita taja, da ba ta yi abin da ta yi ba ai da ba zai je har inda take ba. 

“Zaki yi shiru ko sai na dake kin?”

Shiru ta yi tana turo baki, shima ya zauna tare da fara zuba suger a cikin cup din da zai sha tea ɗin, Zama Jamila ta yi ranta duk ya yi baƙi ta rasa inda zata sa ranta da Husna, ita dai dole duk masifa da balai sai yarinyar nan tabar mata gida shine kawai dan wallahi ba zata iya ba. 
Shi ya miƙawa Husna kofi irin wanda yake using tare da plate, Jamila kamar ta mutu duk ta yi danasanin abin da ta yi sabida gashinan duk a zamansu bai taɓa miƙa mata plate ba sai gashi yau ya miƙawa wannan yarinyar, Allah Ya isa. 

Husna kam ko a jikinta, ita kanta zaman gidan ma ya fita a ranta, wallahi Mimi tayi ta dawo dan ba zata iya zama ba, daga mijin har matar babu na arziƙi. 
Idan Husna ta ce jamila bata iya girki ba tabbas ta yi ƙarya ta kuma yaudarin kanta, tun lomar farko da ta kai bakinta ta ji ɗanɗanon da bata yi tsamanni ba, abinci ya yi daɗi ya kuma daɗi. Ba abin da ya dami Husna tasa abincin a gaba ta cinye tas, ita gaba ɗaya ma ta manta da su a ɗakin duk abin da suke bata gani ba. 

Tana gamawa ta miƙe ta yi cikin ɗaki ba tare da ta kalli inda suke ba, abun ya ɓatawa Jamila rai wato ta mai da su ‘yan iska kenan, ko plate ɗin da ta ci ba zata ɗauke ba kenan? Ashraf bai san tana yi ba dan shima ya manta da wata Husna a cikin gidan, yana gama ci ya fice ya bar gidan, shi damuwarsa har yanzu tana kan yanda Daddy zai basi contract ɗin da yake nema a wajensa.

Jamila kam ko rakiyar da ta saba masa bai samu ba, ita dai gaba ɗaya an cuceta wannan yarinyar da aka kawo, wayarta ce ta soma ringing, rai a a ɓace ta kai hannu ta ɗaga ba tare da ta duba mai kiran ba. 

“Hello Anty.”
Aka faɗa bayan an ɗaga wayar, murmushi ta yi sannan ta ce.
“Auta, yaushe kika dawo?”

“Yanzu Anty, ya gida.”

“Lafiya ƙalau Auta, yaushe zaki zo, ko zaki iya zuwa yau?”

“Yau kuma Anty?”

“Eyh, akwai maganar da zamu yi.”

“Tam zan faɗa ma Hajja.”

“Okay, nima zan faɗa mata.”
Jamila ta faɗa tare da kashe wayar, abin da ya sa ta ce ƙanwarta tazo ko banza idan itama tana nan zata rage jim haushin ganin Mijinta da yarinyar nan mara kunya, sannan ƙanwarta ta itama daidai take da Husnan tun da boading school take, yau suka yi hutu ta dawo, to idan suka haɗu Husna ta yi mata itama zata yi mata. 


A ɓangaren Husna kam tana shiga ɗaki ta kwanta, ita dai zaman gidan gaba ɗaya bai mata ba, sai take jin kamar ba za ta iya kwana biyar ɗin nan ba, yau kwana ɗaya ma an hau sama an sauka bare kuma kwana huɗu nan gaba. 

Bacci ne ya ɗauketa wanda bata farka ba sai kiran sallar azahar, anan ɗakin ta yi salla ta sake kwantawa sabida bata jin yunwa, kuma idaan ta fita ma babu abin da za ta yi, tana dai son zagaye gidan, amma ta bari sai zuwa yamma haka, sake kwantawa ta yi baccin ya sake ɗaukanta, amma wannan lokacin bata yi wani dogo ba wajen ƙarfe uku ta tashi, sai da ta sake wanke fuskarta sannan ta fito, a lokacin babu kowa a falon kai tsaye ta yi kitchen ta sami abinci a plast, bata ɓata lokaci ba ta ɗeba ta yi cikin ɗakinta ta zauna ta ci, tana cikin ci ta fara jin magana alamar baƙi aka yi suna ta hira cikin raha, sai da ta gama cin abincinta tsaf sanan ta fito hannunta riƙe da plate ɗin, muryar da ta ji na magana ya sa ta ɗaga kai ta kalli cikin falon, wa za ta gani inda ba Aisha Sharif Tafida ba, Aisha da suka yi faɗa a kan Uncle Dee, a take abin da Said Kibiya ta faɗa mata lokacin da ta koma makaranta ɗauko kayanta ya dawo kanta, wai Aisha Sharif Tafida tana cewa ta mutu, tabi kowa tana faɗa masa wai ciwon zuciya ne ya kamata ta ce tana son Uncle Dee ya ce ita yake so shine zuciyarta ta buga ta mutu. 

Tun a lokacin Husna taso su Ali Kaita su barta taje su bugata da Aisha Sharif ɗin amma suka bata haƙuri, aikuwa yanzu Husna na ganinta abun ya dawo mata sabo a ranta, ta ƙurawa Aisha Sharif ido ko mene haɗinta da Jamila oho? Aisha sharif ɗin ma tun fitowar Husna ta ƙura mata ido, tana mamakin mai ya kawo Husna gidan yayarta, wata uwar harara Husna ta watsawa Aisha Sharif, sannan ta ce.
“Allah ya haɗani da ke anan domin na gurje bakinki a dandaryar ƙasa, sai dai kuma yanzu bazan kulaki ba sabida wanda kike haushi a kan sa ni na gama da shi, Uncle Dee ba. Har abada na gama da shi, kije ki ci gaba da tura kanki a inda ba ayi da ke.”
Harara Aisha Sharif ta mayarwa da Husna, sannan ta ce.
“Eyh naji ɗin, a kin gama da shi ƙawayenki suka zo suna neman lambarsa ruwa a jallo.”

“Wallahi Aisha Sharif yanzu zan haɗa kanki da bango, kinsan ba yau na fara ba.”

“Allah Ya baki sa’a wallahi, da sai kin yi nadama.”
Jamila ta faɗa, sannna ta juya ga Aisha Sharif ta ce.
“Ke auta aina kika san wannan mara kunyar yarinyar?”

“Anty a ajinmu take a FGGC, tana jin haushi nane sabida form master ɗin mu y ce yana sona.”

“Allah Ya tsare wallahi, Uncle Dee ni Husna na gama da shafinsa dan da yanzu sai dai kuji munyi aure, to da yake nasan tarbiya iyayena bazasu iya ɗaukan aurena su bawa wanda ba musulmi ba. Ke kuwa da kike daga gidan ‘ya’yan Yahudu da nasara sai kije ki yi ta aurensa.”
Husna na kaiwa nan ta saki faranti a wajen ya faɗi ƙasa ta juya ta yi cikin ɗaki, Jamila ta kalli Aisha ta ce.
“Auta daman makaranta ɗaya kuke yi, ai na ɗauka ta yi candy ne?”

“A’a Anty ko sakandiri bata gama ba, ajin mu ɗaya kuma wallahi daƙiƙiya ce. Amma me take yi anan?”

“ƙanwar Honey ce.”

“Ƙanwarsa kuma, na zata su wannan Nusaiba ne ‘yan uwansa, kuma ai bai da ƙanwa.”

“Cousin sister I mean.” 
Jamila ta faɗa tare da zama, sannan ta sake cewa. 
“Wallahi bana son yarinyar nan ko kaɗan, bata sa kunya.”
 
“Nima Aunty ko a school bana kula ta, ban yi tunanin ma suna da kuɗi ba, ma ɗauka she is from poor family.” 

“Yeah, ai su ba masu kuɗi ba ne, shi ya sa ma aka kawo ta gidansu, so yanzu maman shi ce bata nan aka kawo ta nan.” 
Taɓe baki ta yi, sannan ta ce. 
“Anty ita ce fa ta rabani da Uncle Dee da nake faɗa miki, wallahi ina son sa amma gaba ɗaya baya bani attention ɗinsa, yanzu ma ya bar school ɗin, tare ma suka bar school shi da ita.”
 
Harara Jamila ta watsawa Aisha,sannan ta ce. 
“Kinsan Allah babu wanda zai barki ki auri wani school teacher, waye malamin makaranta, me yake da shi?” 
Tura baki Aisha ta yi, ita dai tana son sa kuma ai Abbanta zai iya ba shi wani aikin daban. Husna dai tun da ta shiga ɗaki ta zauna tana faman tunani, kenan Aisha Sharif ƙanwar wannan matar ce kenan, shi ya sa haka kawai taji ta tsanai Jamila ashe kishin da take yi da Aisha ne ya shafe ta, to wallahi ko anan ɗin ma ba raga mata zata yi ba, idan ta ce zata mata uban duka zata ci, babu ruwanta da wata Jamila bare kuma mijin jamila. 
Tun wannan lokacin Husna bata sake fitowa ba sai wajen ƙarfe biyar da rabi, lokacin da ta fito duk basa falon, ita daman zagaye gidan zata je ta yi, dan a rayuwarta tana ƙaunar fita zagaye waje idan tazo. 
Haka ta fita ta zagaye gidan tsaf, ba wani girma ba ne da shi amma ya tsaru sosai. Gidan bene ne amma taga kamar basu cika amfani da benen ba ma, gaba ɗaya rayuwarsu a ƙasan suke, ko da yake me zasu yi a saman, su biyu ransu ko ƙasan ɗakuna ban da wanda aka bata sun kai biyar, ga shi kowanne da toilet ɗinsa, kitchen ɗaya ne a ƙasa amma kuma yana da girma sosai da sosai, dan ya kusa girman falonsu na gidansu. 
Kuma da alamu yanda ƙasan yake haka saman yake shima, ɗan gefen da mai gadi yake zama ta samu ta zauna, tana kallon ‘yan ƙananan bishiyoyin da ke harabar gidan daga ɓari ɗaya. Ita ka ɗai ke zancenta kamar da wani a kusa da ita.

“Ni wallahi na raina ma ji da kai irin na Jamila, wannan gidan kamar zuciyar talaka chaɓ, mu dai Allah ka yi wa ‘yan uwana arziƙi su gina mana irin na Mimi, shima mijin nata yana wani izzah da gadara a ɗan wannan gidan, Mitchewwww.’ Taja dogon tsaki, dan har cikin zuciyarta ta raina gidan wallahi, ai idan ɗa ya taso gidan da yafi na iyayensa yake ginawa amma shi ya gina wannan ɗan tsirut ɗin gidan, ko dayake gida irin na Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka gina shi sai an shirya, sabida yana da matuƙar girma, ya tsaru fiye da duk yanda mutum zai iya hasasowa.

Kiraye kirayen sallar magariba ya sa ta tashi ta koma ciki, a lokacin kuma ta tarar da Aisha Sharif a falon tana zaune tana kallo, harara Husna ta watsa mata ta wuce, itama ta bi Husna da harara. 

Husna na idar da sallah ta dawo falon sabida itama tana son ta yi kallon ko zata rage wannan kaɗaicin da ya isheta, zuciyarta a nutse ba tare da hayaniya ko neman masifa ta zauna daga gefe ta zubawa TV ɗin ido,  MBC bollywood Aisha ɗin ke kallo hakan yasa Husna ma kalla ba wai dan tana jindaɗin kallon ba, kawai sabida ta gaji da zama haka shirun. Har aka sake kiran sallah Husna ta miƙe taje ta yi ta sake dawowa ta tarar da Aisha a zaune, ita dai bata tanka mata ba tun da ba magana suke ba. 
Suna nan zaune Jamila ta fito cikin kwalliyar dare da ta saba yi domin mijinta, wani kallon banza ta watsawa Husna, sannna ta zauna. 
“Me kike kallo haka a mbc bollywood ɗin?” 
Ta tambayi Aisha, Aisha ta ce. 
“Nama gama kallon, tashi zanyi na yi sallah.”
“To kashe min Tv.” 
Jamila ta faɗa, Aisha ta kashe ta tashi, ita dai Husna bata ce musu komai ba, falo ne dai duk masifa ba zata tashi ba, dan ba tsoron su take ba.

“Anty, amma idan yarinyar nan ta tafi zaki kai kujerunki car wash ko?”

Aisha ta faɗa tana zama, kallonta Husna ta yi wa har ta yi sallar ta gama a ƙasa da minti biyar, Allah mai iko. 
“Ke nifa wallahi koma mene sai yarinya tabar gidan nan shine kawai.” 
Jamila ta faɗa, sabida duk lokacin da ta kalli Husna wani irin abu take ji tokare mata a ƙirji, Husna na son yi musu magana, sai kuma ta ƙyale su tun da dai basu kama sunanta ba, bata da hujjar yi musu magana. 
“Uhm, ni banga ma masifa ba a dinga liƙewa mutane dan suna da kuɗi.” 
Aisha ta faɗa, Husna a rayuwarata babu abin da ta tsana kamar ta ji ance sun yi abu sabida basu da kuɗi, ba shiri ta miƙe ta cafke wuyan Aisha, bata tsaya wata wata ba ta hau gaura mata mari, Aisha ta miƙe ta cakumi wuyan Husna sai faɗa ya kaure a tsakani, daman sun saba a makaranta, ita Aishan ma ta manta Husna ne ko kuma dan tana gani kamar a gidan yayarta ne shi ya sa za ta yi mata abin da ta ga dama. 
“Wallahi ki cika ta ko na yi miki ɗan bazan duka, kuma wallahi bari Honey ɗin yazo, Allah sai kin bar gidan nan, kije ko ina zaki ma.” 

“Kinga ban shiga sabgarki ba, bazan kula ki ba sabida baki kai na kulaki ba, ita kuwa mun saba gwabzuwa da ita, tasan na jaki take sha a wajena.” 

“Na jaki dai muke sha a wajen juna.” 
Aisha Sharif ta katse Husna, ai bata gama magana ba Husna ta gwara kanta da bango,ta fara dukanta. Husna na dukan Aisha, Jamila na dukan Husna ta baya daidai lokacin Ashraf ya shigo, ya yi sallama har yagaji ba a amsa ba, daman ciki ciki yake magana, to ya shigo ana ta dambe babu wanda zai ji sallamarta tasa. 
Sai dai ya tsaya ya ƙare musu kallo, ya fahimci yanda faɗan nasu yake, Husna Aisha take faɗan da ita, ita kuma Jamila Husnan Aisha take shigewa faɗan. Wani duka da Jamila ta kaiwa Husna wanda ta ji shigarsa ya sa ta juya da dukkan ƙarfinta ta hankaɗa Jamila ta yi baya, cike da zafin nama ya tare ta ta faɗa jikinsa, wata ajiyar zuciya Jamila ta sauke a take ta sauya yanayin fuskarta kamar ita ake cuta a faɗan, Aisha ma ta kula da shi ya sa ta dakata Husna kam ta rufe ido sai dukan Aisha take babu ji babu gani.
A Tsawace ya ce. 

“Enough.” 
Husna ta yi ƙirmijiji kamar ba ta ji ba, ya sake cewa. 
“Ba zaki dakata ba.”
Wani haushine ya takoreta, duk abin da aka yi mata bai gani ba sai matarsa da ƙanwarta, to wallahi a shirye take daidai da shi, ba zata ɗauki raini ba tun da taga abun na sa shima ba mutunci, ko dayke daman ina mutunci a tare da shi. 
“Ke wai ba magana nake miki ba, idan nazo nan sai na dake ki fa.” 

“To ka dake ni ɗin mana, mu shikenan daga zuwa cin arziƙi sai abu ya zama tsiya, nima ai ba a son raina nazo ba kuma in Allah Ya yarda gidan nan yau zan bar shi.” 

Wani irin kallon mamaki yake mata yanda ta rufe ido tana ta zuba ruwan bala'i, bai san jujin nata yakai har haka ba, shi iya abin da ya sani gunguni da zunɓuro baki, amma yau dai gashi tana neman fige mai gashi, lallai wanda ya kwashi yarinyar nan ya kwashi buhun masifa. Ganin ba za ta yi shiru ba ya sa shi zuwa kusa da ita ya fusgota, a fusace  ta juyo tana watsa mai harara, ya ɗaga hannu zai tsinka mata mari, itama ta dunƙule hannu ta ɗaga shi, tana harare harare, jira kawai take ya sauke mata marin itama ta kai mai nata dukan. 

Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥


*-Amanan-Janafty-*

(16)


Wani irin mamaki ne ya ziyarci ƙwaƙwalwarsa wanda ya haifar masa da mutuwar tsaye, wai ta dunƙule hannu kenan dukansa za ta yi? Bai san lokacin da wani murmushi ya suɓuce masa ba, lallai yarinyar nan da sauran ta. 

Jamila da Aisha kam suma mutuwar tsaye suka yi, Jamila a ranta tana ayyana dole kuwa yarinyar nan tabar gidan nan yau, tun da har rashin kunyarta ya kai wannan matakin. Ita kam Aisha ta san Husna zata yi abin da yafi wannna ma, amma bata yi tunanin zata iya yiwa mutum kamar Yaya Ashraf ba, mutum mai girman har haka, cikkaken mutum mai kwarjini, duk irin girman Anty Jamila idan suka jera gani ake ya kereta, amma wai Husna ta ɗaga hannu haka zata dake shi. 

Murmushin da Jamila ta ga ya yi ya ɓata mata rai, cikin salon yaudara ta ce. 
“Rashin arziƙin da kika yi min bai ishe ki ba kenan ko? Sai kin haɗa da shi kenan. Kuma da kika ce yau zaki bar gidan dama wa ya riƙe ki, ɗazu da kika ce zaki tafi wani ya hanaki.” 

Kallon Jamila Husna ta yi, ita bata san me ya sa ba amma haka kawai sai taji bata son biyewa Jamila, mussaman data fuskanci neman rigimata take da ita, ita Husna irin mutanen nan da indai kana son rigima da su a lokacin to baka isa ka yi ba, sai lokacin da ka manta zasu zo maka da nasu jujin kuma duk ƙin da mutum yake wa faɗan to sai fa anyi, shi ya sa bata cika son kula jamila ba. 

Cika ta yi ya sauke hannunsa, itama ta saki nata hannun ta yi cikin ɗaki ko kallonsu bata yi ba, tana shiga ɗaki ta sauko da jakarta daman kaya ɗaya ta sa tun da tazo, daman bata jera sauran a ko ina ba, sai brush da ta ajiye a banɗaki, shima shiga ta yi ta ɗauko. 

Suna tsaye a falo Husna ta fito, Jamila sai sharri take karantawa Ashraf Husna bata ko kallesu ba ta nufi ƙofa za ta fita, Hunsa na fita Jamila ta sauke wata ajiyar zuciya, wani irin sanyi ya ratsa ta kamar ta sauke wani ƙaton dutse da aka ɗaura mata a kanta, sai dai bata gama sauke ajiyar zuciyarba Husna ta sake shigowa. 

“Azo a buɗe min ƙofa.” 

Husna ta faɗa tana turo baki, da yake idan ka fito daga falon wata ƙaramar baranda ce akwai wata ƙofa da ke kusa da ƙofar falon ya zama suna kallon juna, sai kuma ƙofar da zata sadaka da waje, to wannan ƙofar ce a rufe, abin da bata sani ba ƙofar na amfani da remote ne kuma Asharf ya kulle suna tsaye ko Jamila bata kula da lokacin da ya danna remote ɗin ba. 

Kamar ta ce mata ai ƙofar a buɗe take, sai dai kuma bata so ta zaƙe ya ce ya hana Husna tafiyar, shi kam bai tanka musu ba ma ya yi ciki, ta sake cewa.
“Azo a buɗe min.”
Sai da Jamila ta tabbatar ya shiga ɗaki sannan ta ce.
“Dalla malama tura ƙofar zaki yi.”
Wani kallon banza Husna ta watsa ma Jamila sannan ta ce.
“Ke me ya hana ki zuwa ki tura, tun da an ce miki ban iya turawa ba.”
Wani haushi ya tokare Jamila, zata so ta buɗe mata ta tafi, amma kuma bata son ta ƙasƙantar da kanta a wajenta, tsaki taja ta bi bayan mijinta, Husna kam ta koma wajen ƙofar tana bugawa, tun tana bugawa a hankali har ta fara da ƙarfi ko zai zo ya buɗe mata, har kuma ƙarfinta ya ƙare ta dawo bugun a hankali.
A can kuwa Jamila na shiga ɗaki ta ce.
“Sannu da zuwa Honey.”
Ya ɗaga mata kai na tare da ya yi magana ba, jikinta ne ya yi sanyi ta sami waje ta zauna tana kallonsa, duk abin da take yi a kan sa ne. Son sa ne ya ja mata komai, shi ya jefata a wannan halin ya cire mata nutsuwar zuciya, Allah Ya gani tana son mijinta kuma bata ƙaunar ganin shi kusa da kowacce mace. 
“Honey.”
Ta kira sunansa, kai ya ɗaga ya kalleta baya son yin magana kwata kwata, sabida zafi yake ji a cikin ransa yana mamakin me ya sa Jamila take haka ne, ‘yar wannan yarinyar ta gagara zama da ita, zama na ɗan lokacin na ‘yan kwanaki amma sai nemanta take da masifa, yasan halin yarinyar nan sarai zataje ta kwashe komai ta faɗawa Mimi ko Dade, su daman ba son Jamilan suke ba haka zasu zo su yi ta kusheta, amma gaba ɗaya ita bata ganewa. 
“Jamila.”

Ya kira sunanta cikin sanyin muryarshi, mai haɗe da izzah da taƙama. Haka yake magana a hankali amma kana ji kasan akwai zallan izzah a cikin maganar. Shi kawai baya son magana ne, magana na damun sa. Shi ya sa ya zaɓi yawaita shiru a kan magana, amma shi kansa ya san muryarsa na da wani irin amo mai daɗi, Jamila bata ƙi ya kwana yana mata magana ba ko da kuwa faɗa ne zai yi mata to ita ya yi mata, muryarsa tana haifar mata da wata annashuwa, amma gaba ɗaya maganarsa batafi a ƙirga ba. 

“Na,am Honey.”
“Me ya sa bazaki iya haƙurin zama da yarinyar nan ba, just for 1week.”
“Honey rashin kunya take yi min fa.”
“Na sani bata da kunya, amma ai gani nake ko mahaukaci idan ba a kula shi ba bazai yi hauka ba.”

Shiru ta yi, tasan yana cikin fushi ne kuma ya bayyana a cikin muryarsa. 

“Ka yi haƙuri Honey, bazan sake ba.”

“Allah Ya sa.”
Ya faɗa tare da tashi ya shiga wanka, yana shiga itama ta tashi ta fita, saboda Ashraf irin mazajen nan ne masu kunya matuƙa, yana matuƙar jin kunyar jikinsa, shi ka ɗai ba ya iya tsayawa dole sai ya ɗaura towel, bare kuma da wani. Ba yanda Jamila ba ta yi ba mussaman farkon aurensu a kan su dinga wanka tare, amma ya ce shi ba zai iya ba, tun da suke da ita bata taɓa ganinsa a wani yanayi ba idan ba da kaya cikakku ba, idan ma ta ganshi babu riga baifi a ƙirga ba, yana ganin mutuncin kansa sosai, shi ya sa ko itama baya taɓa bari ta fito daga toilet a gabansa. 

Abun yana matuƙar ciwa Jamila tuwo a ƙwarya, ko yanzu da ta fito sai da ta yi ƙwafa, ita macece mai matuƙar ƙaunar soyayya da kulawar namiji, bata ƙi su yini tun safe har dare tana manne da shi ba, amma shi gaba ɗaya ba haka yake ba. 

Lokacin da ta fito Husna na tsaye a falon, Aisha kuma na zaune kan kujera hannunta wayar Jamila ce tana dannawa, Jamila na fitowa Aisha ta ce.
“Anty, ga Amrah ta kira ki.”
Tsaki Jamila taja, sannna ta ce.
“Ƙyalen ‘yar mitsiyata.”
Wani ƙululin takaici ya tsayawa Husna a rai, wai su me suke ɗaukan kansu ne, kowa talaka kowa mitsiyaci, Allah Ya kyauta. 

Sai da ya shafe kusan mintu talatin sannan ya fito daga ɗakin, har lokacin Husna na tsaye inda take, Jamila kuma ta shiga ɗaki ta sake shiryawa, yana fitowa ya nufi wajen dinning yana faɗin. 
“Jamsyna, na gama.”
Tasowa ta yi itama, ranta fari sol ta san ya huce daga fushin da yake, daman bai da dogon fushi shi, yana shirin zamane ya yi ido biyu da Husna, a take ya haɗe rai sannnan ya ce. 
“Zaki shiga ki mayar da wannan koɗaɗɗiyar jakar ko sai na yi tamole da ke.”
Turo baki Husna ta yi gaba, tana gunguni ta ce.
“Koɗaɗɗiyar amma tafi zuciyarka kyan gani.”
Ɗauka ta yi zata shiga ɗakin, ya ce. 
“Saura sai na ce miki ki fito.” 
Banza ta yi da shi ta shige ɗaki, ita a kan abinci ma sai an ce mata ta fito ta ci, ashe ma ba dan ta ci take rayuwa ba, ita yanzu tana da wani abu ma da ya wuce ta ci abinci ta kwanta, ai yanzu abinci ne burinta a rayuwa. 

Tana ajiyewa ta ɗauki hijab ta sanya ta fito, amma kafin ta fito duk sun zauna a kan dinning ɗin har da Aisha ma sun fara cin abincin, taɓe baki Husna ta yi daga inda take, a hankali ta tako kamar wata ta Allah, bayan ta zauna ma ta ce. 
“Anty Jamila ina yini? Aisha ya kike, Yaya Ashraf an dawo lafiya?”
Dukkansu wani irin kallo suka yi mata, shi Ashraf kallon anya baki da aljanu yake mata, ita kuwa Jamila kallon wannan wane irin rainin hankali ne take mata, ita kuwa Aisha kallon kin ɗebu aljanu a munjibir take mata. 

Ganin duk sun bita da ido ne ya sa ta ce.
“Zan sami abincin Anty?”

“Ki zuba da kanki mana.”
Jamila ta faɗa tana hararata, Husna kam ta zuba abincin hankalinta kwance ta fara ci, sai da ta ci wanda ya isheta sannan ta miƙe tsaye ta bar wajen ta yi cikin ɗaki, so ta yi ta musu aljanun ƙarya ko zata sami dama ta yi wa Ashraf ɗan iskan duka ko zata wuce takaicin abin da ya yi mata, sai dai kuma gaba ɗaya bata jindaɗin jikinta, sabida faɗan da ta sha. 

Allah Yaso ta yi sallah, sai kawai ta kwanta abunta, a can kuwa bayan sun gama cin abincin Aisha ta kwashe su zuwa kicin, sannan itama ta tafi ɗakin Jamila ta kwanta, Jamila kuma tabi mijinta ɗakinsa, kamar ko yaushe hasken ɗakinsa a kashe yake, haka ta shiga ranta a ɓace. 

Tun daga wannan ranar Jamila ko Aisha babu wanda ya sake tanka Husna, itama kuma babu wanda take tankawa tana rayuwarta daban suma suna tasu daban, amma duk da haka Jamila a wuya take da ita, a tsakanin Husna da Ashraf kam basa haɗuwa sai wajen cin abinci, daman magana bata haɗa su sai wani abu ya faru, to zaman lafiya take da kowa ma cikin gidan babu abin da ya haɗa bare ya mata magana, ta manta da shi gaba ɗaya shima haka. 

Husna dai tun da tazo gidan kaya ɗaya take sawa gashi har yau kwananta huɗu duk bata canja ba, tun da ita dai ba datti suke yi ba daga ɗaki sai ɗaki, tana dai canja na ciki wando da bra  amma na saman dai ta ce ba zata canja ba dan ita ba ahalili mubazzarina ba ce. 

Jamila duk da babu ruwanta da Husna, amma ta kula da kayan jikinta bata canja su, duk sai ya haifar mata da ƙyanƙyami, gaba ɗaya da taga Husna sai ta fara tashin zuciya, duk abun ya isheta. Duk da bata wari ko tashi da alama tana wanka kawai kayan ne ba zata canja ba. Jamila ta so ta yi banza da ita amma abun ya tsaya mata a rai, ita wannan ƙazantar har ina, gaskiyya bada ita ba wallahi. 

Daren ranar suna zaune a dinning suna ci abincin dare, Jamila ta ce.
“Ni kam Husna dan Allah ki samu ki canja waɗanann kayan, tun da kika zo fa su ne a jikinki, idan ma kin canja ina ga sau ɗaya ne.”
Wani irin abu Ashraf ya ji, wanne wace irin ƙazanta ce haka Husna ke yi, kaya kala ɗaya shi kwata kwata bai kula ba tun da ba wai ganinta yake yi ba, amma tun da Jamila ta faɗa haka ne, tura baki Husna ta yi gaba, sannan ta ce.

“Su kaɗai gareni.”

“Su ka ɗai kuma? Gaskiyya bazan ɗauki wannna ƙazantar ba, kina min amfani da kayana da ƙazanta a jikinki, wallahi da na ganki zuciyata zata fara tashi, kina shiga haƙƙina.”

Jamila ta faɗa ranta idan ya yi dubu ya ɓaci, Husna kam ko a jikinta, wallahi babu wanda zai sanya ta ta yi asara kayanta, kaya kwata kwata basa datti ita kuma sai ta cire su, wallahi a’a, tun da ba a kanta take zaune ba idan taso ta kalleta, idan bata so ba ta ɗauki ido. 
“Na ce miki su kaɗai gareni.”
Husna ta sake faɗa, ɗaga idanu ya yi ya kalleta yanda take wani hura hanci, a cikin ransa ya ce. 
“Wannan yarinyar ta zama annoba.”
A fili kuma shiru ya yi yana ci gaba da abin da yake, Jamila ta ce.
“Honey, please ka mata magana ni dai ta daina zamar min da dauɗa.”
Kafin ya yi magana Husna ta ce.
“Wai da dauɗa kike gani na? Ko kin ji ina tashi ne, kayane su kaɗai gareni, idan kuma naki zaki ban sai ki ban.”

“Tun da ta ce ba zata canja ba sai ki barta, yarinyar da bata yi karatu ba me za ta sani mai kyau da mara kyau.”

Ashraf ya faɗa ransa yana ɓaci da tunawar da ya yi bata karatu amma iyayenta suka barta, tashi Jamila ta yi ya shiga cikin ɗakinta, ‘yan mintuna kaɗan sai gata ta fito da kaya a hannunta wajenta set uku, tana zuwa ta watsawa Husna a jikinta, rai a ɓace ta ce.
“Tun da baki da su ga su nan, amma wallahi duk jahilcin ki bazaki zauna min da dauɗa ba.”

“Jahici.” Husna ta maimaita, ta kalli Asharf da ya mayar da hankali a kan abincinsa kamar bai san me ake ba, Aisha ma hankalinta na kan abinci.
‘Zaki ga Jahilci.’ 
Husna ta faɗa tana tattare kayan, sai da ta gama tattare kayan gaba ɗaya waje ɗaya ta kawo su tsakiyar falon kan kafet, ta yi wani banzan murmushi ta yi cikin kicin, sai gata ta fito da lighter da suke kunna gas da ita irin doguwar nan, ba wata wata ta kunna ta ɗaɗona ɗaya daga cikin atamfofin, sai ga wuta ta fara ci bal bal bal, kamar anzuba wani abu a ciki. 

“What!” 

Legendspen-Sayyid
08129553971

DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA

-Amanar-Janafty-
(16)

A fusace ya taso daga kan dinning ɗin, ba wata wata yana zuwa ya tsinkawa Husna wani zazzafan mari wanda ya sa ta ga wasu taurari na yawo a sama, kafin ganinta ya ɗauke na wasu ‘yan sakanni ya dawo, lokacin da ganinta ya dawo Ashraf ya sa ƙafa ya tattake kayan wutar ta fara mutuwa sai hayaƙi da ƙauri. Husna kam ko alamar hawaye ba ta yi ba sabida yanda marin ya shigeta, babu ƙarya tun da take a rayuwarta ba a taɓa yi mata dukan da ya shigeta ba kamar wannan, ji take ma tana son yin kuka amma idanunta sun ƙeƙashi sunƙi fitar da hawaye. 

Da gudu ta yi cikin ɗakin da take zaune, tana shiga ta faɗa kan gadon ta fara sakin wata nannauyar ajiya zuciya, sai da ta daɗe a haka sannan hawaye ya fara zuba a idanunta, suma ƙwalla ce ba wani dogon hawaye ba. 
Dolenta ma tabar masa gidansa chaɓ, ai bata ga ta zama ba, dan wannan marin ya haifar mata da wani zazzafan tsoronsa, da kuma wata ɗimemiyar tsanarsa, a fili ta ce.
“Allah Ka sakamin.”
Haka ta yi bacci tana jin raɗaɗin marin a fuskarta, washe gari da safe kam har ƙarfe sha ɗaya bata fito ba, sai da ta tabbatar ya fita ganin sha ɗaya ta yi, dan ita bata ma tantance wace rana ce, bare tasan yana fita ko baya fita. 

Lokacin da ta fito babu kowa a cikin falon hakan ya bata damar fita, ko a wajen ma tana murɗa handle ɗin ƙofar ta buɗe, sai da ta sauke jiyar zuciyar farin ciki sannan tasa kai ta fita, mai gadi na mata magana ta watsa mai harara ta buɗe ƙofar ta fita da kanta, tana fitowa ta ce.
“Ina zan iya wannan masifar gidan chaɓ, in Allah Ya yarda na gama zuwa gidan nan har abada, ai daman ba gidan ubana ba ne.” 
Ta ƙarasa maganar tana murguɗa baki, hanyar ta fara bi tana tafiya kaman zata ta tashi sama, har Allah Ya kawo ta bakin titi, sai da tazo bakin titin sannann ta tuna babu ko sisi jikinta, maimakon ta tausayawa kanta sai ta fashe da dariyar rashin sanin mafita, a hankali ta fara taka ƙafa zuwa babban titin Kabuga, tana cikin tafiya taji an yi mata horn, kamar ba zata tsaya ba sai kuma ta tuna abin da ke gabanta, tsayawa ta yi tana sauka ƙasa daga kan titin aka buɗe motar  aka fito, wa zata gani idan ba Al Qaseem ba, ɗan wajen Hajiya Kubrah wanda kwanaki ya biyota Dade ta ce mata ɗan uwan Ashraf ne. 
“‘Yan mata ina zaki haka?”
Murmushi Husna ta yi, sannan ta ce. 
“Yaya Al Qaseem ina kwana?”
“Lafiya ƙalau Husna.”
Ya faɗa cikin sanyin murya, dan shima muryarsa sanyi ne da ita kamar ta Ashraf, ganin ta yi shiru ya ce.
“Ina zaki?”
“Gida zan koma.” 
“wanne gidan?”
Ya faɗa yana mamaki, dan shi ya ɗauka ta dawo gidansu ne ta gama zaman a nasu gidansu, kwanaki da ya tambayi Dade ce mai ta yi ina ruwansa, ya san kuma Mimi bata nan, to ko gidan Ashrfa tazo tun da dai ya san nan ne unguwar da Ashraf yake, shima wani abokinsa ne ba lafiya yazo duba shi, sabida yana so an jima zai je Abuja shi ya sa yazo da safen nan.
“Gidan Mimi.” 
“To shigo na mayar da ke mana, nima ai can zani.” 
Ba musu Husna ta shiga motar, dan dama neman na Allah take, idan bata shiga tafiyar ƙafa ce zata ce, kuma ita bama zata iya kai kanta gidan ba. Suna cikin tafiya ya ce.
“Mimi ta dawo kenan?” 
“Bansaniba wallahi, amma ko bata dawo ba zan zauna wajen Dade.” 
Gyaɗa kai kawai ya yi, bai son shiga abin da ba a sa shi ba, amma dai zai so sanin alaƙarta da Mimi, tun da shi bai santa ba. 
“Mimi kakar ki ce?” 
Girgiza kai ta yi, sai ta ce. 
“Yayar Mamana ce.” 
“Okay.” 
Ya faɗa sabida baya son cika ta da surutu, itama taja baki ta yi shiru har suka ƙarasa gidan, shi ya ɗaukar mata jakar har cikin part ɗin Mimi, tana shiga ta ci karo da Leemah zaune tana faman latsa computer, ƙasa Husna ta durƙusa ta ce.
“Yaya Leemah ina yini?”
“Yana ganki, ko yau Mimi zata dawo?”
Yaya Lemmeha ta tambayi Husna, girgiza kai Husna ta yi ba ta ce komai ba. 
“Ko ‘yar iskar ce ta gwada miki halin nata?” 
Husna ta yi shiru, Yaya Lemmah ta ce.
“Allah ya kyauta, shi ya dawo da ke?”
“A'a, bai san na tawo ba baya gidan.”
Husna ta faɗa tare da ta shi, Yaya Leemah ta ci gaba da aikinta wani sabon project take shiryawa. 

Sai da Husna ta kwana biyu sannan Mimi ta dawo, Husna ta kasa mantawa da marin da Ashraf ya yi mata, daga lokacin da ta zauna ta yi shiru babu abin da take tunawa sai zafin marin da ya yi mata. Lokacin da Mimi ta dawo gida taga Husna ta yi masifa kamar ta ari a baki, a waya ta kira Asharf ta ce masa lallai lallai yazo gida tana nemansa, haka Dade lokacin da ta shigo ta sami labarin wai Husna ta kwana biyu a gida itama ta yi masifar kamar ta ari baki, lokacin da Ashraf yazo ya gaida Mimi yafi sau biyar bata amsa ba, tun anan ya fuskanci ranta ya ɓaci, a lokacin Husna na cikin ɗaki ma bata san yazo ba. 
“Muhammad Ashraf shine asalin sunanka ko?” 
Mimi ta faɗa rai a ɓace, ɗaga kai ya yi ya kalleta muryarsa na rawa ya ce. 
“Mimi ki yi haƙuri.” 
“Ina tambayarka, so nake kasanar dani nice na haifeka ko kuma matarka Jamila?” 
“Dan Allah Mimi ki yi haƙuri, wallahi yarinyar ce bata ji, kuma wallahi na yi wa Jamilam faɗa sosai da sosai.” 
“Wallahi Ashraf sai na nunawa matarka nice na haifeka.” 
Tana faɗin haka ta tashi ta shige ɗaki, shiru Ashraf ya yi kwata kwata bai gane abin da take nufi ba, amma ya san tabbas abune mara daɗi zata yi masa, wanda bazai so ba. 

Bayan wata biyu.

Zaune take a garden ɗin gidan da yake daga can baya, tana sanye cikin doguwar riga ta atamfa, hankalinta yana kana tsuntsayen da ke wasa a saman wata ƙaramar bishiyar a cikin garden ɗin. 
Gaba ɗaya Husna ta mayar da garden ɗin wajen zamanta, baka taɓa ganinta a cikin gida sai dai idan aiki zata yi ko wani abu, a yanzu ita ce ke yin girki a part ɗin Mimi, Dade ma ta koma part ɗin da zama gaba ɗaya ma. 
Mimi da kanta ta kai Husna wajen Alhaji Musa tin da suka fuskanci lamarin Abba bana wasa ba ne, ta faɗa masa zaman da Husna ta yi a gidan da kuma abin da Abba ya faɗa, Alhaji Musa yaso kiran Abba tun da daman yana da lambarsa, amma Dade ta ce lallai yaje ya same shi ƙafa da ƙafa. Alhaji Musa mutum ne mai sauƙin kai uwa uba kuma mai biyayya, haka ya taka har gida ya sami Abba, bayan sun gaisa da Abba ya sanar da shi yazo bawa Abba haƙurine, amma Abba ya rufe ido ya ce ya shifa yana kan bakansa, a wajenma ya ce shi ya barwa Alhaji Musa Husna baya son sake ganinta har sai lokacin da ta san mutuncin kanta, ranar da ta zama matar aure. 
Alhaji Musa ya ce ya amshi Husna ya kuma gode, ta zama ‘yar sa.

 Tun daga wannan lokacin Husna ta cire rai da sake zuwa gida gaba ɗaya rayuwarta ta canja ta zama wata shiru shiru ko magana yanzu Husna bata ƙaunar yi, bata taɓa tunanin akwai abin da zai rabata da gidansu da ‘yan uwanta ba sai gashi ta jawa kanta bisa taurin kanta, gashi a gida Abba ya ce bai hanasu waya da Husna ba ko gaisawa, amma bai yarda su dinga zuwa gidan da niyar sunje wajenta ba. 
Hakan ya rage musu zuwa gidan sai su kwashe sati ɗaya, biyu ba suje ba. Wannan rashin ganin ‘yan uwan nata yana cikin abubuwan da suka canja Husna daga Husna mai taurin kai da tsiwa zuwa Husna mai shiru shiru, a yanzu abubuwa da yawa Husna zata gani ta yi banza bata tanka ba, gaba ɗaya komai ya fice mata a kai, ta gwammace ma ta zauna a garden ɗin nan tana kallon tsuntsaye. 
‘Yan ajinsu sun yi candy sun bar Munjibir, ita kuwa tana zaune ta ce ba zata koma makaranta ba, Said Kibiya tazo itama kuma taje Kibiya bikin yayar Said Kibiya, anan suka haɗu da Ali Kaita sabida itama tazo daga Katsina, daga bikin Ali Kaita ta biyo Husna gida ta yi kwana ɗaya washe gari Mimi tasa driver ya kaita har Katsina. 
Su kansu sunyi matuƙar mamakin ganin Husna ta zama shiru shiru, babu ruwanta da hayaniya kamar ba Husna mafaɗaciya ba, gwanda ma su ta sake sunyi hira sosai da sosai, amma ga sauran ‘yan makaranta Husna sai ta zama abun kallo, dayawa sun ɗauka jinyar da ta yi ne ya sauya ta. 

Tun da ta zauna a garden ɗin yau ta haɗe kai da gwaiwa, fuskarta a duk ta nuna rashin jindaɗi, tana ta faman tunanin yadda rayuwa ta sauya mata. Duk sanda ta tuna kalaman mahaifinta na cewa ba ya son sake ganinta matuƙar ba a gidan aure ba, sai ta ji tamkar ruwan zafi ake sheƙa mata a ƙirji. Wannan rashin tabbas din da take ciki na makomar rayuwarta, haka wani lokacin takan ɗan tuna kalaman cin mutunci da Jamila ta jefa mata, duk da takan jima ba ta tuna ba, amma yau duk abubuwan sun haɗu sun caɓe mata, tana son gidan tana son komawa gida, tana son ganin Abba, wani lokacin idan abubuwa suka haɗarmata sai ta ɓuya ta yi ta kuka gaba ta ji duniyar ta yi mata ƙunci.
​​A daidai wannan lokacin ne Al Qasim ya taho, shigowarsa kenan gidan ya daɗe a Abuja kusan sati uku, yana sanye da farar shadda yana tafe yana danna waya, Idonsa ya sauka a kan Husna da ke zaune waje ɗaya tamkar wata marainiya.

​Dakatawa Al Qaseem ya yi ya ɗan tsaya a nesa kaɗan da ita, ya ƙura mata ido cike da tausayawa. Yana ganin yadda kafadar ta ke motsawa alamar kuka take yi a hankali.
​Ya  shafa sajen fuskarsa da hannunsa na dama, sannan ya tako a hankali har ya ƙaraso kusa da ita, ya zauna nesa kaɗan da ita, dan babu wata alaƙa da zata ba shi damar zama kusa da ita.
​"Sannu Husna..." Muryarsa ta fito a hankali cikin sanyi da taushi wadda ta sanya Husna zabura ta ɗaga kanta da sauri, dan bata ji wani mosti a kusa da ita ba.
​Ganin wanda ke tsaye a gabanta ya sanya ta hanzarta goge hawayen fuskarta tare da ƙoƙarin gyara zamanta. Ta duƙar da kanta ƙasa cikin jin kunya ta ce. 
"Ina yini, Yaya Alkasim..."
​"Lafiya lau Husna," ya amsa mata cikin sanyin murya. Yana kallon fuskarta, kallo ɗaya ya yi mata ya san da damuwa a ranta, bai san zaman me take yi anan ba, amma ya san bana daɗi ba ne, wani irin murmushi ya yi mai sanyi, sanna ya ce.
​"Kada ki damu da komai a rayuwa Husna. Kowane ƙalubale da kika gani a rayuwar ɗan adam, yana zuwa ne domin ya gwada jarumtar da ke tare da shi. Nakan kula da ke lokaci zuwa lokaci kamar zuciyarki na ɗauki da nauyi mai yawa, to ki yi haƙuri ki miƙa komai ga Allah, shi yawan tunani baya haifar da komai sai cutarwa.”

​Husna ta yi shiru, zuciyarta ta harba da ƙarfi. Rabonta da ta ji wani ya yi mata magana cikin yanayi irin wannan na tausayawa itun lokacin da take gida tare da iyayenta. Wannan kalaman na Alkasim sun shiga har can cikin tsakiyar kanta.
​Alkasim ya saka hannu a aljihun rigar da ke jikinsa ya fito da wata ‘yar ƙaramar alewa ledar ta kaɗai ɗaukan ido take yi, ya tsuguna kusa da ita yanda idonsa zai kasance cikin nata idon ba tare da ya taɓa jikinta ba, ya miƙa mata alewar sannan ya ce.  

​"Na san ba lallai kin iya ci abinci ba a yanayin da kike ciki. Amma wannan alewar tana rage ɗacin da mutum ke ji a bakinsa lokacin da yake cikin damuwa, na baki ne ki sha ko saki ji sauyin ɗanɗano a bakinki, sai kuma ki tashi ki shiga ciki, nasan Mimi bata san kina nan ba, ba kya ganin garin yamma ne, kuma yanayin damuna ruwa zai iya sauka kowanne lokaci.” 

​Husna ta kalli alewar, sannan ta ɗaga idonta ta kalle shi. Idanunsa cike suke da tsantsar tausayawa da kulawa ta gaskiya, babu wata alamar raini ko neman alfarma a ciki, muryarta na rawa ta ce. 
​"Yaya Alkasim... Nagode," 
​"Kada ki ce godiya gare ni Husna. Muddin ina gidan nan, babu wani abu da zai sake jefa ki cikin damuwa ba tare da na tsaya miki ba. Ki sani cewa kina da abokin shawara a kowane lokaci."

Yana faɗin haka ya miƙe tsaye, sannan ya yi mata alama da itama ta tashi, ba musu Husna ta tashi, ya ce. 

“ki huce kin ji.”
Kamar mara laka a jiki Husna ta fara tafiya, shima ya juya ya yi ɓangarensu, haka kawai yake jin yarinyar a cikon zuciyarsa, shi dai aure baya lissafinsa amma yarinyar na burgeshi har ya kan jima zai so ya zauna tare da ita su fahimci juna.
​Husna na riƙe da alewar a hannunta tana nufi part ɗin Mimi, a karon farko a cikin watannin nan, ta ji wani irin ɗumi da kwanciyar hankali sun ratsa tsakiyar ƙirjinta. Maimakon fuskar Uncle Dee da take yawan tunani lokacin kuka, sai kawai fuskarta ta kawo mata yanayin murmushin Alkasim da kalaman da ya gaya mata "Muddin ina gidan nan, babu wani abu da zai sake jefa ki cikin damuwa. .."
​Ta buɗe alewar ta saka a baki, tana jin yadda zaƙinta ya shafe ɗacin da ke bakinta, daidai lokacin da zuciyarta ke fara gina wani sabon sauyi game da wanda ke da muhimmanci a rayuwarta.



Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971

DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA
-Amanar-Janafty-
(17)


Lokacin da Husna ta shiga cikin part ɗin Mimi, waje ta samu ta zauna a kan kujera ta shiga tunanin maganar da Al Qaseem ya faɗa mata, tabbas gaskiyya ya yi da ya ce mata ta miƙa komai ga Allah, idan ta biyewa damuwa da tunani babu abin da zasu haifar mata. 

Tun daga wannan lokacin Husna ta fara rage yawan damuwa, bata dawo yanda take ba amma ta rage sosai, dan har zama suke da Dade suna hira kamar yanda take a farko, yau ma suna zaune suna hira Dade na bata labarin Mimi da Alhaji lokacin da suka yi aure, Dade ta sake cewa.

“Baki san shiririta ba sai lokacin da suka yi haihuwar farko, kinga wannan halimatu ɗin ai uwar kin ɗaukarta take, a gantale yarinyar nan ta taso shi ya sa kika bata d faraa.”

Husna ta yi dariya sannna ta ce.

“Naga alama fa Dade.”

“Ai baki ga komai ba, lokacin da ta haifi ta biyun bana nan, sai na ukun lokacin da aka haifeshi duk sai da ya cika asibitin da kuka, bakinsa wawakeke, ya dinga tsala ihu duk ya cika mana asibitin, muryarsa ta gardawa ce fa tun da aka haifeshi.”
Murmushi Husna ta yi, ita a rayuwarta Allah Ya mantar da ita wani Ashraf, Dade ta sake cewa.

“Kinga yanzu bakinsa ya zama ɗan tsurut ko? To yawan tsotso ne ya mayar da shi haka bai da aiki sai tsotso, duk ya ramar da uwar.”

Sai da Husna ta yi dariya a wannan lokacin, sabida yanda Dade ta yi maganar, Dade ta ci gaba da cewa.

“Na faɗa miki gani na yi Nono zai hallaka shi na ɗauke shi, ai a wajena ya taso. Ina dalili yaro ganɗai ganɗai sai kizo yazo yana Mimi Nono.” 

Husna bata san lokacin da ta kece da dariya ba, Dade ba mutunci ko kaɗan ta iya kwatanta abu, kai tsaye ta hango yanda yake muzurai ashe ta asar da ya yi kenan. 

Suna tsaka da hirar aka yi sallama aka shigo, Su Yaya Abdul ne da Yaya Walid da Alhaji har da Ashir dukkansu suka zo, daman sun yi magana da Husna zasu zo cikin satin nan bata yi tunanin yau dai zasu zo ba.

“A’a Manya manya malamai ne a gidan namu kenan.”
Dade ta faɗa tana washe musu baki.
“Ko shishigo mana, al’ulma’u magada annabawa.”
Dade ta sake faɗa tana basu waje, bayan sun zauna Husna ta miƙe ta kawo musu ruwa, yau zuciyarta fari sol ‘yan uwanta sun zo, haka kawai take jin wani nishaɗi. 

Sai da suka sha hira sosai sannan Mimi ta fito suka gaisa ta koma ta barsu tare, Dade ma bayan sun gama gaisawa ta koma ciki ta barsu, Alhaji ne ya kalli Husna sannan ya ce.
“Yarinya kin canja gaba ɗaya, kinga yanda kika yi freesh.”
“Ba wani freesh wallahi, ni kawai gida nake so na dawo.”
Husna ta faɗa tana tura baki gaba, Yaya Walid ne ya ce.
“Yanzu waye saurayin naki, ai kina aure shikenan.”

“Wane shikenan sai ka ce bansan auren ba, gidan mijin fa zan koma da zama ai anyi ba ayi ba kenan.”
Dariya suka kwashe da ita gaba ɗaya, wai anyi ba ayi ba, Alhaji ya ce.
“Gaskiyya fa Abba ya yi dogon fushi, abun duk bai kai haka ba.”

“Ba wannan maganar ba dai a barta kawai, mai faruwa ta faru, sai dai a kiyaye gaba.”
Yaya Walid ya faɗa, ita dai Husna da ido kawai take bin su, duk ydda suka yi ta faɗa musu wane saurayinta ta ce musu ita fa aa, ƙarshe ma ta ce musu.
“Nifa ina zaune a gidan nan babu inda nake zuwa, a ina zanga wani saurayi ya ce yana sona, ni bama na son na sake yin wani saurayin zan ta zama anan har lokacin da Allah zai ɗauki raina.”
Gaba ɗaya jikinsu ya yi sanyi da abin da ta faɗa, mussaman da ta ce anan za ta yi ta zama har Allah ya ɗauki ranta.
“Kenan Husna abin da kika zaɓa kenan? Har yanzu taurin kan bai yi sauƙi ba?”
Yaya Walid ya faɗa, girgiza kai ta yi sannan ta ce.
“To wai me zanyi a duniyar, ni gaba ɗaya yanzu rayuwar bata burgeni babu abin da nake so.”
“Toopa, kawai ki mutu.”
Ashir ya faɗa wanda tun zuwansu sai yanzu ya yi magana, banza Husna ta yi da shi ita yanzu ba lokacin da zata biyewa Ashir. 
Basu bar gidan ba sai da suka tausashi zuciyarta suka nuna mata duk wani tsanani yana tare da sauƙi ta ci gaba da addu’a, komai zai zo mata a sauƙi kuma duk ƙuncin zai washe ya zama farin ciki. 

Tun daga wannan lokacin Husna ta fara ragewa kanta wata damuwar, idan ta yi sallah tana yiwa kanta addu’a Allah Ya yi mata abin da yake alheri a gareta, har cikin addu’arta bata fasa cewa bata son aure, sai dai batasan me ƙaddara ta tana da mata ba, idan Allah ya yi sai ta yi auren ko bata so ba dole ne sai ta yi shi. A cikin addu’arta bata mantawa da Uncle Dee, duk da ba addu’ar soyayya take masa ba dan yanzu kamar anyi ruwa an ɗauke haka Uncle Dee ya ɗauke a zuciyar Husna, tana roƙon Allah Ya sa yana da rabon shiga Musulunci.  
Sai da Husna ta kwashe sati biyu bata sake haɗuwa da Al Qaseem ba, sabida baya garin gaba ɗaya, ranar da ya dawo kuwa ya ce dole sai ya shigo ya ganta, ɓangaren Mimi kwata kwata ba wajen zuwansa ba ne, amma sabida Husna gashi ya shigo ya kuma shigowa. Tun da ya shigo kallo ɗaya Husna ta yi masa ta yi ƙasa da kai, Dade kuma da wani irin kallon tuhuma take binsa, ko me yazo yi wajen Husna oho? Bayan sun gaisa da Dade ta tashi ta shiga ciki tabarsu a falon, daman Mimi na cikin ɗakinta, kwana biyu bata cika zaman falo ba sabida ciwon da ya matsa mata na ƙafa. 

“Husna.”
Al Qaseem ya kira sunanta cikin sanyinsa da shi kaɗai ke tuna mata wancan mugun bawan. Kallonsa ta yi ba tare da ta iya amsawa ba, ya sake cewa. 
“Wai damuwar mece ke damunki dan Allah? Kwanaki na ji kina maganar gida da son komawa gida, har yanzu wannan damuwar ce?”
Sai da Husna ta ɗan tsorata, bata san yanda aka yi Al Qasem yake iya fuskantar damuwar da ke zuciyarta ba, damuwar da ke ƙasan ranta.
Ganin ta rasa amsar da zata ba shi ne ya sa shi murmusawa, cikin sanyinsa ya ce. 
“Ki buɗe zuciyarki, ki samu nutsuwa kinji. Ina so ki faɗa min abin da yake damun zuciyarki. Kada ki boye min komai kinji, sannan kada ki ji wata fargaba, zan zauna anan na yi ta sauraronki.”
Wannan maganar guda ɗaya ta ruguza duk wata katangar tsoro  da Husna ke ji a cikin ranta. A karon farko tun bayan rabuwarta da gidansu, ta ji ta samu wanda yake shirye domin sauraren damuwarta, yanayin sanyinsa ka ɗai ya isa ya saukar mata da nutsuwa, cikin rawar murya Husna ta ce.
“A kullum zuciyata tana yi min zafi idan na tuna kalaman Abbana, a kullum idan na tuna baya maraba da ni na kanji zafi a cikin zciyata, na yi kewar gida, na yi kewar ‘yan uwana. Ina matuƙar son na zauna kusa da Mama mu yi hira, tun tasowata bamu sami wannan damar ba, a yanzu babban burina shine naji ɗumin mahaifiyata a kusa da ni, ina buƙatar abubuwa da yawa da yakamata ta sanar da ni game da rayuwa, i’m just 18. Nima nasan yanzu ne nake girma, yanzu nake buƙatarwa Uwa a tare da ni, ina jin kamar ba zan sami wannan damar ba, ina ji a raina kamar ba zan sami farin ciki a rayuwata ba.”
Tun da Husna ta fara magana Al Qaseem bai katse ta ba, ya zuba mata ido kawai yana kallonta, duk wasu kalamanta suna shigarsa, suna haifar masa da sanyin jiki. 
Husna sai da ta gama faɗa masa komai taji zuciyarta ta ɗan saki, kamar na cire mata wani abu na damuwa a cikin ranta, cikin sanyinsa ta tsinkayi muryarshi na faɗin. 
"Husna, kukan nan da kike yi ba na rauni ba ne, jarumta ce. Sannan kuma abin da Abba ya faɗa ba ya nufin ba ya kaunarki ba ne, yana nufin yana son ganin kinyi nasara da samun madogara a rayuwa ne. Ko da wasu karki ki yi wannan tunanin, ki ƙarfafa zuciyarki ki kuma yi imani Abba yana matuƙar ƙaunarki, Mama kuwa kamar yau ne zaki koma wajenta. Husna, muddin ina numfashi a duniya,  ba zan taɓa barin ki kiyi kuka saboda kaɗaici ba. Zan zama uwa, uba, aboki, kuma garkuwa a gare ki. Tsoron da kike ji na makomarki? Ki damƙa shi a hannuna... Zan kula da ke fiye da yadda kowa zai iya tsammani."
Maganar Alkasim ta shiga har can cikin zuciyarta, a hankali Husna ta kalle shi, tana jin maimaituwar kalamansa a cikin kwanyar kanta, a hankali ta sadda kanta ƙasa, wata irin kunyarsa ta ji ta lulluɓeta, daga haka ta tashi ta yi cikin ɗakinta, tana shiga ta faɗa kan gado tana sauke ajiyar zuciya, a hankali ta fara maimaita sunansa. 
“Yaya Al Qaseem, Yaya Al Qaseem.” 
Abin da yafi burgeta da shi shine kula, yana da matuƙar kula uwa uba ya iya sauraron mutum ba tare da ya katse shi ba, amma kuma gaba ɗaya ba ta shiryawa aure ba ko wata rayuwa ta soyayya ba.  Tun daga wannan lokacin Husna ta fara samun wata sabuwar kulawa daga wajen Al Qaseem, duk yanda take yakice zuciyarta a kan soyayya amma ta kafe ta ce taga waje a tare da Yaya Al Qaseem, Mimi bata san komai ba, haka ma Dade sabida ta yi tafiya taje Wudil ganin gida, inda ta daɗe bata je ba. 

Sannu a hankali soyayya ta fara ƙulluwa tsakanin Husna da Yaya Al Qaseem, Husna bata san zuciyarta tana raye ba sai da ta fara jin son Yaya Al Qaseem a cikin zuciyarta da duk wani fitar numfashinta, lokacin da suka yi waya ta sanar da Said Kibiya ta fara soyayya da wani Said Kibiya bata yarda ba, sai da ta kira Ali Kaita suka haɗa kiran a tare sabida Husna yanzu bata jin kati, Yaya Al Qaseem sai ya tura mata kati har na dubu goma, shi ya sa yanzu take waya kamar zata kashe kanta, a rana sai ta kira Alhaji sau 20, Yaya Abdul wajen sau goma ko fi, Yaya Walid ne yake dakatar da ita, Mama kam daina ɗaga wayar ta yi tun da ta gane lambar Husna ce dan a tsakanin awa ɗaya sai ta kirata sau goma. 

Ali Kaita ce ta ce. 
“Dan Allah yaushe zaku zo Katsina, baku taɓa zuwa ba.”
S Kibiya ce ta ce.
“Yanzu kinsan yanayin ƙasar nan babu tsaro fa, wallahi ba lallai abarmu.” 
Taɓe baki Husna ta yi, ita bata ma san ƙasar babu tsaro ba, tana turu baki gaba ta ce.
“To wai ba zaku zo bikina ba? Idan kuka zo ai samu haɗu ko?”
Dariya suka yi baki ɗaya, a tare suka ce.
“Wai da wuri za ayi ne?”
“Mugun wuri ma, wallahi kawai so nake ka koma gidanmu.”
“Wai idan kika yi auren ba gidan mijin naki zauna ba, gida zaki zauna ko me? Nifa bangane ba.”
Binta Ali Kaita ta faɗa, shiru Husna ta yi sannan ta ce.
“Nasan dai zau barni a gida ko wata ɗaya ne na yi.”
“Allah Ya sa to.”
Said Kibiya ta faɗa, daga nan suka hau hirar yanda zasu raƙashe da bikin Husna, har ‘yan Munjibir zasu gayyato junior da seniors, sai a lokacin Husna ta ce.
“Kun san me?”
A tare suka ce a’a, Husna ta taɓe baki sannan ta ce.
“Kunsan Aisha Sharif ƙanwar matar Yaya Ashraf ce?”
A tare suka sake cewa.
“Waye Yaya Ashraf?”
Tunowa ta yi basu ma san shi ba, sai kuma jikinta ya yi sanyi, murya a sanyaye ta ce.
“Ɗan autan Mimi ne fa, wani mara mutunci. Ni daman tun da naga matarsa nasan babu arziƙi a tare da ita, ‘yar hulaƙanci ce ‘yar masifa, naje gidan na yi sati ɗaya muka haɗu da Aisha Sharif, aikuwa na yi musu akuya.”
Husna ta ƙarashe tana dariya, sai a lokacin Ali Kaita ta ce.
“Ko shine wanda nagani da daddare lokacin da nazo, wani mai shegen kyau fari?”
Shiru Husna ta yi tana son ta tuna ko lokacin da Ali Kaita tazo Yaya Ashraf ɗin yazo, sai dai kuma ta kasa tunawa, Husna ta ce.
“Bana tunawa gaskiyya.”
Ali kaita ta ce.
“Wani fari fa, yana abu kamar basarake, magana ma a hankali yake yi kuma baya magana sosai, zaki ga yana tafiya kamar yana lissafa takunsa.”
“Shi, baƙin mugu.”
Husna ta katse Ali kaita, sannan ta ƙara da cewa.
“Yanda naƙi mutuwa ta haka naƙi wannan mugun.”
“Lallai Yayar Aisha Sharif ta yi da ce taɓ, Said kibiya wai kin manta yanda nake miki santinsa.”
Ali Kaita ta faɗa, Said Kibiya ta ce.
“Na tuna mana, kinfi wata nawa kina min zancensa, lallai ma Husna.”
Taɓe baki ta yi, ita bata ma son zancen nasa ta gode Allah ma da ya sanya saɓani mai girma a tsakaninsu, dan yanzu bata iya tuna lokaci na ƙarshe da ta ganshi ko mai kama da shi, ita a yanzu babu wanda take ji da gani sai Yaya Al Qaseem. 

Sannu a hankali al’amura suka fara sauyawa Husna da Al Qaseem, duk da cikin gidan Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka babu wanda ya san da zancen, sai dai Dade da ta fara fahimtar akwai wata ‘yar shaƙuwa a tsakanin Husna da Al Qaseem ɗin, amma ko da wasa ba ta yi tunanin soyayya ba. A safiyyar kowacce rana Husna takan sami saƙo ace mata daga wajen Al Qaseem ne, Nasara mai aikinsu kullum ita yake bawa da safe ta bawa Husna, abun yana matuƙar burgeta har take ji kamar ta gama yin sa’a a duniya. 

Husna na zaune a ɗakinta, taji kamar ana kiranta ba shiri ta tashi ta fito da tunani Alheri ce ta kawo mata saƙon wajen Yaya Al Qaseem, sai dai taga shi Yaya Al Qaseem ɗin ne da kan sa, yana zaune kan kujera shi ka ɗai cikin falon, a hankali Husna ta ƙaraso kusa da shi, sai da ta zo kusa sannan ta ce.
“Ina kwana, Yaya.”
Murmushi ya yi mata, sannan ya ce.
“Lafiya ƙalau Husna, zo ki zauna mana.”
Zaman ta yi, ya yi murmushi tare da shafa fuskarsa kafin ya ce.
“Tafiya zanyi fa, shine nazo na ganki.”
Husna har cikin ranta taji daɗi, ta yi masa murmushi ba tare da ta ce komai ba, a hankali ya kira sunanta, ta ɗaga kai ta kalle shi ya ce.
“Husna, ina son na faɗa miki wata magana da ban taɓa faɗa miki ita kai tsaye ba, na sani zuciyata ta tana sonki, amma ban taɓa furta miki yadda zaki ji har ranki ba ko? To, ni Al Qaseem Musa Ɗankaka... Ina son ki Husna. Ba irin waɗannan 'yan kalaman na soyayya masu arha ba, soyayya ce ta gaskiya wadda zata  tsara makomar rayuwarmu tare. Ina son na zama mijin da zai riƙe hannunki har Aljanna, wanda zai zauna kusa da ke har ƙarshen rayuwa. Ina son na kawo ƙarshen duk wani kuka da fargaba da kika taɓa yi a baya. Na yi magana da Daddy ma, ya ce na nemi yardarki.”
Wata irin kunya ce ta kama Husna, wai ya yi magana da Daddy, shikenan komai za ayi da wuri kenan, a hankali ta buɗe baki tana son ta ce masa dan Allah idam sun yi aure zai barta ta yi kwana da kwanaki tare da Mama, sai dai ba ta kai ga maganar ba, muryar Dade ta katse su. 
“Me nake ji haka kuke tattaunawa?”
Muryar ta fito da wani irim ƙarfi, na ban mamaki. 


Legendspen-Sayyid
08129553971

DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA


-Amanan-Janafty-
18

Gaba ɗayansu suka mai da kallonsu zuwa ga Dade da ke tsaye a bayansu, ta kusa mintu uku a tsaye, sannan ta tako inda suke. 
“Husna, Al Qaseem, soyayya kuke? Da gaske kuke son yin aure? Amma naji daɗi sosai da sosai.”
Dade ta faɗa tana sharɓar hawaye, duk sai da jikinsu ya yi sanyi, Dade ta sake cewa.
“Ashe Takwarata jikana zaki aura, amma naji daɗi wannan haɗin ya yi min, sai dai matsala guda ɗaya, Al Qaseem mahaifiyarka, Kubrah.”

“Dade ba zata ji wani abu ba, daman ai kullum so take na yi aure, burinta taga na ajiye mata.”

“Hakane Al Qaseem, amma kasan bata shiri da ita Bilkisun.”

“Dade ai ba zai shafi wani abu ba, Daddy ma ya ce na nemi yardar Husna ɗin, tun da yanzu tana ƙarƙashin kulawarsa ne.”
Murmushi Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Ni kam zanfi kowa jindaɗin wannan haɗin.”

Murmushi suka yi duka, Husna a cikin zuciyarta take jin ƙaunar Dade, alherin tsohuwar nan dayawa yake wajenta. 

Al Qaseem ne ya tashi ya tafi, xai je Abuja amma daren yau zai dawo in sha Allah daga haka suka yi sallama, Husna ta tashi ta yi cikin ɗaki, Dade kuma ta nufi ɗakin Mimi, Mimi na zaune a kan gadon kwana biyu ƙafarta ta matsa mata shi ya sa bata fiya fita ba kwata kwata, Mama tazo ita ce ma ta hana fitowa ko falo yanzu Husna ce ke kula da gidan gaba ɗaya, tana zaune Dade ta shigo cikin ɗakin. 

“Sannu da jiki Bilki.”
Dade ta faɗa tana zama, gyara zama Mimi ta yi sannan ta ce.
“Sannu Dade.”
“Ya ƙafar.”
“Sai godiya Dade.”
Ɗan shiru Dade ta yi kafin ta ce.
“Ni kam Bilkisu kin san Husna da Al Qaseem suna soyayya ne?”
Girgiza kai Mimi ta yi, sannan ta ce.
“A’a Dade fa, yaushe suka fara.”
“To nima yau naji suna maganar, yanzu har ta kai wajen mai gidan naku ma.”
Dade ta faɗa tana kawar da kai, Mimi taji daɗi sosai dan Al Qaseem yaron kirki ne dan har yafi Ashraf ma, sai dai shi da Ashraf kamar annabi da kafiri, kwata kwata basa jituwa, Dade ce ta ce.
“Ke baki ga wani abu ba? Ni wallahi ina gujewa yarinyar nan shiga wajen Kubrah, bana ciki da rashin mutuncinta wallahi.”
Shiru Mimi ta yi, ta san halin Hajiya Kubrah bata da sauƙi bata da mutunci, amma kuma shi aure ai ba a daƙile shi. 
“Dade ni ai gani na yi harkar arziƙi ne, kuma idan da rabon aure a tsakaninsu babu wanda ya isa ya hana, kawai mu yi addu’a Allah Ya zaɓa abin da yake alheri.” 
“Amin amin.”
Dade ta faɗa tare da tashi.

“Bari naje wajen Hajiya Babba, ina tunanin zan koma Wudil a wannan satin, gida kawai nake sha’awa.”

Murmushi Mimi ta yi, kafin ta ce.

“Dade kwana biyu gida yana ta kiranki.”

“Wallahi faa.”
Dade ta faɗa tare da yin gaba, tana fita kai tsaye ɓangaren Hajiya Kubrah ta shiga ɓangaren da ta kwashe sama da shekara bata shiga ba. 
Hajiya Kubrah na zaune a falo ta hakimce cikin wani ɗan ubansu lace, masu aiki suna ta kai komo a cikin ɗakin, ita kuma tana ta faman latsa wayarta, babu sallama Dade ta shig ciki.
“Kubrah biyo ni.”
Dade ta faɗa tana yin cikin ɗakin, hankali a tashe Hajiya Kubrah ta tashi, tun da taga Dade ƙafa da ƙafa tasan babu lafiya, dan ita bata iya tuna lokaci na ƙarshe da taga Dade cikin part ɗinta. 

“Dade me ya faru?”
Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana shiga, ƙofa Dade ta nuna mata, kafin ta ce.

“Turo ƙofar nan.”
Turawa Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, sannan ta sakewa.
“Dade maimakon ki kirani, yanzu idan aka shigowarki nan ai zai zama wani abu tun da ba zuwa kike ba.”

“Ke dallah rabu dani, gidan ɗana ne fa babu inda ba zan shiga ba.”

Dariya Hajiya Kubrah ta yi kafin ta ce.

“Gidan ɗanki fa Dade, gidan ɗan kishiyarki dai.”
Dariya Dade ta yi itama, sannan ta ce.
“Ke zan ci gidanku fa, ko shi Musa ya isa ya ce bani na haife shi ba, ita banzar da ta kawo shi duniya tana can Wudil tana fama da rayuwa.”

“Allah kar ya tsine miki Dade.”
Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana wata muguwar dariyar, Dade ta amsa da amin, sannan ta ce.
“Kubrah ba wannan ba, kina nan kina zaune wanna shashan yaron zai ja mana matsala, wai ya rasa wai zai ce yana so sai wannan ƙeƙashashiyar yarinyar ta wajen Bilki, Husna.”
Ido Hajiya Kubrah ta zaro, hankalinta idan ya kai dubu ya tashi baki ɗaya, yaronta Al Qaseem da shi kaɗai Allah Ya shirya mata shi da ta ci burin zau auro mata ‘yar gidan sarkin katsina shine zai je ya ƙare a wancan dangin talakawar? Dade ce ta sake cewa.
“Ita muguwar ma sai addu’a take, wai Allah ya zaɓa abin da yake alheri.”

“Ai kuwa ba zai zaɓa ba dan ubanta, ita ta bawa yaronta ‘yar gidan minister shine ni zata bawa nawa danginta mitsiyata? Wallahi yanda Ashraf ya yi aure a gidan kece raini sai Al Qaseem ya yi a inda za ayi ta mamaita zancen, wata nawa ne tsakaninsu?”

“To ai shi sakaran wai ya ga mata, nazo na faɗa miki ki yi masa zazzafan gargaɗi, sannan kije wajen malaminki a ƙara haɗuki da ita ƙawar taki matar Sarkin yanda yana zuwa zasu ba shi, tun da shima mahaifinsa yana sahun manya manya anan garin.”

Dade ta faɗa tana huce, kamar bq Daden da muka sani a ɗakin Mimi mai sanyi, wannan ta sha bamban da ita, Hajiya Kubrah ta ce.

“Ai yana dawowa ma kuwa, wallahi ba zai taɓa haɗa iri da mitsiyata ba.”
Miƙewa Dade ta yi daga kan gadon tana faɗin.
“Ki san dai abin yi, kafin ya ɗauko mana abin da bazamu iya ba, nu na wuce.”

“Yanzu ma kuwa Dade, sai mun yi waya.”
Daga haka Dade ta fito daga ɓangaren Hajiya Kubrah, ta koma ainahin saliharta kamar wadda kowa ya sani, tana barin ɓangaren Hajiya Kubrah na Hajiya Babba ta wuce, a lokacin da taje Hajiya Babba na zaune tare da baƙi, wani kallo Dade ta yi wa Hajiya Babba sannan ta shige ciki. 

Faka faka Hajiya Babba ta sallami baƙin da ke tare da ita, ta yi cikin ɗaki domin wannan kallon na Dade ya nuna mata akwai wani babban al’amari, lokacin da ta shiga Dade na zaune gefen gado ta zabga uban tagumi, Hajiya Babba ce ta katse mata shi da cewa.

“Dade lafiya wai?”
Murmusawa ta yi sannan ta ce.

“Abun farin ciki ne ya samu, wannan yaron Al Qaseem ya fitar da mata, kuma kinsan wace?”

Sai da gaban Hajiya Babba ya faɗi, dan ta yi tunanin yar wani hamshaƙin gidan ce, dan ta yi alƙwari yanda ‘ya’yanta suke alalace haka na kawo da ke gidan zasu ƙare a lalace, Ashraf ne kawai ya tsere mata ya yi aure, sai Leemah da Nusaiba, to Leemah ta shiga auren ta yi kaca kaca da shi, yanzu haka ma Malaminta ya sanar da ita cikin satin nan Leemah zata dawo auren ya ƙare, Nusaiba ce kawai ta kasa shiga cikin auren nata, sai na Ashraf amma shima har yanzu tana shirya yanda zata shiga ta lalata auren, amma dai ai ta yi aiki a kan sa ya ajiye aikin mahafinsa, an sanya matsa mummunar tsanar dukiyar mahaifin shi da Nusaiba, dan ita Nusaiba ko wannan gidan bata sha’awar zuwa, kuma gashinan a yanzu ta kai shekara bata zo ba, yanzu aikinta shine a sanyawa Leemah ma tsanar dukiyar mahaifin, sai dai ayi uwar watsi Alhaji ya kula da dukiyarsa yana mutuwa a raba gado kowa ya yi ta kansa, ita tafi kowa ‘ya’ya daga maza har mata dan haka tafi kowa samu, tun da nata basu nutsu sun kula da dukiyar ba, babu wanda ya isa ya kula da ita, shine alƙwarinta. 'Ya'yan Kubrah kuwa gasunan su ba a nutse ba ba alalace ba, matan duk ita ta hanasu auruwa, tun da ba wata addu’a suka sani ba, haka ma uwarsu mushirkiya ce dan haka dole suma asiri ya taɓa su, Al Qaseem ne kawai ta gaza cutar da shi amma shima an cire masa sha’awar dukiyar mahaifinsa, sannan an yi masa aikin da bazai taɓa iya zama anan ba, shi ya sa bini bini ya tafi Abuja, abin da bata sani ba tana aiki a kan ‘ya’yan Mimi da na Hajiya Kubrah, Hajiya Kubrah na aiki a kan nata ‘ya’yan da na Mimi, Mimi ce kawai ba ruwanta shi ya sa ‘ya’yan gidan gaba ɗaya aka rasa gane kan su. 

“Yarinyar wajen ‘yar uwar Bilki, wannan da ke gidannan, mai sunan waccan gamtallaliyar matar da nake yafawa kaina.”

Ajiyar zuciya Hajiya Babba ta saki, sannan ta ce.
“Gaskiyya Dade aikin ki ya yi kyau, hala ke kika haɗa wannan soyayyar?”
Wani murmushi Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce.
“Ta yaro kyau take bata ƙarƙo, bana sanar da ke ba sai na kunnuwa Kubrah abin da ba zata iya ba? To yanzu na yi nawa ke naki shine ki tabbatar kin zuga Alhaji, yanda baya ja da faɗarki, to haka kar yaja da maganar nan, duk abin da Kubrah za ta yi sai auren nan ya ɗauro.”
“An gama Dade, an gama. Ni kuma zan tabbatar da ni ce giwar Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, zan nuna isata. Ita ɗaya sakarar ta san zancen?”
Wata dariyar ƙeta Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce.
“Tana can tana fama da ciwon ƙafar da na sa aka turu mata acan Wudil, yanzu ma zan koma so nake a ƙara mata azabar shi ta yanda har sai ta bar gidan ta koma gidan iyayenta , ni kuma zanyi nawa aikin idan ta bar gidan. Wallahi yanda Musa ya hulaƙanta ni a kan uwarsa, to shima ni ce Aljalinsa.”

“Kashe shi Dade, ni nan zan tarwatsa masa ‘ya’yan gabaɗaya, yana mutuwa abawa kowa gadonsa ya yi ta kansa, nafi kowa ‘ya’ya maza da mata dan haka nice da gida, dan haka Dade kamar yanda na miƙi alƙwari wannan kason kina da shi.”
“Ai alƙwarin dan kika ɗauka dole ne cikawa, kinsan ni kinsa aikina.”
Dade fa faɗa cike da izzah da taƙama, murmushi Hajiya Babba ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Nifa Malamina ya ce min wai haske biyi ne yanzu a gabanmu ba biyu ba, kuma ɗaya hasken yafi na farko ƙarfi, ni dai na yi tunananin ko matar Ashraf ce ke ɗauke da ciki, shine ɗaya hasken? Tun da ma farko mun san Bilki ce.”

Wani kallo Dade ta yi wa Hajiya Babba, tsaf abin da ta faɗa zai iya zama ɗaya, amma kuma matar Ashraf bata da ciki, dan ko ranar nan ta masa zancen ya ce babu, ajiyar zuciya ta sauke kafin ta ce.

“Amma Allah Ya tsinewa Bilki da zuri’arta, wallahi babu wanda ya isa ya hanani cikar burina, shi ya sa da naje wudil Ɗan kanzagi ya ce wai nauyi ya ƙaru ba zai iya komai ba, amma na dawo cikin satin nan, shine komawar da zan yi fa? To menene ɗaya hasken?”
Zama Hajiya Babbab ta yi itama gefen gadon ta rasa aina ɗaya hasken yake, da sauri ta sake cewa.

“Ko Nusaiba? Dan Leemah na san ko magana ba sa yi da mijinta, Nusaiba ce ta daɗe bata zo ba?”
Girgiza kai Dade ta yi, kafin ta ce.

“Nusaiba da Halima ai ‘ya’yansu daga wajen mace suke, ‘ya’yan Ashraf ne kawai zasu zame mana matsala.”
“Nifa ina ga canja malamin nan zanyi? Akwai wanda ƙawata ke min magana ta ce wai a kebbi yake, kebbi ya yi nisa ita matar gwamna ce jirgi baya musu wuya.”
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, rai duk a ɓace.

“Ki gwada malamin nan na kaduna mana, ni ya yi min nisa ne, kuma na saba da na Wudil ɗin nan.”
“Ina ga haka za ayi.”
Daga nan Dade ta sake fiowa ta dawo ɓangaren Mimi, lokacin Mimi ta sami bacci baiwar Allah, Husna kuma na cikin tana ɗaura musu girki, Dade ko zama bata yi ba aka hau shigo da akwati, Dade na ganin akwatin ta saki wani ɓoyayyen murmushi, ta san aikin Hajiya Babbane auren Leemah ya mutu, ita Dade hausinta ɗaya da uwarsu ta zama haske, katangar ƙarfe da ke kare Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, aikinta ba zai cika ba har sai Mimi ta bar gidan, ba wai tafiya unguwa ba sai ta bar gidan gaba ɗaya tafiya ta kwanaki shine zata cimma burinta, a wanvan lokacin ta taɓa haɗawa Mimi sharri, har Alhaji ya kusa rabuwa da Mimi, amma gaskiyya ta yi halinta. Duk da kallon da yake ma Dade na mahafiya ne amma sai da ya nuna ɓacin ransa a kan haka, shi ya sa Dade kr son biyo ta ƙarƙashin ƙasa ta raba Mimi da gidan, sai kuna wani sabon haske da ya sake bayyana. 

Ana gama shigowa da kayan Leemah ta shigo tana ta faman haɗe rai, Dade ta tare ta tana faɗin.
“Ke kuwa ‘yar nan mai ya faru haka?”
“Ya sakeni mun rabu.”
Yaya Lemmeh ta faɗa dai dai lokacin Mimi ta fito daga ɗakinta, salati ta sake tare da maimaita innullahi wa’inna illahir raji’un duka suka bi Mimi da kallo, hawaye taji suna ƙoƙarin zubo mata. 
“Haba ke kuwa bilki, wannan ai kamar butunlci ne za yiwa  Allah, haba.”
Goge hawayen Mimi ta yi kafin ta zauna ta yi sauri ta taimaka mata ta zauna, sai da ta zauna suka yi mata sannu, sannan ta sake cewa.
“Sakin ki ya yi? Ko kawai sake dawowa kika yi?”
“Saki ne Mimi.”
“Ai shikenan Halima, sai ki zauna ki yi ta kula da kafaminin tun da haka kike so.”
Mimi ta faɗa ranta duk ya ɓaci, haka Husna da Dade suka yi ta tausarta, ita Dade tana ƙoƙarin ta nuna mata na laifin Leemah ba ne, ita kuma Husna tana son ta kwantar da hakalinta, kar wani abu ya dameta, Leemah dai ga shige ɗakinta haka kawai ta gaji da zam a gidan mijin nata kullum cikin faɗa suke, ɗazu dai kansa ya ce taje ya sake ta saki ɗaya. 

Gaba ɗaya ranar haka su Husna suka yi ni, jikin Mimi me ma yaƙi daɗi har sai da Mama tazo, kafin Mimi ta kwantar da hankalinta, Husna na zaune wajen ƙarfe ta kwas Al Qaseem ya kira ta ya sanar da ita ya dawo, ya roƙeta ta fito su gaisa ba zai iya shiga ɓamgarensu ba ba tare da ya yi ido biyu da ita ba. Hijab ta sanya ta fita suka gaisa, bayan sun gaisa ya bata tsabar da ya kawo mata, sannan ya wuce ɓangarensu, zuciyarsa fari sol. 
Da sallama ya shiga ɓangaren nasu, sai dai Hajiya Kubrah bata falon, ƙannensa ya tambayata tana ina suka ce mai tana ciki, daman ta yi masa message a kan lallai yana dawi ya same ta komai dare, shima ɗakin nata da sallama ya shiga, yana shiga ya ganta tsaye a tsaƙiyar ɗakin fuskarta ta yi baƙi tamkar wadda bata taɓa fara’a ba, yana ganin fuskarta jikinsa ya yi sanyi. Bai gama tantance yanayin da yaga fuskarta ba yaji saukar wannan zazzafan mari a fuskarsa wanda ya sa shi ganin wasu taurari suna yawo a sama. 


Legendspen-Sayyid
08129553971

(19)


A hankali ya buɗe idanunsa da yaji sun yi masa nauyi sakamakon shigar marin da yaji, wani irin jiri yana ɗibarsa cike da girmamawa ya ce.

“Hajiya gani.”

Harara ta sake watsa mai kamar wadda ta gansa a karon farko, cikin wuci ta ce.

“Al Qaseem! Al Qaseem, sau nawa na kira sunaka?”

Kansa yana ƙasa ya ce.
“Biyu Hajiya.”

“To karka bari na kira na uku, domin kwata kwata bazan kira shi da alheri ba, tun ina maka magana da hausa ka fita sabgar waccan mitsiyaciyar yarinyar nan ta wajen Bilki, idan har ba haka ba wallahi zanyi maka abin da baka taɓa tunani ba.”

Shiru ya yi ba tare da ya ce komai ba, bai san aina Hajiya ta ji wannan maganar ba, yaso Daddy ne da kansa ya yi mata maganar gashi taji, shi bai da matsala da ita tun da har Daddy ya ce ya nemi yardar Husna ai angama magana, shi dai kawai zai lallaɓata ne, yasan Daddy yafi ƙarfin duk wani taurin kai nata, ita kanta ba zata ja da maganar Daddy ba, ba tare da ya ce mata komai ba har ta gama hayagagarta ya miƙe ya fice, yana fita ta zauna ya haɗe kai da gwiwa, ina zata sa ranta ɗanta da yake a nutsi ta ci buri a kan sa shine zai ƙare a kan waccan ‘yar, dangin Bilki sun ƙwace komai kenan? A fili ta furta.

“Allah Ka tsinema Bilki, da zuri’arta, har Hajiya babbarma, kishiya ai kishiya ce.”
Sai kuma taja wani dogon tsaki, ta rasa inda zata sa kanta duniyar gaba ɗaya ta yi mata zafi, yanda ta ci dogon buri a kan Al Qaseem, chaɓ. 

Al Qaseem na fita daga ɓangarensu ya yi ɗakinsa, yana shiga ya faɗa kan gado ba tare da ya cire ko takalmin ba, wata irin tsawa yake jin kansa na yi tamkar zai tsage gida biyu, kalaman Hajiya sun sanya masa tsoro da firgici, ya yi tunanin yanda take yawan yi mai zancen aure zata yi farin ciki idan ya kawo mata Husna ya ce zai aura, sai dai yaga akasin haka, amma kuma yana kyautata zaton inda ta sami labarin an bata ba daidai ba. 

Hannu ya sa ya sake dafe kansa da ke wani irin sara masa da ƙarfin, ji yake kamar ƙwaƙwalwarsa ce zata fashe, dole ya samawa kansa lafiya ta hanyar dakatar da duk wani tunanin da yake yi. 


09:30pm.
Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka da kan sa ya shigo ɓangaren Mimi, ganin yau ita ce da shi amma bata samu shigowa ba ya san dole ba lafiya ba, duk da ya yi waya da Leemah ta sanar da shi ta dawo gida amma ya san hakan ba shine zai hana Mimin zuwan ba, yafi tunanin ƙafar ce ta matso mata.
 
Lokacin da ya shiga falon ya yi daidai da lokacin da Ashraf ke shirin zama, shima shigowarsa kenan yaje ɓangaren Abba baya nan shine ya yo nan, shi kuma Abba sai da ya fara zuwa wajen duka matan nasa, nan ne ƙarshe. 
Abba yana shigowa duk suka miƙe suna gaidashi har da Husna, bayan sun gaisa ne Husna ta miƙe zata shiga ciki ya ce.

“Zo nan Asma’u.”
Dawowa ta yi ta zauna kanta na ƙasa, bai fara magana da ita ba ya ce da Mimi.
“Ƙafar ce?”
Kai ta gyaɗa masa, ba iya ƙafar bace har da ɓaci rai da yadameta, shi ya sa ta ce da Ashraf lallai yazo ya sameta gida tana so su yi magana. 

“Allah Ya ƙara sauƙi, ai tun da naga banganki ba na ce to jikin ne, yaushe zaku koma wajen likitanan?”
“Sai nan da sati biyu.”
Mimi ta faɗa, sannan ta sake cewa.
“Kun yi magana da mijin Halima ne?”
Girgiza kai ya yi, kafin ya ce.
“Ya rubuta mata takarda, to neman me zamu yi masa? Mu ce ya mayar da ita ko me? Tun da har yana ganin ya yanke hukunci da yaga ya dace ba shikenan ba, nifa babu wata yarinya da zamanta zai dameni, da suje su hulaƙanta gidan aure gwanda su dauwama a gabana.”
Shiru Mimi ta yi, dan ita batasan abin da zata ce ba, amma ita bata ga amfanin zaman gidan ba, Alhaji ne ya sake cewa.
“Mun yi magana da Al Qaseem, ya sanar da ni sun daidaita da yarinyar wajena Husna ko? Na ce masa wannan ai ta kwana gidan sauƙi, tun da Malam ya damƙamin ita ai anyi mai wuyar, ko kin san da maganar?”

Husna ji ta yi kamar ta tashi ta gudu, sabida wata irin kunya data kamata, shi kam Alhaji babu ruwansa mutum ne mai matuƙar wayewa, abubuwa dayawa bai damu da su ba, zai iya zama tare da surukansa ya yi hira idan har yana dasu, duk da yana da ilimin addini kuma yana da riƙo da addini, amma wannan wayewar ta taɓa mu’amalalsa dayawa. 

“Eyh Alhaji, nima na samu labari amma ai ga Husnan anan ko?”
Mimi ta faɗa tana nuna Husna da ta yi tsuru tsuru, Leemah ji ta yi ranta ya ɓaci sabida ta san wannan abun ma ba mai faruwa ba ne, dan Hajiya Kubrah ba zata taɓa barin faruwar hakan ba. Ashraf kam wani abu yaji banbarakwai, haushin Al Qaseem ya cika shi, duk da daman ba magana suke ba, kuma shine abokin tsamarsa a duk gidan, basa taɓa zama inuwa ɗaya, haushin da Al Qaseem ya bashi shine ya rasa wa zai aura sai wannan yarinyar? Ya yi me da ita, yarinyar da bata san komai ba sai rashin kunya sai fitsira, ko makaranta ta gagara kammalawa, tasa rashin kunya a gabanta.
Ga tsabar rashin kunya ma tana zaune ake maganar aurenta, wani dogon tsaki yaja wanda sai da ya jawo hankalin Husna, karaf suka haɗa ido da shi ya sakar mata wani mugun kallo ya ɗauke, sai da ya ɗauke kai sannan itama ta bi shi da harara. Leemah ce ta ce.
“Ni kam Daddy wannan kasan ai abu ne da bazai yu ba, kasan Hajiyarsu ba bari za ta yi ba.”
Murmushi ya yi mata irin na manya, sannan ya ce.
“Da yake ita ke da haƙƙin aurar da shi ba? A yanzu ma da na baro wajenta bata yi min maganar ba, saɓanin Hajiya Babba ma da ta yi murna da maganar har tana cewa ta ɗauki nauyin kayan lefe, tun da Hajiya Babba tasan maganar, kinga kuwa itama ta sani.”
Abin da bai sani ba, Hajiya Kubrah ba ta yi tunanin yasan maganar ba, shi ya sa ta zaɓi yin shiru. 
“Ke Halima mene naki a ciki? Magana ce fa ta iyaye, kuma kinsan duk gidan nan babu wadda zata ja da abin da Alhaji ya faɗa, sannan ai sai ki sanyawa Husnan wani abu a ranta.”
Mimi ta faɗa tana hararar Leemah, Daddy ne ya sake cewa.
“To ita yarinyar sun sasanta ɗin ne? Sabida ina son ayi komai cikin sati biyu, bayan an ɗaura auren kafin ta tare ina son miƙama Malam ita da igiyar aure a kanta kamar yanda ya buƙata.”
Wani sanyi Husna taji ya mamayeta, ashe ana yin auren ma gidansu zata koma, tabbas Al Qaseem ya zama haske a rayuwarta, Allah Ya tabbatar musu da alheri, ya bar ƙauna a tsakaninsu. 
Maganar Mimi ce ta katse mata zancen zucin da take yi, jin tana ambatar sunanta tana faɗin.
“Ita dai Husnan bamu yi magana da ita ba, amma nasan suna tare da shi, zancen aure ne bansani ba ko amincewarta ya yi magana da kai, Husna.”
Mimi ta ƙarashe da kiran sunanta, Husna ta kalli Mimi ta yi ƙasa da kanta, Mimi ta sake cewa.
“Da amincewarki ne Al Qaseem ya yi maganar aure da Alhaji?”
Shiru Husna ta yi, ta kasa ko ƙwaƙwaran motsi wani irin kunya take ji.

“Tun da ta yi shiru yana nufin da amincewarta.”
Alhaji Musa ya faɗa, Husna dai bata ce komai ba, shi kam Ashraf mamaki yake ya tabbata yarinyar nan bata da kunya, kuma abin da ya ɗaure masa kai bai ji anyi zancen karatun ta ba, amma ana na aure ta nuna tana so, karatu ta ce a’a, kuma ya san shima Al Qaseem ɗin ba mai da hankali zai yi a kan karatunta ba, tun da shima ba wani son karatun yake ba, shi kam zai ga yanda za ayi rayuwa da jahilci, tsaki yaja ciki ciki yana mai jin haushin kansa ko me ya sa ma ya damu da lamarin karatun nata ma oho. 
“Ta shi ki shiga ciki.”
Mimi ta faɗa, ba musu Husna ta miƙe har tana harɗe ƙafa ta shiga ciki, tana shiga ta faɗa kan gado ta fara sauke wata ajiyar zuciya, lamarin ya yi mata daɗi mussaman da aka ce ana ɗaura auren gidan su za a kaita.

 Waya ta ɗauko Alhaji ta fara kira, bugu ɗaya ya ɗauka yana faɗin.
“Baki yi bacci ba?”
“Tukunna dai, kasan me?”
Kamar tana kallonsa ya girgiza kai, kafin ya ce.
“Sai kin faɗa.”

“Na kusa dawowa gida, nan da sati biyu ma.”

“Dan girman Allah fa?”

“Wallahi.”

“Abba ne ya yarda?”
Alhaji ya tambaya.

“A’a, aure zanyi.”
Sai da ta faɗa kuma taji wani nauyi ya danneta, dan bazata ce kunya ba tun da ita dai ba kunyar faɗar magana ce da ita ba, amma ta auren nan ta yi mata nauyi. 

“Wa zaki aura?”
Shiru ta yi bata ce komai ba, ya sake cewa.
“Wa zaki aura, ina tambayarki?”

“Yaya Al Qaseem.”

“Waye haka?”

Ya tambayeta, daman tasan ba lallai ya san shi ba tun da basu da wata alaƙa da su, ko sunzo nan ma wajen Mimi ne kawai, kuma ma ba zuwan suke ba albarkacin Husnan ne ma suka zuwa yanzu. 
“Ɗan gidan Hajiya Kubrah ne, abokiyar zaman Mimi, ƙanin Yaya Nusaiba ne amma an ce ya ɗan girman wannan Ashraf ɗin.”
Har cikin zuciyarsa yaji daɗi, yasan baza a taɓawa Husna mutumin banza ba, amma bai sani ba ko tana son sa ko za ta yi aure ne kawai sabida ta dawo gida, cikin yanayin kulawa ya ce.

“Husnah.” 
“Na’am.”
Ta amsa, ya yi gyaran murya sannan ya ce.
“Kuma kina son sa ko zaki yi aure ne sabida ki dawo gida?”

“A’a, nima ina son sa fa, kuma ya ce zai barni nazo gida sai na yi wata ɗaya sannan za ayi bikin.”

“To Allah Ya sanya alheri, bari na sanar dasu Yaya Abdul, har da Mama ma.”

“A’a kar ka sanar da Mama, Mimi zata yi mata magana.”

“Toh shikenan amarya.”
Ya faɗa tare da katse wayar, tashi ya yi ya fito ɗakinsu Yaya Abdul duk ya sanar dasu, kowa yaji daɗi kuma sunyi addu’ar Allah Yasanya alheri.

Washe gari. 
Husna bata sami saƙon da take samu daga Al Qaseem ba, abin da ya yi matuƙar tada mata hankali, gashi kuma ta kira shi wayar aka she, gaba ɗaya hankalinta ya tashi matuƙar tashi har ya kasa ɓoyewa a fuskarta, Dade na ganinta ta san abin da ke damunta amma ta yi banza da ita, a yanzu hankalin Dade ya yi ta koma Wudil, wannan ƙarin hasken da malaminta ya sanar da ita ya ɗaga mata hankali sosai, kuma tana son zuwa gidan Ashraf amma bata san me zata ce ba, sabida gudun kar ayi mata wani gani na daban, sau ɗaya suka taɓa zuwa gidan ita da Mimi da Hajiya Babba tun daga nan basu koma ba, kuma matar ma ba zuwa take ba sai da babban dalili, to yanzu rana kwatsam ta ce zata je ai za ayi mata wani kallo na daban, amma ita dai tana kyautata zaton Jamilar ce ke da ciki, tun da ta duba ko ina bata ga wani ƙari ba. 

Ya Leemah ce ta fito cikin shirinta, tana sanye da wata baƙat abaya ta yi rolling da wani baƙin mayafi na abayar, tana saƙale da wat cream clour ɗin jaka, takalminta ma cream clour ta yi kyau sosai, damam ita ‘yar wanka ce. 

“Halimatu ina zakije kike wannan saurin haka?”

“Ofis mana Dade.”
Ya Leemah ta bawa Dade da amsa, turo baki Dade ta yi gaba, aikin malamin Hajiya Babba yana ci a kan Leemah ta wajen zaman aure, amma har yanzu an gagara cire mata son wannan campanin, ba kamar lokacin da aka yi aiki a kan Ashraf ba, lokaci ɗaya ya ce ya ajiye aikin ba zai ba, amma ita da zarar ta dawo gida to bata da aiki sai zuwa ofis, ɗan taɓe baki Dade ta yi kafin ta ce.

“To ba zaki iya zaman iddah ba?”

“Ina Idda ta mana Dade, amma wannan ai wajen aikine ba wai yawon gararanba a gari ba ko?”

“Hakane kuma, wai kuwa ya labarin ‘yar uwarki ne Nusaiba, shiru”

“Tana lafiya Dade, bakwa yin waya ne?”

“Ta ina zamu yi yarinya daga ina mata zancen kar ta biyewa ɗabi’ar yahudawa taƙi haihuwa, shine ta daina magana da ni.”

“To kema Dade ai haihuwa na Allah ne, kuma suna iya ƙoƙarinsu Allah ne bai basu ba.”
Ya Leemah ta faɗa, sannan ta ce da Husna.

“Husna, ki ce ma Mimi na fita. Na shiga tana bacci, bana son tashinta.”

Murmushin yaƙe Husna ta yi, sannan ta ce.
“Tam Yaya, Allah Ya kiyaye.”

“Amin, amin.”
Ya Leemah ta faɗa tare da ficewa, motarta ta shiga ta nufi babban kamfaninsu na ƊANKAKA GLOBAL ENERGY & LOGISTICS LTD
Ya Leemah na fita Dade ta ce.

“Ke kam Me yake damunki hakane? Naga yau tun safe kina ta wani ɓata rai.”
Murmushin yaƙe Husna ta yi, sannan ta ce.

“Babu komai Dade.”
“Ki faɗa min mana, ko da Al Qaseem ɗin ne ya yi miki wani abu, ko auren ne ba kya so?”

“A’a fa, ba haka ba ne Dade.”
“To menene?”
Shiru Husna ta yi, Dade ta matsa mata sai ta faɗa mata abin da yake damunta, husna ta sanar da ita ba su yi magana da Al Qaseem ba ne, taɓe baki Dade ta yi kafin ta ce.

“Ke kuwa a haka zaku yi auren? Yanzu ace tun jiya baku yi magana ba ki kasa nemansa kuna gida ɗaya? Wannan ce kulawar soyayyar? Maza ta shi kije part ɗinsu ki duba ko yana lafiya.”
Shiru Husna ta yi, sabida ita tafi kowa rashin kunya sai taje wajen mahaifiyarsa ta ce tazo duba shi, tun zamanta gidan bata taɓa zuwa wajen Hajiya Kubrah ba, gwanda ma Hajiya Babba taje sau biyu ko uku.

“Bafa wajen mahaifiyarsa nake nufi ba? Ko kija nufin baki san inda part ɗinsa yake ba?”
Gyaɗa kai Husna ta yi, Dade ta ce. 

“Kina fita nan, akwai wani ƙaramin coridor to ai kina yin nan zaki ga wata baranda to nan ne ɗakinsa yake. Maza ta shi kije.” 

Miƙewa Husna ta yi, ranta gaba ɗaya baya so, amma Dade ta tunzurta tana kwantata mata wajen a kan taje shine nuna soyayya da kulawa.
Husna na fita Dade ta ɗauki wayarta, ta danna lambar Hajiya Kubrah, bugu ɗaya ta ɗauka tare da yin sallama, Dade sai sa ta duba taga babu kowa kusa da ita, sannan ta ce.

“Maza maza ga yarinyar nan ta nufi ɓangaren Al Qaseem zata je duba shi, ki yi maza kije ki yi musu kwaroroto kice tana zuwa wajensa kinga babu ta yanda za ayi musu aure, kuma dole tabar gidan a yau.”

Mun kusa iyakar book one, kuma da zarar mun kai aya zamu shiga book 2, kamar yanda na sanar daku a farko book 2&3 na kudi ne 700, ga masu buƙata zasu iya fara payment ɗinsu tun yanzu su yi magana ta nan.
08129553971

Legendspen-Sayyid
08129553971
DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA
-Amanar-Janafty-
(20)
Miƙewa tsaye Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, rai a ɓace ta ce.
“Har bin sa take yi kenan? To wallahi yau komai zai ƙare.”
Dade bata gama jinta ba ta kate wayar, ta mayar da kiran ga Hajiya Babba, itama bugu ɗaya ta ɗaula Dade ta sanar da ita Husna ta tafi wajen Al Qaseem ta san abin da za ta yi, kuma karta nuna wani ya turo ta, ta ce tazo wucewa ne zata zo duba Mimi.
Dade na katse kiran ta yi wani shu’umin murmushi, sannan ta taka zuwa kusa da hoton Alhaji Musa da ke saƙale a makaken falon Mimi, cikin wata shu’umar murya ta fara magana. 
“Ai wallahi bayan na raba Musa da wannan duniyar, duk zuri’arsa sai na bi na tarwatsa, kishin da nake yi da uwarsa ba wanda zai tafi a banza ba ne. Yanda nawa ‘ya’yan suke zuwa duniya suna komawa, to wallahi nata da suka rayu basu isa su zama wasu ba, duk da na yi sakaci nasa an raba Musa da ita tun yana shekara biyar aka kawo almajiranci birni, ban fargaba sai ji na yi ya zama wani har duniya tana yi da shi, to wallahi zuri’ar da Asma’u ta haifa bazasu taɓa zama waɗanda duniya za ta yi da su ba. Ko da kuwa zanyi yawo tsirara. Yanda nasa malamai suka ɗauke hankalinsa a kan ta har yake min kallon ni ce ita, ita kuma na barta can hulaƙance tana yawon bara, to wallahi wannan dukiyar daka tara sai na yi sanadiyar da zata ɓalɓalce, bayan kabar duniya ya zama babu wanda zai mora.”
Tana kai wa nan ta juyo taga babu mai kallonta, sai ta koma kan kujerar da ta tashi ta ci gaba da jan carbinta kamar ta Allah. 
Husna kam tana fita daga ɓangaren Mimi kai tsaye inda Dade ta kwatanta mata ta nufa, tana gab da shiga wajen Ashraf da ya fito daga part ɗin Daddy ya yi ido biyu da ita. Wani irin mamaki ne ya kama shi, me yarinyar nan zata yi a wajen Al Qaseem, ai yasan nan ɗakin Al Qaseem ne a wajen, to kenan wajensa take zuwa? Me suke yi? Daman shi bai yarda da Al Qaseem ba, babu ta yadda za ayi ace Al Qaseem ba ɗan iska ba ne, dan yanayin idanunsa kawai zaka kalla kasan ɗan iska ne, to gashi ashe itama yarinyar nan ‘yar iska ce kenan? Allah ne ya yi zai gani kenan ya sa shi zuwa gidan da sassafe. 
Yana ta suntiri wajen Daddy ne a kan ya amince masa a kan campaninsa da yake son shigar da shi cikin na Daddy, campani ya buɗe ya yi masa suna ƊANKAKA REAL ESTATE & CONSTRUCTION, da ya fara wani kamfanin daban sai ya ajiye shi yake son yin wannan, to yana son Daddy ya amince masa ya kuma ƙara mai wasu biliyoyin kuɗaɗe sai a mayar da sunan ainahin campanin. ƊANKAKA GROUP OF COMPANIES, to Daddy ɗin sai kawo masa wasu tsare tsare yake yana son wahalar da shi, kuma shi Daddyn abin da ya sa yake masa haka sabida ya ajiyw muƙaminsa na Chief Operating Officer a  Energy & Logistics, sai Allah ne ya kawo Leemah ya bata wannan matsayin, duk ‘ya’yansa babu wanda ya iya sa hannu a dukiyarsa kowa ya zaɓi ya tarwatse, Leemah ce kawai ke bada gudummawa, yana da ‘ya’ya maza da mata a ƙalla 21 amma sun gagara kular mai da dukiya, duk da abin da Ashraf yazo da shi yana da kyau amma yaji haushin abin da ya yi masa a baya, shi ya sa yake ɗan ja mai rai. Amma yaji daɗin abin da Ashraf ɗin ya kawo sabida ƙaruwa ce, kuma ci gaba ne, yana da wannan tsarin sai dai rashin matallafi yasa ya ajiye shi a gefe. 
Husna na gab da shiga taji an riƙo hannunta, waigowa ta yi taga waye ya yi mata wannan riƙon, dan yana kamata taji wani shock ya shigeta, a ɓangarensa shima haka yana riƙeta yaji wani shock tun daga tafin ƙafarsa har tsakiyar kansa. Ido biyu ta yi da shi ya sa ta ɗauke kai tana turo baki gaba, me ya sa zai riƙeta. Cikin wannan yanayin da idan ya yi magana take jin tsigar jikinta na tashi ya ce. 
“Baki da hankali, ɗakin namijin zaki shiga?”
Gaba ɗaya muryarsa ta haifar mata da sanyin jiki, a cikin zuciyarta kuma sai a lokacin ta ɗau haske, tabbas babu tsari ma ta shiga wajensa ai ba mutuncint ba ne, amma kasancewar gaskiyyar daga wajen wanda bata so ne ta fito ya sa ta yi ƙoƙarin danneta. 
“Cika ni.” 
Ta faɗa tana ƙoƙarin ƙwace hannunta, rai a ɓace ya ce. 
“Kika yi min rashin kunya sai na taka ki anan.” 
Shiru Husna ta yi tana ƙoƙarin ƙwace hannunta, a cikin zuciyarta kam cewa ta yi. 
‘Ɗan halak ka fasa.’ ya san dai ta yi magana, amma bai san me ta ce ba, shi ya sa ya yi banza da ita. 
“Wuce ki koma ciki kafin na tattaka ki.”
Ya faɗa yana cikata, ƙin motsawa ta yi kamar ba da ita yake ba, abin da ya yu matuƙar ɓata masa rai ya kai hannu zai janyeta daidai lokacin Al Qaseem ya fito, sakamakon magana da yaji tana tashi sama sama, da sauri ya ƙaraso ya riƙe masa hannu, rai a ɓace ya ce. 
“Malam baka san abin da kake yi ba ne?” 
Wani banzan kallo mai cike da ƙyama Ashraf ya watsawa Al Qaseem, ba tare da ya tanka masa ba, Al Qaseem ya ce da Husna. 
“Je ki yanzu zan zo part ɗin naku.”
Ba musu Husna tasa kai ta wuce, abin da ya yi matuƙar ɓata ran Ashraf har ya yi alƙwarin ba zai sake shiga abin da ya shafi yarinyar ba, ba tare da ya ce da Al Qaseem komai ba ya wuce ya nufi motarsa ya bar gidan, Al Qaseem kuma ya koma cikin ɗakin sa, yana shiga Hajiya Kubrah ta shigo kamar kububuwa tana faɗin. 
“Tana ina ‘yar iskar?” 
“Wake nan Hajiya?”
Al Qaseem ya tambayeta, waige waige ta fara yi ganin bata ga Husna ba ya sa ta ce. 
“Ita yarinyar wajen Bilkin, an ce anganta anan.” 
“A'a ba tazo ba.” 
Ya faɗa yana girgiza kai, itama girgiza kai ta yi sannan ta ce. 
“Wallahi Al Qaseem ina maka gargaɗi da babban baƙi, ka cire yarinyar nan daga ranka kar wannan maganar ta je inda ranka zai zo y ɓaci, nawa ya ɓaci. Kasan ɓacin raina, ba zai haifar da ɗa mai ido ba.” 
Tana faɗin haka ta fice, tana fitowa ta yi karo da Hajiya Babba, wani banzan kallo Hajiya Kubrah ta watsa mata, ta wuce ba tare da ta ce mata komai ba, itama ba shiri ta koma tana mamakin aina Hajiya Kubrah ta sami wannan labarin, kuma ina yarinyar? Hajiya Kubrah ma mamaki take ya aka yi Hajiya Babba tazo nan,  me ya kawo ta?

Dade na zaune ta ga Husna ta shigo tana kuka, wani irin farin ciki ya lulluɓe ta, ta yi tunanin shirun su ya yi ne an kama Husna, har wani girgiza jiki take na farin ciki da jindaɗi, sai da Husna tazo kusa sannan ta ce. 
“Asma’u me ya faru kike kika?” 
Sai da Husna ta zauna, sannan ta ce. 
“Ba Ashraf bane.” 
Rai Dade ta haɗe, ciki da ɓacin rai ta ce. 
“Me ya yi miki?” 
A ranta tana addu’ar ko shine ya ganta a ɗakin.
“Wai ya ganni, kawai ya riƙe min hannu ya hanani shiga ɗakin.” 
Duk wani farin ciki da jindaɗi da ke zuciyar Dade sai da ya ɗauke, ‘wannan yaron ya cuceni, Amma Allah Ya tsine masa albarka.’ Dade ta faɗa a ranta, a fili kuma ta ce. 
“Shi kawai haka ake yi? Dan ya ganki zai hanaki shiga har ya koroki, nifa bana son takura, na rasa me ya sa yaron nan yake da baƙar zuciya, yake nuna miki tsana.” 
“Haba Dade ya zaayi ya nuna mata tsana? ‘Yar uwarsa ce fa, ina ma ya hanata shiga?” 
Mimi da ta fito daga ɗaki kenan, taji Dade na magana taji dai Husna ta ce Ashraf, kuma Dade ta ce wai yana nuna mata tsana, ya zaayi ta ce haka. 
“Kin san yaron nan da kayan haushi yake, lamari in dai bai shafi waccar guzumar matar tasa ba baya bashi muhimmanci.”
Dade ta faɗa tana yaƙe, zama Mimi ta yi kusa da Husna kafin ta ce.
“Ai sai ya yi, ki daina kuka ke kuma.”
Tashi Husna ta yi ta shige ɗaki, Dade kuma ra fara yaƙe tana mai haɗi da borin kunya tana faɗin.
“Ya kuwa ƙafar, tun ɗazu muke ta shigowa kina bacci.” 
Murmushi Mimi ta yi, sannna ta ce. 
“Dade ai ƙafa ta warke wallahi, yanzu kinji sakayau kamar ban taɓa ciwon ƙafar ba.” 
Wani ɗaci Dade taji ya mamaye maƙoshinta, wanda har ta gagara ɓoye ɓacin ranta ta ce. 
“Ke kuwa me kika yi amfani da shi haka?” 
“Addu'ar da Aminiya ta kawo min, ta ce Alhaji ne ya bada akawu min na yi, shine jiya na bawa Husna ta yi min ta tofa min cikin aboniki, na shafe shi kafin na kwanta shine najini sakayau.”
“Uhm.” Kawai Dade fa faɗa tare da miƙewa, sai da ta miƙe, sannan ta ce. 
“Ni kam bari na je na yi baccin safe nan, kwana biyu ya dawo min.” 
“To Dade, a tashi lafiya.” 
Mimi ta faɗa Dade kuma ta fice, bata tsaya ko ina ba sai ɓangaren Hajiya Babba, tana shiga ta ɗaura hannu akai tana shirin fashewa da kuka, wannan ciwon ƙafar da aka ce shine zai yi sanadiyar fitar Mimi daga gidan gaba ɗaya gashi ta warke gaba ɗaya, kuma malamin ya ce in dai ta warke sau ɗaya shikenan ciwon ya tafi, shi ya sa tun farko ta dinga ce musu suje asibiti, wannan ciwon asibiti ne har ce musu take tasan wacce ta yi irin wannan ciwon suka yi ta amfanin da maganin gargajiya ƙarshe sai da aka yanke ƙafar, shi ya sa kam suka tafi ganin likita kawai, to da ta sanar da Mama ne ta ce za ta yiwa Abba magana, shine ya bada addu'ar da zata yi kuma ana yi aka sami sauƙi. 
“Dade lafiya kika neman yin kuka ne?” 
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa hankalinta a tashe, zama Dade ta yi dirshan a ƙasa tana faɗin. 
“Barni na yi kuka, ciwon ƙafar da aka ce min zai yi sanadiyar fitar Bilki daga gidanna to yar warke, shegiyar ‘yar uwar nan tata ta sama mata magani.” 
“Kai wannan masifa, wannan masifa Allah ka yi mana magani.”
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, dan ita kanta Mimi kamar akan ta take a gidannan, to amma Dade ta ce abar mata aikinta ne fitar da Mimi dafa gidan, to gashi duk abin da suka kwaɓa sai ya yi ruwa. 
“Wannan ‘yar uwar tata idan har suna tare ba zamu taɓa cin galaba a kan ta ba.”
“Hakane fa Dade, tun da kinga ita tafi ta riƙo da addini, shi ya sa idan ta raɓe ta sai ta zama kariya a gareta, dole ki san abin da zaki yi.”
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, kafin Dade ta yi magana ta sake cewa.
“Wai ya aka yi shirin ɗazu bai tafi ba.”
“Hhmm, wannan shigen yaron ne ya watsa komai Ashraf.” 
Dade ta faɗa takaici duk ya isheta, itama Hajiya Babba takaici ne ya isheta ta kasa magana, sai Dade ta sake cewa. 
“Kema Malamin ki ya gaza miki aiki a kansa, ga Halima ma daga dawowarta jiya yau ta koma wajen aikin.”
“Dade wannna yaron taurin rai ne da shi, sau ɗaya aiki ya ci shi na raba shi da kamfanin nan, tun daga nan babu abin da nake sai Asabar kuɗina a kan sa, sai dai ko ta wajen matarsa za a gwada shigarsa, to itama shaiɗaniyar kanta ce, bin malamai ba sai an koya mata ba.” 
Da sauri Dade ta ce. 
“Rabani da wannan mai ido a tsakar kan, bata ƙi ta kwance mana zani a kasuwa ba.” 
“Da munyi maganin ta wallahi, babu wanda ya isa ya hananu cika burinmu.” 
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, Dade ma ta ce. 
“Ko mutuwa bazata ɗauke ni ba sai na cimma abin da na fara.” 
Dariya suka yi baki ɗaya, daga nan kuma Dade ta ce. 
“Dole na koma wudil a satinan, sau anyi min babban shirin da babu wanda ya isa ya tarwatsa, dan ni ina ga har farra'u za ayi mata da ‘yar uwata ta.”
“Shine daidai ma.” 
Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, Dade ta sake cewa. 
“Ya zancen shirya wancan auren?”
Wata shu'umar dariya Hajiya Babba ta yi, kafin ta ce.
“Aure ai an gama ɗaura shi, sai dai ko Kubrah ta mutu, amma wannan auren an gama shi. A yanzu haka Alhaji ya turamin kuɗi ba haɗu masa kayan lefe, gaba ɗaya ɗaurin auren ba zai huce sati biyu ba.”
“To mene aikin ki na gaba bayan anyi auren?
Dade ta faɗa, dan tana zaune take musu wayo duka, kowacce tasan sirrinta ta san tsarin ta, ta san shirin ta duk kuma akwai abin da take shirya musu, dan ita a kan cikar burinta bata ƙi kowa ya mutu ba, kuma a kan wannan tsarin take, sai dai ance mai laya ya kiyaye mai zamani, yanda take ganin tasan sirrinsu duka, suma haka suke kallonta tsirara. Babu wadda tasan Dade na da haɗi da wata, amma duk wani sirrin Dade kowaccensu ta sani, haka ake yin zaman. 
Sai da Hajiya Babba ta zauna, sannan ta ce. 
“Daga lokacin da na ƙulla wannna auren, na rusawa Kubrah wani babban shriinta, sai dai bazan barta haka ba, wannan auren shine zai zama sanadiyar da zata karɓi takadarta ta saki uku a hannun Alhaji, dan dole nasan zata ja da auren to wannan ja da aurin zan mayar da shi ja da Alhaji, zan sa malami na ya ƙarawa kowannen su zafin zuciya, yanda kowannensu zai ja, da zarar yaja itama taja, ni kima zan zama shaiɗaniya a tsakaninsu na raba auren, gayyar ta watse kowa ya yi takansa.” 
Dariya Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce. 
“Lallai a shirya kike, amma ina so kisa wannan a ranki, idan juranki sammako wajen shaiɗanci, to Kubrah a tafe ta kwana. Dan haka dole ki yi aiki da dukkan ƙarfinki, na yi miki alƙwarin ranar da kika fitar da Kubarah a gidan nan, ranar Bilki ma zata bar gidan nan, komai zai zama naki ke kaɗa ke da ‘ya'yanki. Ki kwashi duk abin da zaki kwasa, ni ba kuɗi nake buƙata ba, burina shine na ga bayan Musa Ɗankaka, naga zuri'ar da na yi sakaci ya gina ta rushe ta tarwatse, gayyar ta watse kowa ya yi ta kansa.” 
Legendspen-Sayyid
08129553971
🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*_Amanan-Janafty_*


(22)

https://www.arewapen.com/book?id=6a933361f3eaa6dc8f5ff715


Comment section 

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4

“Tabbas burinki zai cika Dade, dan ni ba kamar Kubrah nake ba, ita ce ke yaƙi sai ta zama tauraruwa a gaban Alhaji, tauraruwar da shi ya zaɓi abarsa ya kuma nuna ta, ni ce uwar gida yabani duk wata dama, amma ya nuna Bilki ita ce tauraruwarsa, tun daga wannan lokacin na cire rai da Alhaji, abin da nake so ya yi ya gama da duniyar ya bawa yarana su ci dukiyarsu, nafi kowa yawan ‘ya'ya, ina da maza shida mata bakwai, amma da yake Alhaji butulu ne duk bai gani ba, ya zaɓi mai yara uku kacal, namiji ɗaya ne ma, y barni mai sha biyu ya kuma bar mai shida. Dan haka Dade ko yau kika so ki sallama Alhaji ya bar duniya, waɗanan kamfanunuwan duk siyar da su zanyi, yanda kike fatan kar sunan Musa Ɗankaka ya ci gaba da wanzuwa to ni zan taimaka miki.” 
Wata dariyar jindaɗi Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce. 

“Duk cikin matansa idan wata ta ce zata kawo min cikas a kan goge sunansa da nake son yi wallahi sai nabi ta kanta.” 
Dade na kai wa nan ta fice, bata tsaya ko ina ba sai ɓangaren su Al Qaseem, lokacin da taje yana shirin fitowa zaije ɓangaren Mimi, bayan sun gaisa ta ce da shi. 
“Ashe kun sasanta da Husna ko? To abu ɗaya nazo na faɗa ma, duk wani kurari da ihun banza da uwarka zata yi kar ya cire maka abin da ke ranka, Husna ce sai ka aureta dan har mahaifinku ya amince da maganar, kuma ya miƙa ta ga su iyayen yarinyar, idan har sabida wani cika baki na mahaifiyarka ya ja ka zubarwa da mahaifinka mutunci kasan ba zai taɓa yafe ma ba.”

Shiru Al Qaseem ya yi, ya san maganar Dade gaskiyya ne, idan har ya yi abin da zai taɓa mutuncin mahaifinsa to tabbas Daddy ba zai yafe masa ba, shi yanzu ba wannan ba ne ma yake damunsa ba, yanda Ashraf ya raina shi har yake yi masa wani banzan kallo. 

“Ka jini ko baka ji ba, na faɗa maka abin da yake gaskiyya ne.”
“Na sani Dade, kawai abin da yaron nan Ashraf ne rainin da ya yi min ya yi yawa.”
Taɓe baki ta yi, wanda yake al’adarta sannan ta ce.

“Kai ka fara siyawa kanka raini, da ka mutunta kanka a wajen mahaifinka da bai isa ba, daman kuma ba mutunci ba ne da shi ba son ‘yan uwansa yake ba, yana ganin kamar yafi kowa kuɗi a cikinku, idan ka siyowa kanka mutuncu ta hanyar faranta ran mahaifinka, kaima gaba zaka fi ƙarfin raini a wajensa.”
Tana kaiwa nan ta fice, tasan ta sanya masa abu mai nauyi a zuciya wanda zai haifar da babban rikici wanda bata fatan wani abu yazo ya hana wannan rikicin tashi. 

Husna, tun da Dade ta fita itama ta shiga ɗaki, tana zaune ne dai amma hankalinta da nutsuwarta suna tare da Al Qaseem, so kawai take su yi id biyu da shi, su yi magana ko zata sami sauƙi, ba Al Qaseem ya shigo ba sai ƙarfe sha biyu na rana, sabida maganganun da Dade ta faɗa masa sun kashe masa jiki har sai da ya zauna ya yi dogon nazari, sannan ya sami nutsuwar fitowa. 

A lokacin Husna na kicin tana dafawa Mimi jallop ɗin taliya da ta ce mata tana so, a cewar Mimi indai jallop ne ta abarwa Husna kayarta, taƙware a wannan fannin, ita kuwa Husna sam bata wani iya ba, kawai dai baiwa ce Allah Ya bata ko ba ita take girki ba, in dai ta sa hannu ko juyawa ne ta yi, to sai ɗanɗanon abincin ya yi daban. 
Husna na kicin taji suna gaisawa da Mimi, bayan sun gaisa ne Mimi ta kwaɗa mata kira, tana faɗin.

“Kin gama ne, idan kin gama ki fito ga Al Qaseem.” 
Shiru Husna ta yi Allah yaso ma ta kusa kammalawa, ba afi minti biyar ba ta fito hannu ta riƙe da food plast, sai da ta kaiwa Mimi shi cikin ɗakinta sakamakon bata falon, sannnan ta dawo wajensa. 
Shiru Husna ta yi masa ba tare da ta ce mai komai ba, shi kuma ya ƙura mata ido yana ta faman kallonta, sai can ya ce.

“Baby girl.”
Wannan Baby girl ɗin da ya faɗa ya tayar mata da wani abu, Uncle Dee ne ka ɗai ke kiranta da wannan sunan, yau sai gashi Al Qaseem ma ya kira ta. 
“Ki yi haƙuri, tun jiya da na dawo banda lafiya shi ya sa kika jini shiru.”
“Uhm.”
Kawai Husna ta faɗa ba tare da ta tanka ba, ya sake cewa.
“Haba Baby girl, ki yi haƙuri.”
“Ai ko text message ne sai ka yi min ko.”
“Hakane na manta ne, kuma na faɗa miki da ciwon kai na kwana na tashi, lokacin da kika zo tashi na kenan.”
“Kaje asibiti?”


Ya gyaɗa kai, sannan ya ce.
“Baki ce kin haƙura ba.”
Shiru ta yi dai bata ce komai ba, haka ya yi ta fama yana lallaɓata har ya samu ta sauko, suka hau hirar soyayya. Har ta faɗa masa abin da Daddy ya ce bayan an ɗaura auren zai mai da ita gida, shi dai kawai da ido yake binta, soyayyarta na sake shiga zuciyarsa. 
Idan aka ce an rabashi da Husna shi wai ina zai sanya rayuwarsa? Sai lokacin sallar azzahar sannan ya tashi ya fita, har lokacin kuma Dade bata dawo ba.
Bayan kwana biyu. 
Shirye shirye sun fara nisa, Daddy da kansa ya sake zuwa gida ya sanar da Abba Husna ta tsayar da miji, Abba yaji daɗi mussaman da ya fito daga gidan Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, ya san ba zai taɓa bawa Husna wanda ba nagari ba. Ya sami ‘yan uwansa da maganar suma suka yi na’am, aka bada kuɗin aure aka sanya kwana goma za ayu ɗaurin auren. 
Hajiya Babba ta shiga ta fita ta karɓi kuɗaɗe wajen Alhaji Musa tana haɗa lefe, cikin kwana biyu ta haɗa lefe na gani na faɗa, wanda ya ƙara mata girma sosai a wajen Alhaji Musa, Hajiya Kubrah bata san ana yi ba sabida itama Dade bata nan ta koma Wudil sabonta aikinta, bata da nutsuwar da zata zauna tasan abin da ake yi a gidan. 


A Ɓangaren Mama kuwa daman tana da ‘yan kayyayakin da take tarawa Husna, waɗanda ta kwashe shekara da shekaru tana tarawa, Abba ya saki Aljihu sai fito da kuɗaɗe yake yi ana ta yiwa Husna siyayya, haka ‘yan uwanta maza duk wanda ya fita haka zai dawo da kaya tumuli wai na Husna, irin su blander, greater, Husna tana da sun fi kala biyar, Set ɗin Food plast kam bazasu irgu ba dan duk wanda ya fita da abin da zai shigo, cikin kwana biyar ɗakin Mama ya cika ya batse da kaya. Su Yaya Abdul duk inda suka ga kayan da suka san za ayi amfani da su a gidan amarya sai sun siya, a rana sai su shigo da abu iri ɗaya kusan dukansu, babu wanda ke gajiya kowa cewa yake bikin ƙanwarsu ɗaya tamkar da da dubu. 

Gidan Alhaji Musa. 
Kwata kwata baya gane abin da Hajiya Kubrah ke faɗa masa, ya dai san hayaniya kawai take yi masa a kai, a hankali Alhaji Musa ya ɗaga kai ya kalli Hajjya Kubrah da ke magana ya ce. “Kubrah wai me kike faɗa a kaine.” 
“Bangane ba Alhaji, ina maka magana ne a kan auren da ake so a ƙaƙabawa ɗana, na ce maka bana so, bana so to a barni mana.” 
“To amma ai shi yaron ya ce yana so, kuma shine ya kawo maganar da kan sa, Kubrah dan Allah ki riƙe girmanki, a yanzu haka bikin ya kusa, hatta da kayan lefe Hajiya Babba ta yi da kanta to sai me ya rage? Kawai ki sa masa a albarka a kai.” 

Ficewa ta yi ba tare da  ta ce masa komai ba, tana fita ta yi part ɗin Hajiya ba, ashe abun har ya kai haka, lallai yau sai ta face Hajiya Babba sai ta nuna mata ba tsoronta take ba, kuma wallahi duk sharrinta tafi ta, bata gudu duk wanda yake gudu ma shi ya jiyo. Babu sallama ta shiga cikin ɗakin Hajiya Babba, tana zaune kan gado tana ganin Hajiya Kubrah ta miƙe tana murmushi da faɗin. “Uwar ango, kaga surikar gidan malamai.” 
“Saratu ki fita a lamarina da ‘ya'yana na rantse miki da Allah, idan kuma ba haka ba wallahi zan yi miki abin da baki taɓa tunani ba.”  Murmushin jindaɗI Hajiya Babba ta yi, kafin ta ce. “Duk shirinki Kubrah a bayana kike, na rantse da assamadu sai na kai ki ƙasa.” 

“To zamu gani, ni da ke wanda bai fasa ba Allah Ya tsine masa albarka.”
“Ni kike tsinewa albarka Kubarh.” Hajiya Babba ta faɗa tare da ɗaura hannu aka ta fashe da ihu, kamar daga sama Hajiya Kubrah taji an ce.

"Khadija."

Tana waiga ta ga Alhaji Musa, ya ƙara cewa. "Khadija."

Yanayin da yake tafiya ka ɗai ya isa ya nuna ransa a ɓace yake, cikin fushi ya ce.

"Naji duka abin da kika faɗa, naji komai. Daga yi miki abuj arziƙi shine zaki mayar da shi na tsiya kenan? Kinsan ba a taɓa yin magana biyu a gidana ko? Aurene da yardar ubangiji sai mun ɗaurashi rana irin ta yau sai dai duk abin da zaki yi ki yi. Sannan kuma ina umartarki da ki bawa Hajiya Babba haƙuri anan wajen a yanzu."

Wani irin kallo Hajiya Kubrah ta yi wa Alhaji Musa sannan ta yi wa Hajiya babba, ita zata bawa Hajiya babba haƙuri? Ita da ake shirin cuta wannan ai bazat saɓo ba wallahi. 

"Magana nake miki fa?"

"Ki yi haƙuri."

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa, Alhaji Musa ma ya sake cewa.

"Hajiya ki yi haƙuri, ni kika yiwa kuma na gode Allah Ya ƙara girma."

"Amin Alhaji, na gode."

Hajiya Babba ta faɗa tana ci gaba da matsar ƙwalla, ganin haka Hajiya Kubrah ta matsa kusa da ita tana wani irin murmushi ta ce.

"Haba Hajiya Babba kukan ya isa haka, nagane kuskurena kuka na baki haƙuri, tabbas ke ce babba kuma duk abin da kika yi girman ki ne, na gane na yi laifi maimakon na gode miki sai na kushe, kawai ina mamakin yanda kika yi babban aiki irin wannan ba tare da kinsanr da ni ba. 

Amma Hajiya Babba alherinki ai bazai lissafu a wajenmu ba, ki yi haƙuri dan Allah."

Hajiya Kubrah ta ƙarasa maganar tana durƙusa a gaba Hajiya Babba, wacce mamaki ya kusa dakatar mata da numfashi, tarasa wane irin makirci Hajiya Kubrah take ji da shi a duniya,  Alhaji Musa ne ya katse mata mamakin ta hanyar cewa.

"Haba Kubrah au ta haƙura, ki miƙe tsaye komai ya wuce Allah ya ci gaba da haɗa kanku."

"Amin Alhaji, ai duk abin da muke yi a wajenka muka gani, ka haɗemu ka mayar da mu tsintsitya guda, kuma Hajiya babba tana ƙoƙarin bin irin wanna tsarin da kake yi, tabbas tun kafin aje ko ina na yi danasani, na yi na damar biyewa son rai na yi mata rashin mutunci. 

Hajiya Babba kamar uwa take a wajena, ki yi haƙuri dan Allah."

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana fashew da wani irin kuka mai cin rai, jiki a sanyaye Hajiya Babba ta tallafota tana faɗin.

"Babu komai ya wuce, ya wuce. Nima na san ba halinki ba ne hakan, na yi miki laifi ta hanyar haɗa kayan ba tare da na yi ko shawara da ke ba a matsayinki na mahaifiyarsa, tabbas abun da ciwo amma ki yi haƙuri."

"Ya wuce Hajiya."

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana rungumo Hajiya Babba, ganin haka ya sa Alhaji Musa juyawa, daman tun da Hajiya Kubrah ta fita yaji bai kamata ya zauna ba, shine ya tashi yaje part ɗinta bai same ta ba shine ya yo nan, a lokacin da ya shigo kuma Hajiya Babba taga shigowarsa tun da ita ce ke kallon ƙofa, shi ya sa ta canja abin da ta yi niyar faɗa ta hanyar cewa Me kike nufi. 

Yana fita Hajiya Kubrah ta cika Hajiya Babba, ta yi mata wani irin murmushi, sannan ta yi magana cikin raɗa raɗa. 

"Idan juranki sammako wajen makirci, to ni a tafe na kwana. Kaina baya taɓa kullewa Saratu, ni  khadija Kubrah, ba kanwar lasa ba ce."

Tana kaiwa nan ta fice ta bar Hajiya Babba baki a sake, lallaimw Kubrah, ta nuna mata ita ba ƙaramar katanga ba ce, dole sai ta miƙe tsaye dan ganin auren nan ya tabbatu tun da itama a jikinta take jin idan auren ya tabbatu kamar lokacin barin Kubrah gidan ne ya yi, sannan kuma lokacin mutuwar Alhaji ne ya yi. 

Ita bambancinta da Hajiya Kubrah shine, ita 'ya'yanta take so kawai da dukiya ko yanzu Alhaji Musa ya mutu takama gabanta ta siyar da komai tun da tafi kowa yawan 'ya'ya maza da mata tasan tabbas zata sami rabi na dukiyar alhaji koma fin haka, ita kuwa Hajiya Kubrah so take ta zama tauraruwa a wajen Alhaji Musa, ya zama ita ke jiyawa shi sannan 'ya'yanta kuma ke juya dukiyar, wannan shine bambancinsu, ita so take ma Alhajin ya mutu, ita kuma tana so ya rayu, to Allah Ya bawa mai rabo sa'a. 

*******

Hajiya Kubrah tana komawq part ɗinta ta ɗaura hannu akai ta fashe da wani irin ihu mai zafi, ta rasa abin da ke yi mata daɗi, wallahi wallahi ba zata bari Al Qaseem ya auri waccan yarinyar ba, ko da kuwa zata yi yawo tsirara ne, gashi Alhaji yana magana a kan auren saura sati ɗaya, wannan abune da ba zai saɓo ba, wankan kuturu da sabulo. 

Dole ma ta yi ihu dole ta yi kuka ko zata sami mafita, dole ta ɗauki babban matakin da zai zama gargaɗi na ƙarshe ga Al Qaseem wanda daga shi sai ƙoli, ko takan Dade ba zata bi wajen aiwatar da wannan hukuncin, dole ta nunawa Hajiya Babba ita ce ya haifi Al Qaseem kuma ita ke da iko a kan sa, yau ba sai gobe ba. 

Waya ta ɗauka ta dannawa lambar Al Qaseem kira, Al Qaseem da ke zaune a compound ɗin Mimi shi da Husna suna hira, duk wani nauyi da ke zuciyar yana raguwa a hankali a hankali idan yana tare da Husna, duk wata magana idan ta yi tana cire masa raɗaɗin da ke damunsa, tana sanye da riga da skirt na atamfa, Al Qaseem zai iya rantewa yaune na farko da ya ganta da riga da skirt, ita kullum cikin doguwar rigar atamfa ko abaya, kowani ɗinki da take yawan yi, material ne ake mata doguwar riga da shi sai a ratsa mata ado da gunguwar atamfa, sai ta yi ɗankwali da atamfar, yana lissafe tana da su sunfi kala 20. 

Ƙarar wayarsa ya katse masa maganar da yake shirin yi, ya ɗan dakata ya ɗauki wayar. Ganin sunan Hajiya Babba ya sa shi mayar da ita cikin aljihu tare da faɗin. 

"Allah dagaske nake miki baby girl, kwata kwata kayanan basu yi fitting jikinki ba, sai kika yi daban daban."

Husa bata bashi amsar tambayar da ya yi mata ba, sai ta ce.

"Wake kiranka?"

"A wajen aiki ne."

Ya bata amsa yana kallon fuskarta, Husna a rayuwarta bata son taga an kira mutum bai ɗauka ba, hakan yana matuƙar ɓata mata rai yasa mata tunanin itama idan ta kira ba za a ɗauka ba kenan. 

"To ka ɗauka mana."

"Me ya sa? Bana son abin da zai janye min hankali daga sauraron muryarki."

Ƙasa ta yi da kanta, ta rasa me ya sa take jin kunyarsa idan ya yi mata irin waɗanan kalaman, saɓanin Uncle Dee da ita da kanta ke yi masa irin waɗanann. 

"Kin yi ƙasa da kai."

Ɗagowa ta yi ta sakar masa murmushi, sai kuma ta ce.

"Bakomai, kawai ina tunanin yanda abubuwa suka sauya ne, haɗuwarmu da kai alheri ce gashi zaka zama silar komawa ta gidanmu."

Yaji daɗin kalaman Husna sosai da sosai, ya kuma fahimci yanda take matuƙar kewar gidansu da mahaifiyarta, shi kuma ya yi alƙwarin dauwamar mata da farin ciki. 

"Allah Ya tsara hakan ne, shi ya sa muka haɗu a wannan ranar dama sauran ranaku. Ke ɗin haske ce a gareni Husna, ina matuƙar ƙaunarki."

"Nima haka."

Ta faɗa a ƙasan zuciyarta kuma tana mamakin wace irin zuciya Allah Ya bata haka, da har ta iya amsar soyayyar wani ba Uncle Dee ba, wanda a sanadin son sa tabar gidansu ta tsinci kanta a wannan a duniyar, idan ta yi tunani kenan shi Uncle Dee kawai ya zama tsani ne na haɗa ta da wanda ƙaddara ta zaɓa mata, lallai Allah mai hikima ne. 

Ganin kiran Hajiya Kubrah ba zai ƙare ba yasa Al Qaseem ƙarƙare hirar tasu ya tafi, Husna na shiga ciki ta kira lambar Said Kibiya ta sanar da ita gobe za a kawo kayan lefenta, sannan kuma auren sauran sati ɗaya ya za ayi a sanar da 'yan munjibir, sai da Said Kibiya ta sha dariya sannan ta ce.

"Wai A sheshe ke ce kike cewa a sanar da aurenki da wani ba Uncle Dee namu ba."

"To ya za ayi."

Husna ta faɗa, dariya Said Kibiya ta yi sannan ta ce.

"An jima zan sanya ƙanina ya yi min kati sai na tura kowa, muce anko kuma baƙar abaya duk suzo da ita."

Girgiza kai Husna ta yi, sannan ta ce.

"A'a fa, ba zasu sanya min abaya ba, kawai kowacce ta ƙure adakatar, sannan a gayyatomin Aisha Sharif, tasan yayan mijin yayarta na aura ni ba saar yinta ba ce."

Dariya Said Kibiya ta kwashe da ita, sannnan ta ce.

"An barta mata Uncle Dee taje ta ƙarata, yanzu ya za ayi kisa Mama ko Mimi ɗin ta kira Mamansu Ali Kaita, kinga sai sunfi barin tazo."

"Ai yanzu zan sanar da Mimi ta kirata, chaɓ."

Husna ta faɗa tana miƙewa, kai tsaye ɗakin Mimi taje ta sanar da ita Mimi ta karɓi lambar wayar Maman Ali Kaita ta kirata, bayan sun gaisa ta sanar da ita komai, Mama ta ce in sha Allah zata zo ai Husna 'yar ta ce. Daga haka su Husna suka ci gaba da shirye shiryensu na baki.

A daren Said Kibiya ta tura da Iv group ɗin 'yan ajinsu, ta ce duk waɗanda ke kano da kusa da kano suna gayyatarsu, da yake mutane sun san labarin soyayyarsu da Uncle Dee aka yi ta magana a group ɗin, sai da Ali Kaita ta fito ta yi musu bayanin cewa Uncle Dee fa ba musulmi ba ne, babu aure a tsakaninsu. Ai kamar sun sami abun magana har washe gari haka aka dinga maimaita zancen, wasu suna basu taɓa ganinsa a massallaci ba, wasu suce har warin kafurci yake yi, wasu su ce suna ganinsa da cros, ƙarshe sai da aka yi babu daɗi da Aisha Sharif har ta fita daga group ɗin sai da aka sasanta aka dawo da ita, dayawa sunci burin zuwa bikin Abubakar Sheshe daman har yanzu ana kewar juna. 

Al Qaseem tun da ya shiga part ɗin Hajiya Kubrah take faman zazzaga mai masifa, kansa yana ƙasa ya kasa ɗagowa ya yi ido biyu da ita, cikin tsawa ta ce.

"Tun da ka shigo ina maka magana ka yi kunnen uwar shegu da ni, ba zaka yi abin da na ce maka ba kenan?"

Girgiza kai ya yi, hawaye na zuba a fuskarsa ya ce.

"Haba Hajiya, tayaya zan watsawa mahaifina ƙasa a ido, yau fara saura sati guda ɗaurin auren..."

"Kai dallah shashasha ka rufe min baki, dan yau saura sati guda sai aka yi mene? Ko ranar ɗaurin auren ai zaka iya cewa kafasa, kai ko an ɗaura ma zaka iya cewa kafasa ka danƙaramata saki sai kuma mene? Ina mai baka umarni kaje ka ce da mahaifinka kafasa."

"Ki yi haƙuri Hajiya."

Wani mugun kallo ta watsa masa, wai ta yi haƙuri ba zai yi abin da take so ba kenan shine zai hau bata haƙuri to wallahi yaci ƙarya ya kwana da yunwa. 

Zama ta yi a kan kujera da ke kusa da shi, sannan taa ce.

"Al Qaseem."

"Na'am."

Ya faɗa ba tare da ya ɗago ba, bayajin zai iya yi mata abin da take so.

"Kai da Ashraf waye babba?"

"Ni."

"Amma me ya sa yafika duk wani ci gaba? Baka ganin matar da yake aure 'yar gidan minister ce? Baka ganin yanda yake ƙoƙarin gina kansa, kai baka jin kishi a cikin a ranka? Baka jin me ya sa yafi ka? Baka jin damuwa a cikin ranka?"

"Hajiya ai ɗan uwana ne."

Ya faɗa duk da a ransa yaji babu daɗi, amma shi wannan ai ba wani abu ba ne tun da hakan bai da alaƙa da Ashraf ɗin, shi Husna yake so ba wata 'yar gidan minister ba, sannan kuma shima ai ba ƙarƙashin mahaifinsa yake ba, koƙarin gina kansa yake sai kuma me? Ya san akwai tarin matsaltsalo tsakaninsa da Ashraf amma wannan ai ba zai shafi soyayyarsu da Husna ba.

Ita kam Hajiya Kubrah kallon wane irin asarrraen ɗa ta haifa take yi masa dan bata taɓa ganin mara zuciya ko rashin sanin ciwon kansa ba irin Al Qaseem, ta kawo masa waɗannan points ɗin da zasu tunzura shi amma da yake sauna kira mana sakaraine idan kaga shashasha kira shi ku taho tare. Ko a jikinsa bai ji komai ba? Dole fa sai ta yi zazzafan gargaɗi zata sami abin da take so, amma bari ta fara da zuga shi ko za ayi dace.

"Kana ganin sabida Allah Bilki ta haɗa aurenku da yarinyar wajenta? Ta haɗa ne sabida ta dakushe karka zama wani, ni nan na shirya nema ma aure a gidan sarkin katsina, sabida ina so ka yi aure na kece raini, kaima kaje matsayin da Ashraf yake har ma ka wuce shi, kaje matsayin da bai isa ya yi maka kallon banza ba, ni nan na yi alƙwarin sai ka zama sama da kowa a cikin gidanan, kamar yanda zan zama tauraruwa a wajen Alhaji, haka kaima zaka zama tauraron da ke haskaka gidan, ita kuma Hajiya Bilki baƙin ciki ne zai kaita lahira ita da Hajiya Babba."

Shiru Al Qaseem ya yi, maganganunta kamar gaskiyya ne, amma zuciyarsa taƙi gasgata abin da take faɗa masa, sabida yana son Husna sosai har cikin zuciyarsa, yana son kawo mata farin ciki a rayuwa kamar yadda ya san itama zata kawo masa farin ciki a rayuwarsa, tun da yana sonta itama tana sonsa, shi bai ga amfanin auren wata 'yar sarkin katsina ba, ai ba lallai ba ne ya yi ya sota ko itama ta so shi, amma Husna ai ta shiga can ƙasan zuciyarsa ta zauna, cire ta sai dubu ta taro. 

"Kana ji ko Al Qaseem, a yanzu ina so ka tashi kaje ka sanar da Alhaji kafasa auren yarinyar nan, idan har ka yi haka ni kuma na yi maka alƙwarin nan da kwana uku sai ka zama tauraro a gidan nan, sai na nema ma aure a gidan arziƙi, sai na sa mahaifinka ya damƙa babban reshe a kasuwanci wanda zaka zama kafi kowa cikin gidan nan."

"Hajiya, yanda Alhaji ya shiryawa auren nan da zarar na faɗa masa haka to zai yi fushi da ni ne." 

Girgiza kai Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, kafin ta ce.

"Wallahi ba isa ba, ɗana yafi ƙarfin ayi fushi da shi, kaje ka sanar da shi ni kuma na ce ko ya yi fushin ba zai kwana ɗaya yana fushin ba, katashi kaje ka nuna musu nice uwarka, ni na haifeka na kuma isa da kai, ni kuma zan nuna maka kai ɗan nane, zan nuna maka nice tauraruwa a wajen Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka. 


Mun kusa kammala book one, ku hanzarta ku fara payment ɗinku domin book 2, doguwar tafiya cikin sauri, ga masu sha'awar zasu biya 700 ta wannan number 
08129553971

Masu tambaya ko akwai VIP, Babu wani VIp dan regular group din mu kamar vip yake 2 to 3 pages ne, sai kuma Arewapen can ne page babu iyaka. 🥰


Legendspen-Sayyid. 
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*_Amanan-Janafty_*


(23)

https://www.arewapen.com/book?id=6a933361f3eaa6dc8f5ff715


Comment section 

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4




"Hajiya dan Allah ki yi haƙuri, amma ba zan iya abin da kike so na yi ba, ina girmama mahaifina da abin da yake so, cikar ɗa nagari shine ya kasance mai biyayya, ki yi haƙuri Hajiya idan na yi miki biyayya shi kuma na saɓa masa to babu amfanin yi miki biyayyar." 

Wani irin ihu Hajiya Kubrah ta saki kamar zata tashi iska, Allah ne ya kiyaye bakinta ba tsinewa Al Qaseem ba, amma ya sha ruwan zagi ba iya shi kaɗai ba harda Alhaji Musa, tsinuwa dai Husna da Hajiya Bilki sun sha ta, ganin haka yasa Al qaseem ta shi simsim yafi ce kar shima ta yi masa. 

Washe gari 'yan uwan Mama da na Abba suka cika gidan Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka a ɓangaren Mimi za a karɓi kayan auren Husna, kowa sai murna yake waɗanda basu san tana gidan ba duk yanxu sun sani, a can ɓarin kuma Husna na can ɗakin tana waya da su Ali Kaita, voice call suke na whatsapp Husna ta dage a kan sai sun zo sun ga lefe, Said Kibiya ce ta ce.

"Wai idan na shigo cikin gari yau ko gobe, sai na koma yaushe sannan na sake dawowa? Nifa so nake tun ranar Laraba zan zo."

"Nan da kwana uku kenan?" 

Husna ta tambaya, Said Kibiya ta ce. 

"Eyh mana, Ali Kaita yaushe ke zaki zo?"

"Alhamis ko juma'a, ai ɗaurin aure ne kawai ko?"

Kamar suna ganinta ta girgiza kai, sannan ta ce. 

"A'a fa, wannan fa shine aure na farko a gidanmu ai nasan wallahi sai an yi dinner, kuma nan gidan ma ai suna dinner kawai kema kizo ranar Laraba." 

"Sai dai Alhamis kawai." 

Ali Kaita ta faɗa, Husna ta ce.

"Allah Ya kaimu, naga yanda aka yi da waccan banzar a kan Uncle Dee, shashasha ita take ta wani Uncle Dee, ni nagama da shi har abada, me soyayyarsa ta ja min banda shiga wahala, ji yanzu rabon da naga Mama har na manta, kuma wallahi son ganinta nake yi." 

Duk sai da jikinsu ya yi sanyi, ace kana gari ɗaya da iyayenka ba aure ba mutuwa amma rabonka da su wata da watanni, gaskiyya lamarin babba ne, Said Kibiya ce ta ce. 

"Tun farko abin da aka guje miki kenan, amma Husna kika dage taurin kai yanzu ga abin da taurin kai ya haifar miki." 

"Tabbas na yi ganganci, na tafka shirme ni Husna, ina fatan Allah Ya yafe min bisa kuskuren da na yi, na rufe ido na yi watsi da duk abin da ya ce, na zaɓi son zuciyata gashi yanzu abin da ya haifar min." 

Cike da tausayawa Ali Kaita ta ce.

"Hakane daman Husna, Allah Ya yafe mana ya kuma kare mu daga faɗawa halaka." 

Da Amin suka amsa duka, daga nan kuma suka koma kan maganar biki duk jikinsu a sanyaye. Kowa ya yaba da irin kayan da aka kawo Husna, kaya sun yi kyau sun ɗauki hankalin mutane, cikin 'yan uwan Alhaji Musa duk wanda yaji Hajiya Babba ce ta haɗa kayan sai ya yaba mata, abin da ya sake kankaro mata mutunci a idon 'yan uwasa da mutane masu yawa. 

A ɓangaren Dade kam ta kafa ta tsare wanna auren sai an ɗaura shi, sabida auren zai zama hanyoyin cikar burinkanta da yawa, shi ya sa ma ta rage shiga wajen Hajiya Kubrah, ko dayaushe tana wajen Hajiya Babba tana faman tsara yanda zasu yi su hana hajiya Kubrah cika nata ƙudirin. 

"Dade kinga na gama da zancen Hajiya Kubrah dan haka ku kwantar da hankalinki, wannan auren sai an ɗaura shi, kina gani yau saura kwanaki shida kawai, daga haka zaki ji saura biyar azo hudu azo uku azo biyu sai kuma a ɗaura, me ya rage?"

Wani murmushi Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce. 

"Bakisan Kubrah ba ne, ni nasan hatsabibancinta wannan shirun nata ba zai taɓa zama alheri ba, yanda ta ƙudire ba za ayi wannan auren ba, to sai inda ƙarfinta ya ƙare, gaba ɗaya shirunta ya sa jikina ya yi sanyi."

"Wallahi idan juranta sammako to ni a tafe na kwana, na fita shiri a kan wannan auren, auren da zai zo mana da duk cikar burinmu, ai wallahi ta ci ƙarya da kwana da yunwa." 

"Hhhm, ta yaro kyau take bata ƙarƙo, dole a sami wani ya san shirin da Kubrah ke yi." 

Dade ta faɗa, Hajiya Babba ta ce. 

"Dade bakisan me na yi mata ba ne, bakisan gargaɗin da naja mata ba, ni na faɗa miki ki kwantar da hankalinki kamar kin yi baƙo ya mutu." 

Miƙewa Dade ta yi ita sai yanzu ma take ganin shirmenta da ta yi baya da Hajiya Kubrah kwana biyu, ita da yakamata ta shiga jikinta tasan duk wani shirin ta yanda zata dinga daƙile ta, amma ta mayar da hankali a kan faruwar abun ba tare da ta fuskanci mai ƙalubantar lamarin ba. 

Lokacin da ta shiga ɓangaren Hajiya Kubrah tana tsaka da waya da aminiyarta wacce suke duk wani yawon bin malamansu tare, ita dai ta tsira domin aikin malaminta ya yiwa mijinta kamun kazar kuka, ko kara ta ajiye masa bai isa ya tsallaka ba. Ta gama da dangin mijinta, ta mayar da kishiyoyinta borori, abin da ta ce shine. 

Cikin kwancinyar hankali take magana da Hajiya Kubrah, dan ita bata ga abun ɗaga hankali a nan ba. 

"Kubrah ki saurare ni, tun da Al Qaseem yana son yaga babban jan kunne, to ki miƙe ki nuna masa a shirye kike, ita kuma matar gidan naku ki nuna mata kin isa kin yi yawa." 

"Ta yaya kenan? Wallahi Hajiya Jalila kaina duk ya kulle." 

"Ki kwantar da hankalinki, ni abin da nake so ba sai mun kai sunan Al Qaseeem wajen malami ba, babban tabo zamu yi wa yarinyar, Ya gani kuma ki sanar da shi idan bai janye ba ita yarinyar zamu taɓa."

Hajiya Kubrah tasan Hajiya Jalila babu ko ɗigon Imani a cikin al'amuranta, idan ta ce Eyh to fa sai ta aiwatar, dan haka tasan tun da ta kawo kukanta wajenta ta ɗauka an gama komai.

"Wane irin gargaɗi kenan?"

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa, Hajiya Jalila ta ce. 

"Uwar yarinyar zamu taɓa, idan har yaga an taɓa ta, to dole sai ce ya janye da kansa, kinga kuwa martabarki ta fito, matsayinki na uwa ya zauna, sannan kuma shi Alhaji Musan Musa a wanke masa zuciya kar ya taɓa ganin laifinsa, anan Zaki nunawa sauran matan isarki ta kasancewa tauraruwar gida." 

Wani sanyine ya mayaye zuciyar Hajiya Kubrah, ita duk yanda za ayi ta zama tauraruwa a gidan Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka to shi za ta yi, cike da kwanciyar hankali ta ce. 

"An gama Hajiya Jalila tawa, yaushe zamu je?"

Dariyar mugunta ta yi, da nuna jindaɗi kafin ta ce.

"Ai a yammacin yau, yammar yau za muje a harkar mugunta bana sanya." 

Dariya Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, tana faɗin.

"Ina son sharrinki ƙawata, ƙawar daɗi." 

"Muguwaaaaa." 

Hajiya Jalila ta faɗa tare da katse wayar, a ranta tana mai jindaɗi domin babban malaminta ya ce lallai lallai ta sha jini yau, dole ta kashe mutum idan ba haka ba komai zai tarwatse mata, shi ya sa ta kawo wannan shawarar, ita kuma Hajiya Kubrah da ke idonta ya rufe yasa ta amince, yau ba sai gobe ba zata baƙonci lahira. 

Sallama Dade ta rafkawa Hajiya Kubrah,   sama sama Hajiya Kubrah ta amsa, dan ita a yanzu ma bata son Dade ta shigar mata wannan aikin, domin aikinta ne ita kaɗai dan dole ma ta yi baya baya da Dade sabida bata son ma ta yi nasara Dade ta ga kamar tare suka yi nasara, nasarar ta tata ce ita kaɗai, tasan tun da tabi layin hatsabibiya Irin Hajiya Jalila to fa ta hau matakin nasara, nan da wani lokaci za a kalleta a matsayin tauraruwa a gidan nan, ba Hajiya Babba tana kiran kanta giwa ba, to ita zata zama tauraruwar da zata danne giwa duk girmanta. 

Zama Dade ta yi kan kujera tana faɗin. 

"Yanzu ace kwana da kwanaki ina kwance babu lafiya, amma bazaki nemeni ba? Duk sharrin da muke ƙullawa tare?" 

Haɗe rai Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, kafin ta ce.

"Ina nasan baki da lafiya, na ɗauka an ware tafiyar ne kowa ya yi ta kansa kawai." 

"Ai ko da wasa 'yar nan babu ware tafiya, ni na jiki shiru babu wani motsi kar dai ki ce min kin haƙura kin sallama lamarin nan."

Dade ta ƙarashe maganar tana kallon yanayin fuskar Hajiya Kubrah, ita kuwa sai da ta gyara zama kamar babu wani abu da ke damunta, sannan ta ce. 

"Ai ban yi kama da wadda zata fara ta daina ba, aikin da na ɗauka ko da kuwa za a buga gangar tashin duniya sai dai a buga amma sai na karshi, wannan a yanzu ta zama ƙaramar matsala, dan wallahi aure dai babu shi babu mai sawa ayi." 

Wani irin bugu Dade ta ji gabanta na yi, tashiga matsanancin tashin hankali a ranta faɗi take. 'Ƙaryarki Kubrah, ƙaryarki ki hanani samun wannan damar dana daɗe ina jiranta, ƙaryarki mafarki na yafi naki, kuma shirina yafi naki.' A fili kuwa sakin fuskarta ta yi kamar taji daɗin abin da Hajiya Kubrah ta ce. 

"An buga da ke an barki tauraruwar gidan nan, wane shiri kika yi a kan hakan? Kuma mene hujjarki na cewa haka? Kina ganin yau saura kwana 6 gaba ɗaya auren." 

"A daren yau gagarumin abu zai faru, a daren yau zuwa wayewar gari zancen auren nan zai ƙare, kuma ba za a sake jin tashin sa ba har a tashi duniya." 

Wani irin kallo Dade kewa Hajiya Kubrah, so take ta ji shirnta yanda zata daƙileshi amma taki faɗa mata, kuma ya zama wajibi tasan shirin nan kafin daren yau ta wargaza shi, cike da kissa ta ce.

"Na sani zaki iya ta gidana, ke ɗin ba kamar kowa ba ce, gaba kike da su." 

"Haka yake Dade, zan tabbatar da matsayina a tauraruwar gidan nan, zan nuna nice ɗaya tamkar da dubu." 

"To amma bakya tunanin haka ya ɓata ran mijin naku, kuma hakan zai iya bashi kusanci da uwar gidansa fa." 

"Dade kenan." 

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana girgiza kai, sai da ta gyara zama ta ce. 

"Ni ai na gama da wannan maganar, bai isa ya ce zai yi fushi ba ko ya ɓata rai, Alhaji ƙaramin alhaki ne a wajena." 

"To wai ba zaki faɗamin tsarin da kika sa shi ba?"

Dade ta yi maganar out of control, dan zuciyarta ta fara gajiya da danneta da take yi, Dariya kawai Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, sannan ta ce.

"Dade, wannan aikin nane ni ka ɗai, faɗana, yaƙina, dan haka bana jin zan sanya kowa a ciki, amma ki kwantar da hankalinki na gama da komai.'

Duk yanda Dade ta yi bata iya samun komai a wajen Hajiya Kubrah ba, sai da ta fuskanci akwai ƙwarin gwiwa a tare da ita, duk wata kalma da take furtawa tana furta ta da yaƙini da tabbaci, tasan ta gama da wannan aikin, ita kuma ta yi alƙwarin a kan nata biyan buƙatan wallahi sai dai kowa ya mutu, Allah yaji ƙansa. 

Wajen Hajiya Babba ta koma, dan dole sai ta haɗa kai da ita a wannan taƙin sun ƙarawa alamarin zafi da wuta, tana shiga ta sami Hajiya Babba na falo tare da 'ya'yanta, kama hannunta Dade ta yi basu tsaya ko ina ba sai cikin ɗaki, suna shiga ta ce.

"Na faɗa miki Kubrah ba kanwar lasa ba ce, na faɗa miki idan kin shirya Kubrah ma ta shirya, na faɗa miki kin qi gasgatani, a yanzu komai ya wargatse ta yi babban shiri kuma ta ce yau zata tabbatar da fasuwar auren nan."

Zallan tashin hankali da kiɗima suka hana Hajiya Babba tambayar Dade aina ta sami labarin, hankalinta idan ya yi dubu ya tashi, aikin da suke ganin zallar nasara a tare da shi, shine wannan matar da take kallonta ƙaramar alhaki zata tarwatsa mata, ai bazata saɓo ba wallahi. 

"Dade ni zan nunawa Kubrah na riga ta fara shiga malamai, zan nuna mata idan nasani a hatsabibanci ba ta sani ba." 

"Haka nima zan nuna mata a kan cikar burinmu ni da ke sai dai abusa ƙaho kuwa ya mutu, zata tabbatar duniya bata ta ba ce ita kaɗai, muma muna da namu filin."

Dade na faɗin haka ta fice, tana tafe tana mita har ita za a faɗawa bin malamai, a yau ba sai gobe ba zata nunawa Kubarh ita ba da iya malamai ta dogara ba, ba da malamai kawai ta yi nasara ba har tazo matakin da take, tsantsar makirci ya bata muhimmiyar gudummawa wajen zuwa inda take yanzu. 

Tana shiga ɓangaren Mimi, lokacin ya yi daidai da dawowar Ya Lemmah, Husna kuma su Yaya Abdul duk sunzo suna ganin kaya, sai hira suke yi Yaya Abdul ya ce ya yiwa Husna ɗinki set goma da zata yi fitar biki da su duka, Yaya Walid kuma ya ce duk jaka da takalmi har da su sarƙa ya siya mata dan ba zata yi amfani da komai na lefe ba, Husna jin irin karammacin da 'yan uwanta suka yi mata sai da yasa ta kuka, gashi sun ce mata Abba kullum cikin fitar da kuɗi yake yana badawa ana ayi mata soyayya, a yau mai sai da suka taho mata da wani maron ɗin lace set guda komai da komai har da su sarƙa, Abba ne ya ce a kawo mata su, sune kayan da yake so ta sa lokacin ɗaurin aurenta, abubuwan arziƙi iri iri Husna ta zubar da hawayen farin ciki sosai da sosai, ko a haka aka tsaya Al Qaseem ya zama alheri a rayuwarta, babban burinta a yanzu shine guda ɗaya kawai Mama tazo taga kayan, ta daɗe rabonta da Mama, kuma yanzu kullum ji take tana son ganinta, amma Mama ta ce zata shigo kafin bikin,  sannan ta ce ana yin ɗaurin aure za a kawo ta nan, an roƙi Abba kuma ya amince da hakan, abun da ya ƙara faranta ran Husna kenan, suna cikin hirar Ya Leemah ta dawo daga ofis, ta tsaya suna gaisawa Dade ta shigo, tana shigowa ta ce da Ya Leemah.

"Yauwa Halimatu yauwa, zamu je ɗakinki magana zamu yi." 

Gaba ɗaya suka haɗa baki suna tambayar Dade lafiya take kuka, sai ta ce musu ƙafarta ke ciwo, suna shiga ɗakin Yaya Lemmah ta ce.

"Halimatu kiran mini mahaifinku, kiramin shi dan Allah."

"Lafiya dai ko Dade?" 

Ya Leemah ta faɗa tana danna lambar Daddy.

"Ina lafiya, ashe wannana matar tanan ta dage ba za ayi auren nan ba, da alama ma gargaɗi ta yi yaron ko barazana ta yi masa da tsinuwa ta ce lallai lallai ya ce yajanye ya fasa auren."

Taɓe baki Ya Leemah ta yi, ita to sai me daman wannan auren bai kwanta mata ba, tasan Hajiya Kubrah ba zata taba amincewa ba, kuma ita daman basa ga maciji da ita, dan tun kafin ta yi aure ta nemi ta yi wa Mimi rashin kunya ta dakatar da ita da nuna mata cewa bata isa ba. Daidai lokacin Daddy ta ɗaga wayar, Ya Leemah ta miƙawa Dade tana faɗin ya ɗaga, Dade na amsa ta fashe da ihu tana faɗin

"Idan har nice na haifeka, to ina Son ko mene zai faru kar a fasa ɗaurin auren yarinyar nan ranar Lahadi mai zuwa, matarka Kubrah ta yi alƙwarin sai ta zubar maka da mutunci bayan katara dubban jama'a, a yanzu wannan auren ina ne baka sanar ba?" 

Cike da ɓacin rai Daddy ya ce. 

"Ki yi haƙuri Dade, ko ina na sanar." 

"To ka ci gaba, duk abin da yaron zai sanar da kai bayinsa ba ne, uwar ce ta takura masa ina kyautata zaton ma barazana ta yi masa da cewar za tsine mai." 

"Lallai abun Kubrah ya fara wuce gona da iri, na ɗauka komai ya yi sauƙi tun da na jita shiru, a kan me ta dage zata raba yaro da abin da yake so?" 

Ƙwalla Dade ta matse, sannna ta ce.

"Yanzu ya zo min yana kuka, numfashinsa yana fita da ƙyar wai ta dage sai ta raba shi da abin da yake so."

"Zab tabbatar mata nine mijin ba ita ba, sannan nine nake da iko da Al Qaseem sama da ita, ki kwantar da hankalinki Dade, aure da yardar Allah sai an ɗaura."

"Har naji sanyi cikin raina, Allah Ya yi maka albarka." 

"Amin Dade."

Ya faɗa tare da katse wayar, shima ransa duk a ɓace, wani irin abu ne Kubrah ke yi haka? Ya za ayi ta dage sai ta hana abun da Allah ke so? A yanzu ina ne katin auren nan bai isa ba? Shine zata zo da wannan salon? To su zuba. 

Miƙawa Ya Leemah wayar Dade ta yi, sannan ta ce. 

"Halimatu ina gargaɗin kar ki faɗawa kowa wannan maganar, kinga mahaifiyarki da 'yan uwan yarinyar nan suna ta shirye shirye, kar ki faɗi abin da zai ɓata rai ya haifar da tashintashina."

Taɓa baki Ya Leemah ta yi, ita bat taga wani abu anan ba, ita bata ma son auren da haɗa zuri'a da Hajiya Kubrah ai tashin hankali ne, matar da kana ganinta kasan bata tsoron Allah. Dade dau ficewa ta yi ta dawo kusa da su Husna tana faɗin. 

"Ga yayyun amarya fa, ba zaune ba tsaye.' 

Murmushi suka yi duka, Ashraf ya ce.

"Ƙafar ta warke?"

"Eyh ta warke, man zafi na bawa Halimatu ta goga min."

Sannu suka yi mata duka ta amsa, sai ta ce da su. 

"Mahaifiyar taku bata leƙo ba." 

"Zata zo, abubuwa ne sun yi mata yawa." 

Alhaji ya faɗa.

"Hakane kuma, auren 'ya mace ta farko kuma ta ƙarshe."

Dade ta faɗa tana murmushin da ita kaɗai tasan manufarsa, sai gab da yamma suka fito zasu tafi suna faɗin zasu dawo gobe da jibi ai su zuwa yakamasu, lokacin da suke ƙoƙarin fita Hajiya Kubrah ta fito daga part ɗinta tana ƙoƙarin shiga motarta, wani kallo ta watsa musu wanda ita kaɗai tasan abin da yake nufi, sannan ta shige motarta ta yi gaba, Alhaji ne ya da Husna.

"Kamar wannan ce maman wanda zaki aura ko?"

"Uhm ita ce."

Husna ta faɗa, ita bata damu da ita ba tun da dai basu da matsala da ita, kuma ba wajenta zata zauna ba ina ruwanta da ita, har waje ta rakosu suka tafi sannan ta juya ciki, ɗaki ta shiga ta kwanta Mimi tare da Mama suka fita unguwa, shi ya sa gidan ya zama shiru, Al Qaseem kuma yaje Abuja amma ya ce gobe zai dawo, kwanciya kawai ta yi abunta haka kawai take jin ranta babu daɗi.

Dade na ganinsu Husna sun fita ta koma sashen Hajiya Babba ta sanar da ita abin da ta yi, sannan ta ƙara da cewa.

"Lallai lallai kema kin san yanda zaki yi ki famfashi, ki nuna masa yarom ma da kansa yazo wajenki yana son ya yi miki magana amma ya kasa, duk da haka kuma ina tunanin zanje Wudil dan lamarin Kubrah ba na tsayawa a bishi da ido ba ne."

Sai da Hajiya Babba ta jinjina lamarin makirci irin na Dade, lallai ta cire tuta ta cancanci ayaba mata. 

"Dade kina ƙoƙari fa."

Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, Dade ta murmusa ta ce.

"A kan cikar burina ai sai inda ƙarfina ya ƙare, kinsan shekara nawa ina jiran irin wannan? Ai shekarun baza su faɗu ba, kuma bantaɓa jin nazo kusa da cikar burina ba sai yanzu."

"Ni kaina ina jin ƙamshin nasara anan kusa, ina jin kamar komai ya kammala, dan haka zan ƙara zage dantse kwana shida suzo su wuce."

"Daga ranar da Bilki tasa ƙafa ta bar gidan da niyar ta tafi bikin yarinyar nan daga ranar ta fita a gidan har abada, anyi aiki sosai an haɗe sunan yaron da yarinyar, an tura aikin a kansu dan haka bana jin zamu rasa nasara anan."

Miƙewa Hajiya Babba ta yi tana faɗin.

"Dade akwai babbar maganar da nake so mu yi da ke, amma ina kyautata zaton sai dai mu yi ta ta waya." 

"Me ya sa?"

"Yaran nan kinga shawwagi suke anan, gani nake kamar sun fara zargar wani abu fa."

Dariya Dade ta yi, kana ta ce.

"To su zarga sai mene? Duk abin da kike yi ba dan su ba ne."

"Sune mana Dade, in dan kaina ne ai kwanciya zanyi na kwana ina bacci."

"Makirar mata."

Dade ta faɗa tana ficewa, Hajiya Babba ta tuntsire da dariya bayan fitar Dade, kana ta ce.

"Dade kin aiki, da zarar naki burin ya cika kin aikamana Alhaji nima zan aika ki inda ba adawowa, dan wallahi ba zan bari ki salwantar da dukiyar da a kan ta nake ta faman bin malamai sama da shekara 20."

Dade ma a ɓarin tana tafiya a ranta tana ayyana, ko da burin ta na farko ya cika Hajiya Babba bata isa ta hanata aiwatar da ɗaya ƙudirin na tarwatsa sunan Musa Ɗankaka ba, sai ta tabbatar sunan Musa Ɗankaka ya daina wanzuwa a duniya, ko da kuwa itama Hajiya babba zata rasa nata ran.

(Wannan shine zaman mugunta, duk wasu masu ƙulla kowanne irin sharrine a tare ta kowa yana da nasa manufar, yanda ka taimakasa ya kawar da wasu dan cikar burinsa, kaima idan ka shigo masa cikin cikar burinsa ka zama cikas tsaf zai kawar da kai, Allah ka tsarkake mana zuƙata) 



Legendspen-Sayyid 
08129553971

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*_Amanan-Janafty_*

(24)


Comment section 

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4



A can ɓarin kam Mimi da Mama sun zagaye kasuwa har sai da ƙafafuwansu suka amsa, kuɗi ne Abba ya bawa Mama da bai san iyakarsa ba, haka itama nata da take tari duka ta fito da su, ga tsakanin 'yan uwan Husna maza sun fito da abin da ya doshi miliyan, ga itama Mimi da nata gudumawar, a cewarta ai Husna wajenta ta yi aue itake da alhakin kayan aure, haka shima Alhaji Musa tun da shi zau aurar da ita haka ya bawa Mimi kuɗaɗe da yawa ya ce duk ayi hidimar biki, ga Nusaiba ma ta tura da dubu ɗari biyu, Leemah ɗari biyu ita ma ta bada, Asharf ma da ta kira ta samar da shi ya ce shi bai ma san za ayi auren ba, sai a internet yaga katin bikin da sunan gidansu yana yawo, har ya nemi ya yi wa Mima faɗa ma wai a kan me zasu aurar da ita ba ta yi karatu ba, 'yar yarinya da ita ta ce aure take so, shima Al Qaseem dan abun kunya ya rasa wai zai ce zai aura sai wannan ƙwailar yarinyar buhun rashin ta kunya, sai da Mimi ta tsawatar mai da cewa. Ba shawarar suke nema ba, kuma ba kiransa ta yi ya yi mata faɗa ba, zai bada ne ko ba zai bayar ba. 

Haƙuri ya bata ya katse kiran sai ya tura mata ɗari biyar, ya turawa Mama milliyan ɗaya, daga haka babu wanda ya sake jinsa kuma babu wanda ya nemeshi, shima kuma bai bi takan kowa ba amma abun yana ransa, ya rasa wace irin rashin kunya yarinyar take ji? 'Yar ficila da ita ta ce wai aure zata yi ko secondry ta gagara gamawa, shima Al Qaseem dan abun kunya ya ce wai yarinyar zai aura, gaba ɗaya yinin ranar da ɓacin rai ya yi shi. 

Su Mimi basu suka gama da kasuwa ba sai wajen ƙarfe shida na yamma, a hakama ba komai suka siya ba sai da Mama ta ce ta gaji, sauran kayan a bawa su Yaha Abdul su siyo tun da duk wani abu na buƙata sun siya, waɗanda ba a siya ɗin ba ma ƙari ne za ayi ba dan babu ba sai dana siya da yawa sabida wadata. 

Kai tsaye gidan Mimi aka hutu da kayan, ba dan Mama taso ba Mimi ta takurata a kan sai tazo ta ga kaya, ai kuwa Husna wani tsalle ta yi ta rungume Mama har sai da ta kusa kayar da ita ƙasa, farin ciki ya gaza ɓoyuwa a fuskar Husna, haka ita kanta Mama taji daɗin ganin Husna da canjin da ta samu, har so take ayi auren akawo mata ita Allah Ya gani tana son 'yarta a kusa da ita, kawai dai hukuncin Abba be babu yanda za ta yi da shi, sannan kuma tasan 'yarta na wajen Mimi tana inda ko ita ce iyakar gaskiyyar abin da zata yi mata kenan. 

Mama taga kaya ta kuma yaba sosai, sai bayan magariba ta tafi, tana shirin tashi ne ta buɗe jakarta ta ɗauka Al Qur'ani izu sittin sabo da ta fansa a kasuwa, da littafin Hisnul musulim, sai kuma littafin sunayen Allah, daman ta fansa ne da niyar idan za a kai Husna gidanta ta bata, amma haka kawai sai taji tana son ta bata yau, miƙa mata ta yi tana faɗin. 

"Husna ki riƙe waɗanann da na baki, ko da kinzo tafiya gidan mijinki sune kaɗai abin da zan baki, kuma idan har kika riƙe su babu ke babu taɓewa har abada."

Karɓa Husna ta yi, haka kawai taji zuciyarta ta yi mata rauni, sai ga hawaye sun fara gangaro mata a fuska ta share su tare da faɗin.

"Na gode Mama."

"Allah Ya yi miki albarka Husna, Allah Ya albarkaci rayuwarki, ya zaunar da ke a gidan mijinki lafiya."

Anin amin suka amsa duka har da Dade da Yaya Leemah, Mama ta sake cewa.

"Ki ji tsoron Allah Husna, ki yiwa Mijinki biyayyaa, ki kiyaye haƙƙin wani, duk runtse karki taɓa bari wani ya kai ƙararki wajen Allah."

"Wai wannan wane irin sallama ne kamar yanzu za a wuce da ita gidan auren? Sai ki sanya ta kuka ba lokacin yi ba."

Dade ta faɗa, dan gaba ɗaya jikinta ya yi sanyi, ba ita ba kowa ma jikinsa ya yi sanyi, sai da Mama ta kwashe kusan mintuna talatin tana yiwa Husna nasiha a waje da suka fita, sannan ta wuce gida, bata san gaibu ba amma taji ya dace ta yi wa 'yar ta nasiha a wannan lokacin, ko babu mutuwa akwai ciwo. 

Husna haka ta dawo jikinta a sanyaye, haka ta ɗauki Al Qur'ani da littafan da Mama ta bata ta yi cikin ɗaki, jikinta duk ya yi sanyi tana kwanciya bacci ya fara ɗaukanta. 

*********

Hajiya Kubra da ƙawarta Hajiya Jalila wajen wani hatsabibin malami suka je, bayan sunje suka sanar da shi so suke a kashe wata mata, sannan kuma a sanyawa Al Qaseen tsoron Hajiya Kubrah, sanna a tsarkake zuciyar Alhaji Musa kada ya taɓa fushi da Al Qaseem idan ya ce ya fasa auren Husna, da yake bokan dama sun shirya da Hajiya Jalila, kuma shi jini shine abun buƙata kuma yaji an ambaci a kashe wata ya sa shi yin dariyarsa ta mugunta, cikin yanayin dariyar ya ce.

"Ku ɗauka an gama, ko ba mutu ba za a kwanta jinya, sai dai ban ni da tabbacin wanda za a ɗauka a cikin waɗanda ke kawo muku cikas a cikin al amarin, amma tabbas za a ɗauki rai, rai zai mutu." 

Jikin Hajiya Kubrah ya yi matuƙar sanyi, amma ita Hajiya Jalila babu ruwanta, daman jinin take so akwai dodon tsafinsu kuma Hajiya Kubrah ta kawo mata jini ita bata ƙi ko na waye a ɗauka ba, daman da ta sanar da bokan ta ce idan na Mama zai yi wahala to ko na Mimi ne a ɗauka, kai ko na Al Qaseem ɗin ne a ɗauka, idan yaso a rasa gaba ɗaya kowa ya rasa. 

Shi kuma boko yafi son abin da zai masa sauƙi, yafi son shiga jikin mai wasa da addini kuma ya duba a cikin ukun yaga akwai wanda zai ɗauka shi ya sa anan ma ya sake jaddadawa Hajiya Kubrah, abin da ya sanyayar mata da jki kenan. 

Haka suka zube masa kuɗaɗe suka dawo, a cikin mota Hajiya Jalila ta ce.

"Kubrah ki kwantar da hankalinki, duk wanda aka ɗauka a cikin nan na tabbatar miki zai zama buɗewar sabuwar duniya a wajenki, duk wani 'yanci da kike nema Alhaji Musa ya tauye miki to zaki same shi, nima ba uwar mijina na bada ba gashinan duk duniyar ta buɗe yanzu ina da wata damuwa?"

Girgiza mata kai Hajiya Kubrah ta yi, tana ji a ranta dama itama Dade ta bada ai da komai da sauƙi, amma yanzu ma ƙila aikin ya ci a kan Dade, ita addu'arta ma kenan. 

"Hajiya Jalila bakya ganin muje mu bashi sunan uwar mijina kawai yabi ta kanta."

"Ai har ita na shi, kuma ya san tana bin malamai dan haka ni nafi tunanin ma aikin kanta zai faɗa."

Hajiya Jalila ta faɗa, murmushi Hajiya Kubrah ta yi har taji sawai a ranta, ashe ita ce cikason ta ukun, daman ita ta ukun da bata ji ba ne, kenan Dade, da Hajiya Bilki da Hajiya Babba aka bada, ita uwar yarinyar ma babu sunata ko me? Ita bata ma gane kan lamarin ba, amma dai cikin su duk wadda zata tafi ta gaishesu ita ko a jikinta, burinta a fasa auren ɗanta da Husna, taje ta nema masa mata a babban gida, gidan da ya amsa sunansa. 

Husna na kwance tana bacci taji wayarta nata faman ƙara, a hankali tasa hannu ta ɗauka tana duba wake kiran, ganin sunan Al Qaseem yasa ta ɗauka tare da faɗin.

"Salamu alaikum."

"Wa'alaiki salam, Baby girl bacci kika yi haka babu nemana?"

"Kaina ke ciwo, shi ya sa."

"Ayyah sannu, kin sha magani dai ko?"

"Na sha, ya kake?"

"Nima bana jindaɗi fa."

Tashi zaune ta yi tana faɗin.

"Meke damunka?"

"Wallahi bansani ba, faɗuwar gaba kawai nake ji sai kuma wani rauni kamar ina son na yi kuka."

"Kuka kuma?"

Husna ta tambaya, ya gyaɗa mata kai kamat tana ganinsa ya ce.

"Kuka fa, sai na dinga ganin kamar komai kallon ƙarshe nake masa, mussaman hotonki na kalla yafi sau ɗari, haka voice note ɗinki nake ta playing ina sauraro."

"Innullahi, dan Allah ka daina faɗin haka."

Husna ta faɗa idonta ya fara tara hawaye, shima hawayen yake yi ya ce.

"Tom, na daina amma ni kaɗai nasan yanda nake ji, Baby girl kinsan wani abu?"

Girgiza kai Husna ta yi, ya ce.

"Mutuwa gaskiyya ce, dan Allah ina son ki kasance mai ɗaukan ƙaddara, ina son ki kasance mai ƙarfin zuciya, ina jin kamar sallama nake miki."



"Sallama kuma? Wane irin sallama dan Allah ka daina faɗin haka." 

Husna ta faɗa tana share ƙwalla. 

"Tom na daina Habibty, amma ina ji a jikina kamar wani abu zai faru, sai dai kawai addu'ar Allah Ya sauƙaƙa mana." 

"Amin, mu yi addu'a mu kwanta." 

Husna ta faɗa, a tare suka yi addu'ar suka kwanta, tun da suka kwanta Husna ta ji kamar ta rabu da Al Qaseem na har abada ne, ji ta yi kamar ta sake kiran shi, amma sai kuma ta runtse idonta ra shiga maimaita hasbunallahu wani'imal wakil, har bacci ya yi awon gaba da ita. 

Washe gari, wayewar garin da ta haifar da tarin abubuwa masu yuwar fasaltuwa, wayewar garin da wasu ke ganin kamar burinsu ya cika, sai dai basu san me Allah Ya tanada ba. 

Sharaɗa. 

Mama ce ta tashi kowa zuwa sallar asuba, lokacin da Alhaji ya tashi ya ce. 

"Mama jiya kamar baki yi bacci ba, na tashi wajen ƙarfe uku na ganki kina sallah, sannan wajen ƙarfe ɗaya ma da zan kwanta ido biyu na ganki ido biyu kina sallah."

Murmushi kawai Mama ta yi masa ta ɗaga kai ba tare da ta yi magana ba, haka duk ta tashe su suka tafi massallaci itama ta tayar da tata sallar, bayan sun dawo daga massallaci duk suka shiga suka gaisheta tana zaune a kan dadduma, nan ma gyaɗa musu kai ta yi ba tare da ta amsa ba, daga nan kuma kowa ya kuma ɗaki, Abba dai bai shigo ba dan shi yana kawai shida da rabi a masallaci wani lokacin har bakwai.

Ƙarfe 6:39 ya yi sallama a cikin gidan, shiru ba amsa ba, ya sake maimaita sallamar Alhaji da ke ɗaki ya amsa masa.

"Ina Maman naku?" 

Abba ya faɗa, Alhaji yana daga ɗaki ya ce. 

"Tana falon nan lazimi take."

Wucewa Abba ya yi ba tare da ya shiga falon ba, ya san lazimin nata ya yi nisa ne shi ya sa bata iya amsa mai sallamar ba, kuma yana da tabbacin ta amsa a cikin zuciyarta. 

Da misalin ƙarfe 7:02 Alhaji ya sauko daga saman bene yana faɗin. 

"Mama yunwa nake ji." 

Ya yi maganar yana leƙa cikin kitchen ɗin, ganin kitchen ɗin ya yi babu alamun an shiga bare kuma a ɗaura girki, falo ya nufa yana faɗin.

"Mama! Mama! Mama!" 

Ta taga ya leƙa, sai ganinta ya yi ta kifa kanta a kan kujera da alama bacci ne ya ɗauketa daga zaune, cikin falon ya shiga yana sake kiranta. 

"Mama wallahi duk yunwa muke ji."

Ganin bata ko motsa ba ya sa shi durƙusawa kusa da ita yana taɓa ta da faɗin.

"Mama, mama bacci kika yi ne?"

Wani irin bugu ƙirjin sa ya yi, da yazo gab da ita da sauri ya sa hannu ya taɓa fuskarta sai gani ya yi bata motsi, idonta ya ƙafe yana kallon sama, hannu ta riƙe da ƙaramin carbinta mai talatin da uku, dai dai lokacin kuma carbin ya faɗi ƙasa. 

"Mama, mama, mama, mama, mama, mama." 

Ya shiga kiran sunanta babu ƙaƙƙautawa, yana kiran sunan yana hawaye gaba ɗaya ya fara fita a hayyacinsa. Ashir ne ya fito daga ɗaki tun da shi ɗaki ɗaya suke kwana da Mama, ganin Alhaji a kusa da ita yana kuka yana kiran Mama babu ƙaƙƙautawa yazo kusa da shi, yana faɗin.

"Yaya Alhaji me yake damun Mamanmu ne?"

"Ashir kira min Abba, ka ce ya tashi." 

Daidai lokacin Yaya Walid shima ya fiti daga ɗakinsa jin irin kiran da Alhaji ke yi wa Mama, kasancewar shima ɗakinsa a ƙasa yake. 

"Alhaji lafiya, kiran lafiya kakewa Mama haka."

"Yaya zo kaga, Mama kamar bata numfashi, kamar ta mutu fa." 

Jin kalmar ta mutu ya sa Yaya Walid shigowa cikin ɗakin yana faɗin.

"Wane irin zance banza ne wannan, nutuwa Mama da tashe mu muka tafi massallaci." 

Ashir ne ya fita zuwa sama da gudu yana faɗin.

"Abba ka tashi, Abba kazo wai Mama ta mutu." 

Wannan kalmar ta mutu ta shiga kunnen Abba kamar saukar aradu, Yaya Abdul ma dake can ɓarin daga sama yaji abin da Ashir ya faɗa, kusan lokaci ɗaya suka fito dukkan su, Yaya Abdul ne ya ce.

"Kai Ashir me kake cewa ne, muje." 

Ya riƙe hannunsa suka fara sauka daga matattakalal bene, Abba ma ya biyo bayansu suna sauka daga benen tare, duk taku ɗaya yana ƙara tsananta bugun zuciyar Abba, har suka sauka zuwa falon, daidai lokacin kuma Yaya Walid da Alhaji suna zagaye Mama suna kiran sunanta, suna kuka kamar sun fara fita daga hayyacinsu. 

Abba na shigowa kai tsaye ya yi kusa da ita, kallo ɗaya ya yi wa Mama yaji zuciyarsa ta yi wani irin bugu mai ƙarfi, tabbas duk mai rai mamaci ne, kuma mutuwa gaskiyya ce, mutuwa ce wannan matarsa ta yi, babu rai a jikinta, a hankali ya durƙusa kusa da ita ya sa hannu ya shafa mata fuska idonuwanta suka rufe, ai su Yaya walid na ganin haka suka yi ba, suka fashe da wani irin kuka, wannan mutuwa ce, mutuwa ce Mamansu ta yi. 

"Ashir fita ka kira min babanku Harisu." 

Ashir ya san mutuwa, amma bai kawo wannan ita ce mutuwar ba, dan bai taɓa tunanin mutuwa zata ɗauki Mamansu a daidai wannan lokacin ba, kuma a iya tunaninsa sai anyi jinye ake mutuwa, fita ya yi ya nufi gidsn Harisu, abokin Abba ne da bai jima da dawowa unguwar ba, buga gidan ya fara a hankali, kasancewar lokacin duk kowa ya tashi yara na shirin tafiya makaranta yasa aka ji bugun nasa, Mama Zainabu na cikin shirya yaranta zasu tafi makaranta ta ce da Islam. 

"Je ki buɗe gidan, Ina ga Ashir ne ya biyo muku."

"Wai shi Ashir kamar baya bacci, kullum a tafi makaranta." 

Ihsan ta faɗa tana mita, buɗe ƙofar ta yi taga Ashir babu shirin makatanta, bai ma tsaya bin takanta ba ya yi cikin gidan, yana shiga ya ce da Mama zainabu. 

"Mama wai Abba yazo inji Abbanmu, Mamanmu babu lafiya, bata numfashi, Alhaji ya ce wai ta mutu." 

Wani irin sarawa kan Mama Zainabu ya yi, babu shiri ta miƙe tana kiran mijinta da shima yaji abin da Ashir ɗin ya faɗa, a tare da duk suka shigo gidan, sautin kukansu Yaya Walid ya cika gidan gaba ɗaya, Alhaji ya rungune Mama a jiki ƙam kamar za a ƙwace ta sai kuka yake, Mama zainabu naganin haka ta dafa bango shikenan wallahi Mama ta rasu, Mama da ko jiya sai da ta biyo mata suje kasuwa ta ce mata ba zata sami zuwa ba sai dai next idan za aje tun da siyayyar yanzu aka fara, ita ce ta mutu? Babu jinya babu ciwo. 

Abba Harisu kam kusa da Abba yaje ya taɓa shi sai da ya taɓa shi ya gane Abba ya yi suma ne ma a tsaye. Zaunar da shi ya yi a kan kujera, sannan ya ce. 

"Zainabu ɗab bani ruwa." 

Ficewa ta yi ta ɗebo ruwan ta kawo masa ya shafawa Abba, a take ya sauke wata nannauyar ajiyar zuciya, Abba Harisu ya ce da su Yaya Abdul. 

"Ku yi haƙuri Abdul, ku dakataar da kukan nan haka?" 

"Abba mutuwa fa ta yi, wallahi Abba Mama ta Mutu bata numfashi, ina zamu sanya ranmu, Mama ya zaki tafi yau dan Allah Mama ki tashi, wa muke da shi idan bake ba Mama dan Allah." 

Yaya Walid ya faɗa yana ci gaba da kuka, Alhaji ya ce.

"A'a Yaya ba mutuwa ta yi ba, wallahi bata mutu ba ka daina faɗin haka zata tashi bacci ne ya ɗauke ta bayan ta idar da sallah, Mama ki ta shi dan Allah, ga 'yan mazan ki suna kuka, ki tashi yunwa muke ji Mama, ki ta shi dan Allah." 

Ƙara rungumeta ya yi a jikinsa tamkar za a ƙwaceta, Mama zainabu Ficewa ta yi tsakar gida ta ɗaura hannu aka ta fashe da kuka, yanayin da take ganin su yana dukan zuciyarta fiye da mutuwar ma, rashin uwa a wannan lokacin musaman ga 'ya'ya maza zarata har guda uku, ha Husna ga Ashir. Mama mutuniyar kirki da bata taɓa ganin irinta ba, ya riƙe ta kamar ƙanwarta, komai ba ta yi sai ta yi shawara da ita. 

A cikon ɗaki kuma, Abba ne ya ce. 

"Ku daina kuka dan Allah, bana son naji kukan ku, mu yi mata addu'a kunji, ba kuka take buƙata ba, add...." 

Ya kasa ƙarashe maganar sabida kukan da ya sarƙe shi, ya kifa kansa da cinyarsa, ya san idan ya ce ba zai yi kuka ba ya yaudari kansa ma, dole suna buƙatar kuka, amma ba zai yi kuka 'ya'yasa suma su yi ba. 

Abba Harisu ya ce. 

"Allah Ya jiƙanta, ubangiji ya yi mata rahama, Allah Ya sa can tafi nan, Allah da yafi mu sonta ya karɓi abarsa, ba dan ta yi wani laifi ba, sai dan iya kwanakin daya ƙidayamata, Allah Ya albarka ce ku ya shiga lamarinku."

Babu wanda ya iya amsawa da Amin sai ma kukan da suka ci gaba, kukan da Ashir da su Ihsan suke yi a waje shi ya fra jawo hankalin mutane, Malam Us Usman maƙwabcinsy ya fito kenan yaga yaran reras suna kuka, hankali a tashe ya matso kusa da su yana tambayarsu lafiya, ihsan ce ta ce.

"Wai Mamansu Ashir ce ta mutu." 

"Ta mutu kuma?"

Malam Usman ya faɗa tare da tsallakawa ƙofar gidansa daga waje ya fara kiran matarsa yana faɗin.

"Zo ki shiga gidan nan zo maza." 

Hijab dinta ta saka tana faḍin.

"Lafiya dai Malam? Wane gida zan shiga?"

"Gidan Abubakar nan, wai yaran nan ne suka ce matar gidan ta rasu." 

"Hasbunallahu wani'imal wakil." 

Ta faɗa tare da shiga cikin gidan, ai bata ƙara shiga ba ta dawo tana faɗin. 

"Malam shigo, lamarin dagaske ne." 

Shigowa ya yi, ya shiga cikin falon yanayin da yagansu ya yi matuƙar taɓa masa zuciya, shine ya dinga rarrashinsu Yaya Walid yana basu baki, Yaya Abdul da sai a yanzu ya iya magana ya ce. 

"Baba kalli, wai Mamamu mu ce ta mutu, dan Allah ka ce mana bata mutu ba."

"Abdul dukkan mai rai mamaci ni, Allah Ya ɗauki mahaifiyarku ba dan yana son katse muku rayuwa ba, ya ɗauketa ne sabida adadin lokacin da ya ƙidaya mata a duniya, ba gaggawa ta yi ba, haka muma ba jinkiri muka yi ba, lokacin mu yana cika ba zamu ƙara ko daƙiƙa ba." 

Sanann ya mayar da kallonsa ga Abba Harisu ya ce. 

"Ku sanar da iyaye da 'yan uwa."

*********** 

A can gida kuwa Husna tun da ta yi sallar asubu ta kasa nutsuwa, zuciyarta ta dinga yi mata nauyi tana wani sama da ƙasa, hakan ya sa bakwai na yi ta kira Al Qaseem a waya, bayan sun yi magana ta katse wayar daidai lokacin Mimi ta shigo ɗakin tana faɗin. 

"Husna kina lafiya kuwa?"

"Lafiya ƙalau nake Mimi, me ya faru?"

"Babu komai, kawai na ji raina ne babu daɗi."

"Wallahi nima haka Mimi, tun asuba bana jindaɗi ko zamu kira Mama ne." 

Tashi Mimi ta yi ta nufi ɗakinta ta fara kiran wayar Mama, daidai lokacin da Malam Usman yake cewa a sanar da iyaye da 'yan uwa, Abba Harisu ne ya ɗauki wayar yana karabta sunan da yake jikin wayar, yana faɗin sunan Abba ya ce. 

"Kar ka ɗaga, Husna, Husna zata shiga damuwa idan taji wannan labarin." 

Ɗan fita waje Abba Harisu ya yi ya ɗaga wayar tare da yin sallama, Mimi da hankalinta ya tashi jin wani ya ɗaga wayar Mama ba Abba basu Yaya Walid ba, ya sa ta ce. 

"Malam waye kai? Ina mai wayar?"

"Baiwar Allah mai wayar nan sun tashi gidansu babu lafiya, an sami rashin lafiya ne na wani cikin 'ya'yan nasu, ciwon kuma ya tsananta idan kuna kusa zaku iya zuwa gidan ke da Husna yanzu." 

Yana faɗin haka ya katse wayar, Mimi ta saki salati a kiɗime ta ɗauki Hijabinta tana faɗin. 

"Husna, Lemmah, ku fito." 

Fitowa suka yi a kusan tare har da Dade ma, kowa yana faɗin lafiya lafiya. 

"Leemah zo kija mu muje zuwa gidan aminiya, wai wani cikin 'ya'yanta babu lafiya, ciwon ya tsananta." 

"Waye ba lafiya, Alhaji ne?" 

Husna ta faɗa tana fara kuka, Yaya Lemmah ta koma ɗakinta ta ɗauko hijabin da ta yi sallar asuba ta saka, har ta fito Husna na kuka, Mimi ta ce. 

"Shiga ɗakinta ki ɗauko mata Hijabi." 

Shiga ta yi ta ɗauko mata Hijab ɗin ta kawo mata ta sa, Dade ma cewa ta yi zata bisu, amma bari ta fara sanar da Kubrah da Hajiya, Mimi kuma ta ce zata sanar da Alhaji. Dade wajen Hajiya Babba taje ta ce zasu je gidan Husna ance wani babu lafiya, sanna ta je wajen Hajiya Kubrah ta sanar da ita, tana faɗa mata ta yi dariya a gaban Dade tare da faɗin.

"Gargaɗina ya isa." 

Da ido Dade ta bita, a ranta tana mamaki, da tunanin Kubrah tana nema shallaketa wajen hatsabibanci, haka ta dawo lokacin kuma Mimi da ta dawo daga wajen Daddy, suka rankaya zuwa gidansu Husna. 

A lokacin da suka isa Unguwar, zancen rasuwar ya fara zagaye unguwar, 'yan uwa na kusa har sun fara zuwa, tun da suka shiga layin gaban Husna ya tsananta bugu, mussaman da taga tarin jama'a. Parking suka yi suka fito dukansu, suna kallon mutane mutane na kallonsu, mussaman Husna kowa ita yafi tausayawa, mussaman waɗanda suka san aurenta yau saura kwana biyar. 

Suna shiga cikin gidan ƙafafunta suka farawa, tana ƙoƙarin faɗuwa Ya Leemah ta riƙeta suka shiga ciki, idon Husna bai sauka a ko ina ba sai kan 'yan uwanta maza guda huɗu zaune reras suna haɗe kai suna kuka, Ashir na ganinta ya taso da gudu ya rugumeta yana kuka yana faɗin.

"Yaya wai Mama ta mutu, kuma wallahi lafiyarta ƙalau, har massallaci ma ita tashe mu muka tafi dukanmu." 

Ba Husna ba, ba Mimi, ba Yaya Lemmah ba gaba ɗayansu suka zube a ƙasa lokacj guda, Husna dai tana faɗuwa sai suma, Mimi kuma tana faɗuwa ta fashe da kuka, Dade ma jingina ta yi dan bango a ranta tana ayyana girman zalunci irin Hajiya Kubrah, lallai Kubrah ta shirya kuma ta nuna musu tafi su ƙeƙshewar zuciya. 

'Yan uwan Mama da na Abba sun fara zuwa, cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci gidan ya cika ya batse da jama'a, haka ma waje gaba ɗaya layin ya shafe da mutane, ta ko ina ɓulɓulowa ake yi duk wanda ya sami labarin rasuwar zuwa yake yi, mussaman da aka ce jana'iza ƙarfe tara na safe. 

Husna da 'yan uwanta gaba ɗaya sun haɗe waje guda sun yi rukuni, kuka kawai suke yi gaba ɗayansu har da Yaya Abdul, an rasa wanda zai rarrashi su, Mimi kuma ta rungume Ashir a jikinta sai kuka take yi, ƙannen Mama da iyayenta duk sun zo kowa ya jijiya da rasuwar nan, mussaman idan mutane suka tuna jiya jiya sun yi yawa da ita. 

Abuja. 

Al Qaseem na zaune bayan sun gama waya da Husna, ya tashi ya fara shiryawa so yake ya kammala duk ayyukan sa a yau ya koma kano, shi da Abuja sai ya bayan ya yi aure. Wayarsa ce ta soma ringing yana dubawa yaga sunan Hajiyarsa, kamar ba zai ɗaga wayar ba sabida baya son damuwarta sai kuma ya ɗaga, ba ta jira ya gama sallamar ba ta katse shi da cewa. 

"Wannan shine gargaɗi na biyu da zan yi maka, mutuwar uwar yarinyar da kake iƙirarin aure, na baka nan da awa 24 kasanar da mahaifinka ka fasa auren yarinyar idan baka ba ita ce zata mutu." 


Wani irin tsalle Al Qaseem ya yi ya sauko daga kan gadon da yake, cikin tsananin tashin hankali yake faɗin. 

"Hajiya bangane ba, wace ta mutu?"

"Uwar yarinyar da kake cewa zaka aura?"

Ta bashi amsa ranta fes, sannan ta ƙara da cewa.

"Idan har baka fasa auren yarinyar nan ba kazo kabi zaɓin da na yi maka ba, to wallahi yarinyar ma zata bi bayan uwarta."

Tana faɗin haka ta katse kiran, hankali a tashe ya fara buga lambar Husna sai dai har ta ƙaraci ringing ɗinta ba a ɗauka ba, cikin tashin hankali ya fara shirin tahowa kano. 

A can gidan rasuwa kuwa, kuka bai fara ba sai lokacin da aka gama shirya Mama za a wuce da ita gidanta na gaskiyya, gaba ɗaya 'ya'yanta sun zagayeta suna kuka, su da aka ce su yi mata addu'a amma sai kuka suke yi, wata cikin 'yan uwa Mama ce ta ce.

"Bilki addu'a fa zaku yi mata, amma kun zo kun zagayeta kuka kuka, bake ba ba yaran ba."

Sannna ta mayar da kallonta ga Yaya Abdul ta ce.

"Abdul ku yi mata addu'a, ita ce abin da tafi buƙata a yanzu." 

"Tom zamu yi mata."

Yaya Abdul ya faɗa yana gyaɗa, sai kuma ya kalli 'yan uwansa ya ce.

"Ku daina kuka, ku daina dan Allah ku yi wa Mama addu'a kun ji, ku daina wannan kukan."

"Kaima fa kuka kake yi Yaya, ta ya zamu ga kana kuka mu kuma muka sa yi."

Alhaji Ya faɗa yana kuka shima, dukkansu so suke su nuna ba kuka suke ba amma sun kasa, wacce ta yi magana ɗazu ce ta sake cewa.

"Kun san wannan shine lokaci na ƙarshe da zaku sake yin magana kuna kallonta? Ku yi wa girman Allah ku yi mata addu'a."

Ba shiri suka sake matsawa kusa da ita, Yaya Abdul ne ya fara cewa.

"Mama, Mama Allah Ya sadaki da manzon rahama, Allah Ya sa kina cikin aljanna, abin da kika yi mana Allah Ya saka miki da gidan Aljanna, Mama ki yafe mana, Mama muna son ki."

Sai kuma ya gi shiru kuka ya ci ƙarfinsa, Yaya Walid ya ce.

"Mama Allah Ya jiƙanki, Allah Ya yi miki rahama, Mama Allah Ya haɗamu a aljanna, Mama dan Allah ki yafe mana idan mun yi miki wani abu, Mama zamu kasance 'yan mazanki masu biyayya, a kullum kina ce mana mu zama nagari Mama zamu zama, Mama kullum kina ce mana mu zama gatan junanmu zamu zama, Mama kullum kina cewa mu riƙe miki amanarki zamu riƙe." 

Shima kukan yaci ƙarfinsa, sai kuma Alhaji ya yunƙura kusa da makarar ya fara magana shima cikin kuka. 

"Mama me ya sa kika tafi a wannan lokacin da mu kafi buƙatar ki a kan ko yaushe, Mama kin manta ke kaɗai kike mana girki mu ci, Mama kin manta kullum ina addu'ar Allah Ya yi min arziƙi na kai ki maka da madina, Mama na yi miki alƙwarin zan baki farin cikin da baki taɓa samu ba a rayuwa, mama ta ina zan cika wannan alƙwarin? Mama me zan yi a duniyar da babu ke? Wa kika barwa mu Mama? Me ya sa Mama?" 

"Ka yi haƙuri Alhaji, Allah bai manta da ku ba, zai baku duk wadda zata kula da ku." 

Wacce ta yi musu magana ɗazu ta sake faɗa, sannan ta ce.

"Ke Husna, saura ke."

Husna da ta jingina kanta da jikin bango tana ta faman kuka, duk abin da suke yi da ido kawai take bin su tana faman zubar da hawaye, matsowa ta yi kusa da inda gawar Mama ke kwance sannan ta fara magana.

"Jiya kin ce min kar da na taɓa bari wani ya kai ƙarata wajen ubangiji, daman ita ce maganarki da ni ta ƙarshe kenan? Ni bansan me zance ba amma dan Allah ki tashi kar ki mutu karki barni a lokacin da nake tsananin buƙatarki." 

Sai kuma ta fashe da kuka ta faɗa jikin Mimi, Mimi ta rungumeta itama ta sake fashewa da kuka, daidai lokacin kuma Ashraf ya shigo, idanunsa sun rine sunyi jazir da alamar yasha kuka ya gode Allah, yana shigowa ya zauna kusa da inda gawar Mama take ya fara yi mata addu'ar nemam dacen ubangiji, da neman yafiya a wajen Allah, haka su Ya Leemah da sauran 'yan uwa duk addu'a suke bin Mama da ita har akazo fita da ita, sai da Husna taga an ɗaga gawar Mama za a fita da ita ta yi wani mugun tsalle sai gata a gaban masu ɗaukar makara, cikin kuka take cewa.

"Dan Allah ku bar min ita, kar ku fita da ita zan zauna tare da ita, zan yi ta zama anan tare da ita, kar ku rabani da Mama, dan Allah."

Riƙeta suka fara ƙoƙarin yi, da wani irin ƙarfi Ashraf ya fusgeta a hannun wanda yake ƙoƙarin kamata, ya yi baya da ita ita kuma ta shiva fusge fusge tana neman ƙwacewa, ƙara riƙeta ya yi da dukkan ƙarfinsa amma Husna ta ci gaba da fisge fisge lallai sai ta ƙwace kanta, ganin tana shirin ƙwacewa ya sa shi rungumeta a jikinsa da dukkan ƙarfinsa, bai san me ya sa ba amma kawai yaji ɓacin rai a lokacin da wannan mutumin yake ƙoƙarin kama mata jiki, irin ɓacin ran da yaji lokacin da zata shiga ɗakin Al Qaseem, ya rasa me ya sa yarinyar nan bata san darajar kanta ba, take tunkarar inda maza suke, shi kuma ya rasa mene damuwarsa da hakan. 

Husna kam jin ta a fafafaɗan ƙirjinsa yasa ta fara dakatawa da kukan, bata taɓa jinta haka a jikin namiji ba sai a wannan lokacin, ga kuma wani irin ƙamshi da ke bin cikin kwanyar kanta, daidai lokacin kuma taji an fice da Mama, hannu tasa ta matse jikinta cikin nasa tare da runtse idonta, a ranta tana ayyana shikenan, shikenan mutuwa ta rabata da Mama, shikenan ba zata sake gani ko jin Mama ba, ina zata sanya ranta. Jiri taji yana neman fara ɗibarta, sai kawai ta saki jiki ta kwanta a jikinsa. 

Yana tsaye ya kasa motsi da ita a jikinsa, ya dai sa hannu ya riƙeta ta baya, sai yaji Dade na faɗin.

"Al Qaseem kwantar da ita anan, kamar ta sami bacci ne, kaje ka yi rakiya Allah Ya jiƙanta."

Kalaman da suka fito daga bakin Dade basu sauka ko ina ba sai kunnen Jamila da ke tsakar gida, ai ba shiri ta miƙe tsaye ta shigo ɗakin, daidai lokacin kuma Ashraf na ƙoƙarin kwantar da Husna, hannunta gaba ɗaya yana jikinsa.

🔥🔥*DA JININSA NAKE RAYUWA*🔥🔥

*_Amanan-Janafty_*

PAGE 25

Comment section 

https://chat.whatsapp.com/DyVX8bRFbq66I04yzM5rLp?s=cl&p=a&mlu=0&ilr=4

End of book one
Ƙarshen littafi na ɗaya. 

Wani irin hayaƙi Jamila ta fara ganin yana fitowa daga cikin idonta, wai mijinta ne haka runƙunƙume da wata, wannan shegiyar yarinyar data tsana sama da kowa, yarinyar da za ta yi aure nan da kwana biyar ita ce haka kwance jikinsa, wallahi da nan ba gidan mutuwa ba ne sai ta lakaɗawa yarinyar jahilin duka, a yanzu ma ji take kamar taje ta shaƙeta ta yi ta duka. 

Rai baƙon duniya, kamar yanda kowa yazo haka zai koma, ita dai Mama tata taƙare sai dai ayi mata fatan samun rahamar ubangiji. Cikin ƙasa da awa biyar duk wanda yakamata ya samu labarin rasuwar Mama ya samu, 'yan uwa na nesa dana kusa duk sunzo duk wanda yazo sai a buɗe sabon babi na kuka, Husna dai tun da aka kwantar da ita bata tashe ba, fa farka dai daga baccin amma tana kwance ko magana ta kasa yi, daga waje ma Yaya Abdul har yanzu bai iya ko magana ba, ko anzo yi musu gaisuwa sai dai ya ɗaga kai, Ashraf kam tun da ya sauke Husna ya fito daga gidan baya shaawar sake shiga ma, sabida wani mugun abu da yaji, bai san me ya sa ba amma tun da ya ajiye yarinyr ya fara jin haushin kansa, baya son yana muaamala ko ta magana ce da ita, amma da zarar yaga tana tunkarar wani namijin yake rasa duk wani control ɗinsa, kallom ƙanwarsa ta jini yake mata baya son yaga tana muamala da zama a waɗannan ƙananan shekarun nata. 

Al Qaseem ya dawo daga abuja kuma yana zuwa nan yayo, ya tabbatar da abin da mahaifiyarsa ta faɗa, ya kuma tsorota da hatsabibanci irin nata, dan haka ya yanke dole ya janyewa auren Husna domin haka shine masalaha a garesu, mahafiyarsa zata yi fin haka tun da ba imani ne da ita ba, sai dai kuma ya ƙudire a ransa daga ranar da ya ce ya fasa auren Husna to a ranar idan yabar kano ya barta har abada. 

Yaso samun mahaifinsa tun a lokacin to yana gidam janaizar, shi kam Al Qaseem ga gaza zama da ya zauna zai ji zuciyarsa na rawa, yaga kamar ma shine sanadiyar mutuwar Mama, hakan ya sa ya gangara ya tafi gida, tun da yazo har ya tafi idon Al Qaseem na kansa, wani haushi ma yake ba sa fiye da wanda yake ba shi abay, gaba ɗaya a ganinsa bai san ciwon kansa ba ya rasa wa zai ce zai aura sai Husna, yarinyar da ya haifeta dan asara da son zuciya. 

A cikin gida kuwa Jamilal Allah Allah take tazo ta tafi, dan gidan gaba ɗaya isheta sabida ba irin gidan da zata iya zama ba ne, ta yi matuƙar mamakin raina arziƙin Iyayen Husna, shine tazi gidanta zata yi mata rashin kunya, wannan gidan da ko sashen masu aiki ba kai ba a gidansu, ko irin abincin da ake badawa ƙin ci ta yi, ita kawai ina zata ga Ashraf ya taso su tafi, wani tashin zuciya take ji a gidan,  Dade kuwa jikinta ya yi sanyi da farko, amma zuwa yamma da Hajiya Babba tazo suka tafi a hanya take faɗawa Hajiya Babba anya wannan ba aikin Hajiya Kubrah ba ne, girgiza mata kai ta yi ta san Hajiya Kubrah bata da kyau amma ba zata iya ɗaukan kisan kai ba, kawai mutuwar ce dai tazo a kan gaɓa, Dade dai ta tsorata da lamarin Hajiya Kubrah sai dai kuma bata fasa abin da ke ranta ba. 

Sai bayan magriba Ashraf yazo zai mai da Jamila gida, dan shi nan zai dawo anan zai zauna har sai anyi uku, itama yaso ta zauna amma ta dame shi da kira ta text message, dole ya ce ta fito su tafi. 

Gaba ɗaya ya manta da wata hallita wai ita Husna, amma kuma yana shiga ɗaki zai yi magana da Mimi abun da ya faru gaba ɗaya ya dawo masa, ba shiri ya fito ba tare da ya yi magana da Mimin ba, a can waje ya samu Jamila tana tsaye baƙin mota, yana zuwa ya buɗe ya shiga itama ta shiga suka tafi. Sai da suka yi nisa a tafiyar ta ce.

"Honey, na ɗauka tun rana zamu tafi?"

Girgiza mata kai kawai ya yi alamar aa, ta sake cewa.

"Gaskiyya gobe ba zan biyo ka ba, kasan Daddynmu zai yi tafiya, to ina son zanje gida."

"Ni ai nan zan dawo na kwana."

ya faɗa hankalinsa na kan abin da yake yi, wani kallo ta yi masa sannan ta ce.

"Kai yanzu zaka iya kwana anan? Me ka ci to?"

"Abin da kowa ya ci."

"Chaɓ, ni ko ruwa ai bazan iya sha a gidan nan ba, ban yi tunanin talakawa ba ne su har haka."

Kallon ta ya yi, yaga da dukkan gaskiyyarta ta yi maganar, shi mamakinsa yanzu har gidan nan za acewa talakwa? To suwa ye masu kuɗi? Gidansu Jamilan ko ina, bai tankama ta ba har ya kawo ta bakin gate, sannan ya ce.

"Sauka ki shiga, sai da safe."

"Bangane ba Honey, wai da gaske kake a can zaka kwana?"

"To me ya sa ba zan kwana ba Jamila?"

"Sabida kawai ba zaka kwana ba, ai ba gidanku aka yi mutuwar ba."

"Tam, je ki ni dai acan zan kwana."

Ya yi maganar yana son haɗiye abin da ya yi niyar faɗa mata, da ya so ya ce mata dan su familynsu sun san iya wariyar launin fata a ciki sun tarwatsa shi, shine take ganin abin da aka yi  gidansu ne kawai ya shafeta, bata san yanda yake jin Mimi haka yake ƙaunar Mama ba? Ya san dai ba ita ta haifeshi ba, sanna uwa masayinta daban yake, amma Mama ma nata matsayin daban yake a ransa. Babu abin da yake tunawa sai wayar sa ta kira shi jiya ƙarfe sha biyu na dare, a lokacin har ya fara bacci ta kira shi, maganganun data faɗa masa sum yi matuƙar taɓa shi, sai yake jin kamar da ma tasan jiya ce ranar ta ta ƙarshe a duniya, kamar wasiya ta bashi da kuma amana, zai iya cewa shine mutum na ƙarshe da ta yi magana da shi a jiya, dan ta sanar da shi har ta kwanta itama ta farka, zata yi sallah ne sai ta sake kwanciya. Kuma hakane ɗin shine mutum na ƙarshe da Mama ta yi magana da shi a duniya, ko yau da safe ma su Yaya Abdul duk bata yi magana da su ba, sai dai murmushi da gyaɗa kai, Jamila ce ta sake cewa.

"Honey kawai ki shigo, da safe sai ka sake komawa kamar hakan zai fi ko?"

Shigar da motar ya yi, domin tunawa da maganganunsu da Mama na jiya ya kashe masa jiki, sai yake jin kamar ba zai iya tuƙawa ya koma can ba, sai kuma ta yi magana a daidai lokacin, sai taga kamar nasara ta yi a kan sa. 

A can wajen makoki kuwa lokacin da Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka yake shirk tafiya ne ya sake yiwa Abba gaisuwa tare da sallama da cewar sai gobe kuma idan Allah Ya kaimu, Abba ya ce.

"Alhaji, ina neman alfarma a wajenka, dan Allah kar a ɗaga wannam ɗaurin auren, ayi shi a ranar da aka sanya, domin mahafiyar yarinyar ta rasu da burin wannan auren a ranta, to idan aka yi wannan auren zai zama kamar an cika mata wani buri nata ne bayan tabar duniya. 
Sai dai abin da Abba bai sani ba, wannan auren ba shine burin Mama na ƙarshe ba, burin Mama na ƙarshe a jiya ta sanar da Ashraf, ta sanar da shi bata son a ɗaura wannam auren. 

Da misalin ƙarfe goma da rabi na dare, Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka yana zaune a falonsa yana duba laptop ɗinsa, yaba bin lissafin da aka tura masa da kamfani sabida yau bai sami shiga ba, Al Qaseem ya shigo kamar wanda kwai ya fashewa a ciki, zama ya yi kusa da Alhaji Musa Ɗankaka, a hankali ya fara magana.

"Daddy ka yi haƙuri dan girman Allah, Abba na fasa auren Husna ba zan aure ta ba, na fasa Daddy."

Kamar saukar aradu haka Alhaji Musa yaji maganar Al Qaseem, wani irin kallo ya fara bin sa da shi kafin ya miƙe tsaye, cikim fushi ya ce.

"Al Qaseem, kasan abin da kake faɗa kuwa? Ce min kake ka fasa wannan auren? Sai yanzu da yarinyar ke halin rashin uwa? Lokacin da zuciyarta take a raunane? Kaji tsoron Allah Al Qaseem."

Ƙasa ya yi da kan sa domin ba zai iya haɗa ido da Abba ba, tabbas ya yi kuskure babba, amma hakan ya yi ne domin ita yarinyar, da ya san tun farko mahaifiyarsa zata iya aiwatar da abin da ta yi yanzu, da baima fara son Husna ba. 

"Daddy ka yi haƙuri."

"Haƙuri? Haƙuri fa?"

Daddy ya faɗa yana kallonsa da dukkan ɓacin rai, ƙasa Al Qaseem ya yi da idanunsa yana shirin yin magana Hajiya Kubrah ta shigo, ba ta yi ko sallama ba ta fara faɗin.

"To Alhaji menene a ciki? Yaro dai namiji ne ba zaka yi masa auren dole ba, tun da ya ce baya so ai baya so ɗin, wancan lokacin ba da kan sa ya ce yana so ba? Ai ba wani ya sa shi ya so ta ba shi ya so ta, yanzu kuma ba wani ya sa shi yaƙi ta ba shi yaƙita."

Hajiya Kubrah ta faɗa tana kallom Alhajin, shi kam Alhaji Musa da ido yake binta, ya san ita ce ta zuga Al Qaseem ya ce ya fasa auren nan, babu wanda zai yi wannan abun sa ita. 

Mutanen da na tara na yi yaya da su? Ko suko kuke ko hulaƙantani, ku mayar da ni ƙaramin mutum?"

"Alhaji kasan yanda zaka yi da su, ko a cikin 'ya'yan Hajiya Babba ka bawa wani, Al Qaseem dai ya ce ya fasa, daman tun can yana da wadda yake so, aka zo aka yi masa ƙulalliya."

Shi dai Alhaji Musa kawai kallonsu yake yi, babban abin da yake ba shi mamaki shine yanda Hajiya Kubrah bata kula da halin da Husna take ciki ba, tana ganin 'ya'yanta mata da maza duk babu wadda ta yi aure, samarinsu kullum 'yan gantali ne ke zuwa, haka mazan ba sa nan ba sa can, shi wannan da Allah Ya tsare mata ya ɗauko auren maimakon ta tallafa masa amma ta daƙile, gaskiyya ba zai san a wane ajin daƙiƙai zau ajiye ta ba. Sai da ya daidaita nutsuwar sannan ya kira sunan Al Qaseem, yanda ya yi maganar ya yi matuƙar kaɗa hanjin cikinsa. 

"Ka haƙura da auren yarinyar nan, haka ka ce ko?"

Gyaɗa kai Al Qaseem ya yi, Alhaji Musa ya ce.

"Magana za ka yi min, ba gyaɗa kai ba."

"Eyh, Abba na janye."

"Ta shi kaje."

Simi simi ya tashi ya fice, yana fita Hajiya Kubrah ma ta miƙe ta fice, ba zata zauna ya sauke mata kwandon faɗa ba, ya ci kansa shi ka ɗai ita dai zancen aure ne ya ƙare an gama shi. Kai tsaye ɓangaren Hajiya Babba ta nufa, lokacin da ta shiga babu kowa a falon, hakan ya sa ta yi cikin ɗakin, Hajiya Babba da Dade sun ƙule suna ta ƙulla sharri, ba suji ko sallamar da Hajiya Kubrah ke yi cike da izzah. 
Sautin maganar su ta fara ji yana tashi, Dade na faɗin.

"Ai ni ce na yi sake da na ƙyaleta ban shiga jikinta naji sirrinta ba, nasan ta inda zan watsa duk abin da takw shiryawa, amma ni nasan Kubrah tana da hannu a wanna mutuwar."

Hajiya Babba ce ta yi magana cike da tsawa, ta ce.

"Wai wacece Kubrah? Me aka yi aka yi kubrah, wallahi duk wani abun da ta tsara na sha gabanta na tsallake, na riga ta na ce Allah, auren nan sai an ɗaura shi."

Hajiya Kubrah ta yi mamakin Dade, ashe ta daɗe tana munafuntarta, daman zuwa wajenta da take yi dan tasan sirrinta ne ta wargaza shi? Lallai yau sai ta yi mata wankin babban bargo a daren. Wani irin ihuu tasaki tana tafa hannu ta shiga cikn ɗakin.

"Ihuuuuuuu, to wallahi na sha gabanku na tarwatsa ku, da ke da ita munafukar. Dade kin yi asara kuma wallahi na yi miki alƙwarin shirinki ba zai taɓa yin aiki ba, ni kubrah na yi alƙwarin duk abin da kika ƙula sai ma tarwsata, ke kuma ban shiga lamarinki ba kar ki shiga nawa, ki bi malaman ki na bi nawa, idan kika biyo hanyata wallahi ba zan miki da kyau ba."

"Wallahi Kubrah ƙarya kike yi, na ce ƙarya kike yi. Yaushe kika san malamai da har zaki yi min gargaɗi, ni da ke ɗan halak kafasa."

Hajiya Babba ta faɗa, Dade kam kallon Hajiya Kubrah take yi, cike da ɓacin rai tana mamakin ina Kubrah ta sani a wajen malamai da har take iƙirarin tarwatsa mata shiri? 

"Kubrah."
Dade ta kira sunanta, ta matso kusa da ita kafin ta ce. "Wallahi, wallahi, wallahi nafi ƙarfinki, idan kina tunanin tarwatsa shirina to ki farka daga barcin da kike yi? A kan biyan buƙata ta banƙi a tashi duniya ba kowa ya mutu."

"Aikuwa za a tashi ta kowa ya mutun, jikina zaki shiga dan kisan sirrina kuma ki kassarani? Wallahi Dade kinyi sakaci, idona ya gama buɗewa na shallake ki a bin malamai." Hajiya Kubrah na faɗin haka ta fice, tana fita Hajiya Babba tabi bayanta bata tsaya ko ina ba sai ɓangaren Alhaji Musa. 

Kallo ɗaya ta yi masa ta san yana cikin damuwa, ya tabbata kenan aikin Kubrah ya ci? Kuka ta fashe da shi tana ƙarasa shiga cikin ɗakin, cikin kukan ta ce. "Alhaji, Alhaji ni ce daman na tursasaka a kan haɗa auren Al Qaseem da Husna? Alhaji matarka har gida taje ta ci mutuncin mahaifiyata, Alhaji yaushe abun arziƙi ya zama na tsaya."

Hannu Alhaji Musa ya ɗaga mata, sannan ya ce. "Dan Allah karku sani a cikinku lamarinku, ku barni kawai naji da abin da ke damuna dan girman Allah." Wani irin sanyu Hajiya Babba taji jikimta ya yi, cike da borin kunya ta fice a ranta tana ayyana lallai Hajiya Kubrah ta shirya, ta yi babban aiki a kan Alhaji da har yake iya dakatar da ita tana magana. 

Alhaji Musa kam Hajiya Babba na fita yasa remote ya kulle duk wasu ƙofofi na shiga part ɗin, baya son kowa a kusa da shi yanzu, bai san ta ina zai fara ba, hannu ya ɗaga sama muryarsa da alamar karaya ya ce.

"Allah Ka kawo min mafita, Allah karka bari yaron nan ya hulaƙanta ni, Allah karka bari na hulaƙanta." 

*************

Wani irin dare ne mai nauyi wanda ya hanana rayuka da yawa runtsawa, a ɓari guda gidansu Husna babu wanda ya runtsa, rasuwar Mama ta bar musu giɓi mai wuyar cikewa, ba ga 'ya'ya ba, baga miji ba bare 'yan uwa, babu wanda ya iya runtsawa. A ɗaya ɓarin ma damuwa da fargaba sun hana Alhaji Musa runtsawa, gaba ɗaya daren ya miƙawa Allah buƙatarsa na ya kawo masa mafita a kan abin da yake shirin faruwa. 

A cikin gidan ma Al Qaseeem ya gaza ko runtsawa, kuka kawai yake yi da tunanin mafita, wane irim kallo Husna za ta yi masa? Wace irin rayuwa kuma Husna zata shiga, ya zama sanadiyar mutuwar mahaifiyarta, a kullum tana cewa shi alheri ne a gareta ashe ba haka ba ne, shine sanadiyar nesanta ta da mahaifiyarta nisa na har abada. 

Daga can cikin gida Hajiya Babba da Dade an rasa wanda zai iya runtsawa, duk kansu mamakin yanda Kubrah ta fallaƙe ta sha gabansu ya hana wanin su sakewa, kowacce sai saƙa da kwamcewa take yi, ina zata samu ta tarwatsa aikin da Kubrau ta yi. A ɓarin Hajiya Kubrah kam baccu tasha lafiyayye. 

A ɗayan ɓarin Ashraf ya kasa runtsawa, da zarar ya kwanta babu abin da ke dawo masa sai maganar da Mama ta yi masa, ya rasa in da zai sa kansa, lokaci ya gama ƙurewa kuma shi bai san ma ta inda zai fara ba, sannan kuma abin da ta buƙata daga wajensa abu ne da ka iya zama hanyar gayyato matsala da damuwa cikin rayuwarsa? Amma ya zai yi, wannam ya zama kamar nauyi ne kuma haƙƙi a kan sa. Jamila tun tana jansa har ta gaji bacci ya ɗauketa, shi kuma ya sauka ya ɗaura alwala ya tayar da sallah. 

Washe gari, tun daga sallar asuba Ashraf bai dawo gida ba, yana sauri ne yaje ya sami mahaifinsa kafin ya tafi gidan gaisuwa, ya san dai dole yau ma can zai yini. Lokacin da ya shiga part ɗin Alhaji Musa bai daɗe ta tashi daga kan abar sallah ba, dan yau asuba ma daga cikin ɗakinsa yabi ta, tabbas yana cikin damuwa kuma ya miƙa kukansa ga Allah Ya san sai kawo masa mafita. Ya yi mamakin ganim Ashraf a wannan lokacin, duk da ajiya ma ya yi tunanin zai amince masa a kan buƙatar tasa, har ma ya bashi wasu kuɗaɗen a matsayim gudummawa, tun da ya duba yaga dai duk cikin tarin 'ya'yan nasa Ashraf ɗin ne ka ɗai wansa ya da ce ya kama ɗin, sai ko Halima ita kuma macece dole mace ba kamar namiji ba. 

Har ƙasa Ashraf ya tsugunna ya gaida Alhaji, sannan ya zauna daga gefe, Alhaji Musa ya karance shi tsaf sannan ya ce.

"Meke tafe da kai da wannan farar safiyar haka?" Kansa yana ƙasa yana addu'ar Allah Ya bashi ƙwarin gwiwar iya faɗar abin da ke ransa, a hankali ya fara motsa baki ya ce.

"Abba, Alfarma nazo nema wajenka, bansan da wane irin ido zaka kalle ni ba, amma naji kawai ya dace nazo na kuma faɗa maka."

"wace alfarma ce haka?" Alhaji Musa ya tambayeshi, sai da ya kusa minti biyu sannan ya ce. "Abba zan auri Husna, Husna dai guda ɗaya da kasani, Husna da Al Qaseem zai aura." Wani irin sanyi Alhaji Musa yaji ya mamaye masa rayuwa, yaji kamar anyi masa kyakywan albishir, kamar an ɗauke masa wani ƙaton dutse da yaji ya tsaya masa tun jiya, cike da farin ciki da alfahari ya ce. "In sha Allah, aure da yardar Allah kamar an ɗaura ne, sannan ina so na faɗa maka sabida faranta min rai da ka yi na amince maka a kan buƙatarka, sannan kuma na baka kyautar kuɗi naira milliyan ɗari biyar, baya ga ita ma yarinyar na bata kyautar naira milliyan ɗari biyu duk ka haɗa a kasuwancin naku, na yi maka approval." 

Wani irin yanayi Asharf yaji, bai taɓa kawo hakan a ransa ba, buƙatar da ya daɗe da ita kusan shekara uku amma yau Daddy ya amsa a ɓagas, daga ya ce zai auri Husna kawai, wannan wani irin lamari ne haka? Alhamdulillah. 

Tare suka fita da Alhaji Musa zuwa gidan jana'izar, Alhaji Musa bai sanar da kowa cewar an fasa aure da Al Qaseem ba da Ashraf za ayi, ya bari kawai sai a wajen ɗaurin auren ya faɗi haka. 

Bayan kwana uku, duk yanda zafin mutuwa yake a wannan lokacin, wannan ahalin sun ɗauki dangana sun yarda Mama ta tafi kuma ba zata dawo ba, sun bita da addu'a sun rage kuka sun rage ƙunci, Ashir har ya miƙe an ci gaba da dabdalala rayuwa da shi cikin yara sa'aninsa. Husna ma a yanzu idan ka yi mata magana zata amsa, zata ci zata sha, amma ita kanta a jikinta tana jin kamar an sauyata, kamar an cire wannan ainahin Husnar mai tsiwa da taurin kai, an canjata zuwa silemt Husna, tana ganin kamar ta tafi har abada ba za asake dawo da ita ba, ta yi mamakin me ya sa Al Qaseem bai zo ba kuma bau kira ta ba, abun ya yi matuƙar damunta kuma idan ta kira wayarshi baya ɗauka, tun jiya da Yaya Leemah ta kawo mata wayar take kiran shi baya ɗauka duk ta damu. 

Ranar kwana na huɗu Abba ya ce Husna ta bi Mimi su kuma, ɗaurin aurenta kuma yana nan  gwanda ayi auren tarewar ayi daga baya, su Yaya Abdul duk sun amince da hakan tun da kowa yasan wannan auren shine abu na ƙarshe da Mama ta bari, Ashir zai bi su Husna gidan Mimi dan ta ce da shi zata tafi, su Yaya Abdul kuma zasu zauna da Abba da kuma Baba Abu ƙanwar kakar Mama ce kafin zuwa wanu lokacin, addu'ar bakwai za ayi ta a wajen ɗaurin auren Husna shine abin da aka yanke, Husna dai ta roƙi alfarma kamar yanda abaya aka ce idan an ɗaura aure zata dawo gidansu to yanzu ma abarta, Mimi ta ce sam aa, wajen wa za tazo yanzu? Husna ta ce wajen 'yan uwanta maza, duk suka ce ba sai tazo ba su sunyi alƙwarin duk zasu zo gidan. 

Abokin Abba ya bada shawarar dole Abba ya yi aure cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci sabida 'ya'yansa maza ne suna buƙatar kulawa ta uwa, Abba ya jinjina kai dolw zai yi aure amma ba wai auren yana so ba kowacce zata maye masa gurbin Mama, sai dai aure dan wacce zata kula da 'ya'yansa. Mimi ce ta bada shawarar mai zaihana Anty Rahila ƙanwar Mama tun da mijinta ya daɗe da rasuwa yanzy tana gida, yaronta ɗaya ne kuma dashi ta taho sai a haɗw shi da Alhaji tun da akwai fahimta sosai a tsakaninsu. Kamar wasa magana ta zama babba, a daren ranar da Mama ta kwana huɗu aka ɗaura auren, sau bayan anyi auren Mimi ta sami nutsuwa dan dama ita fargabarta bazata iya barin 'ya'yan Mama a gida ba tare da wadda zasu kalla a matsayin uwa ba. 

Washe garin da Husna suka koma gida sai ga Said Kibiya tazo biki, sai a lokacin take samun labarin rasuwar Mama, aikuwa sun sha kuka ita da Husna sai da Mimi ta rarrashe su, Said kibiya ta ce zata koma tun da an fasa biki Mimi ta ce ta zauna ɗaurin auren yana nan, kuma idan tana nan zata ɗebewa Husna kewa, dan haka kar ta koma kuma kar ta hana ƙawarsu ta katsina zuwa, Husna tana buƙatarsu sosai. Washe gari ana gobe ɗaurin aure sai ga Ali Kaita tazo, sa tarin tsaraba da gudummawa da iyayenta da 'yan uwanta suka bata, dan duk wanda bai bata ba cewa take sai sun sami saɓani, kowa yasan bikin Abubakat Sheshe. Aikuwa itama tasha kuka kamar ba gobe, sai da Mimi ta kirasu ta ce su daina kukan nan haka su lallaɓi Husna su ƙarfafa mata gwiwa. 

Husna tun da tazo bata haɗu da Al Qaseem ba, kuma bai nemeta ba kamar yanda bai kira ta ba, ta damu sosai da sosai, har daren ranar 'yan uwan Alhaji Musa suka fara zuwa tun da ba a sanar an fasa auren Al Qaseem ɗin ba, abun da ya hana Hajiya Kubrah zaune ya kuma hanata tsaye, Hajiya Babba da Dade ma sun rasa inda suka kama kawai jira suke gobe ta yi. 

A ranar ɗaurin auren sai ga 'yan Munjibir sun fara zuwa, sabida duk basu san da rasuwar Mama ba, Mimi ta hana su faɗa musu sabida tana son idan sun zo su ɗan ƙarafafa Husna, can sai ga 'yan uwan Mimi ma sun fara zuwa, ko da Alhaji suka yi waya da Husna da safe ya ce mata 'yan uwa sun fara zuwa ya ce mata suma duk sum shirya cikin kayan da suka ce zasu sa, dan haka itama ta shirya cikin nata kayan, wannan burin Mamane ta samu ta cika mata shi, ban da Husna taso na ta shirya cikin maroon lace ɗinta da adon orange, bata yi kwalliya ba ko kaɗan fuskarta sai maiƙo take, haka ƙawaye duk suka sa ta a gaba.

Ƙarfe goma 'yan uwa duk suka hallara tun da anan za a ɗaura auren, Husna dai na cikin damuwar rashin ganin Al Qaseem, su Said Kibiya sun ce mata ta yi haƙuri yau dai za a ɗaura komai zai ƙare, ƙarfe goma da rabi daidai mai shela ya sanar da ɗaurin Auren Muhammad Ashraf Musa Ɗankaka da Asma'u Abubakar Sheshe, mutanen da ke cikin massallacin gaba ɗaya sun shiga mamaki, ban da yan gidansu Husna da suka sami labarin komai jiya, haka a cikin gida ko Mimi bata san da wannam lamari ba sai da Ya Leemah tazo tana sanar da ita sunan Ashraf da Husna taji ba Al Qaseem. 

Husna da ƙawayenta suna zaune, Ali Kaita ta shigo tana faɗin. 

"Abubakar Sheshe ba Al Qaseem ba ne sunan angon?"

"Shine." Su Husna suka haɗa baki, Ali kaita ta sake cewa. "To wane Muhammad Ashraf Musa Ɗankaka? Da shifa aka ɗaura auren ba Al Qaseem ba?" 

Wani irin Ihu Husna ta sake, sai ta zube a ƙasa  suka yi kanta suna kiran sunanta, wata cikin 'yan makarantarsu ta ce. "Suma fa ta yi, Said Kibiya ku samu ruwa." Da gudu Said Kibiya ta fita falo ta ɗauko ruwa a fridge, ko ina tashin zancen ake yi mussaman 'yan uwan su Mama da ke falon, jikin said kibiya ya yi wani irin sanyi, a ranta take ayyana Allah Sarki ƙawarsu tana ganin abubuwan rayuwa kala kala, daga wannan sai wannan yanzu gashi anzo gaɓar da aka yi mata aure ba da wanda take so ba. Lokacin da ta shiga kowa ita yake jira, tana miƙa ruwan aka watsa Husna, sai ta sake dogon numfashi ta buɗe idonta, kallon ɗaiɗai ta fara yi musu sai kuma ta fashe da kuka, su Ali Kaita suka matso kusa da ita suka rungumeta suna bata baki, duk ƙawayen nata suka rungumeta suna bata haƙuri, cikin kuka take cewa. "A rasa wa za a aura min sai wannan, me zan yi da shi dan Allah, ina Al qaseem ɗin, wane irin abu ne haka." Rungumeta suka yi suka ci gaba da bata baki, a can ɓarin kuwa Ya Leemah na sanar da Mimi wai da Ashraf aka ɗaura auren Husna ba Al Qaseem ba ta miƙe, wani irin abu ne haka? Ana aure haka daman yarinya ga wanda take so, amma an bata wanda ko ga maciji basa yi kullum cikin faɗa suke da tashin hankali, falo ta fito ta tarar da 'yan uwa ana ta mai da yanda aka yi, kai tsaye ta fito harabar gidan tana baza ido ta ina zata ga Alhaji, sai taji menene dalilin yin haka, mene dalilin yin canjin, duk da itama a ranta taji daɗi sosai amma kuma zancen jindaɗi ai bai taso ba, idaan ta duba ya aka yi da Al Qaseem ai an ɗauki haƙƙinsa kuma hakan zai iya haifar da wata tashin tashina a cikin gidan. 

'Yan ɗaurin aure taga suna shigowa, sai ta hangi Alhaji cikinsu idanunsa sunyi jazir, da alama ya ci kuka ya gode Allah, ko shakka ba ta yi mahaifiyarsa ya tuna, ita kanta tun safe take kuka a ɓoye, ya fice ta yi masa da hannu alamar yazo, ba musu ya yo inda take yana gyara fuskarsa, sai da ya ƙaraso inda take kafin ya yi magana ta tare shi da cewa. "Wannan wane irin sauyi ne haka? Me iyayenku maza su ka aikata." Murmushi ya yi mata, sai kuma ya ce. "Alƙawarin Allah ne ya cika, daman Allah Ya rubuta Husna matar Ya Ashraf ce, dan haka babu mai ja da wannan ikon na Allah." Jikinta ne ya yi sanyi, dan tasan gaskiyya ya faɗa akawarin Allah ne ya cika, dan ko da wasa banu wanda ya taɓa kawo wannan haɗin ko a mafarki, sai ga shi ya faru cikin lokaci ƙanƙani, tabbas alƙawarin Allah ne ya cika, amma kuma ina Al Qaseem mene makomar masa? Sannan tana buƙatar sanin me ya kawo wannan sauyin. "Alhaji, me ya kawo wannan sauyin? Ina shi Al Qaseem ɗin?" Bazai iya ɓoye mata ba sabida kallom mahaifiya yake mata, shi ya sa ya ce. "Mimi muna jiya da dadare su Abba suka tara mu anan gidan, dukkanmu har da Yaya Ashraf da shi Daddy na nan gidan, da wasu ƙannan Abba har da su Abba Harisu, yake faɗa mana an samu sauyi a kan auren Husna da Al qaseem, a daren ranar da Mama ta rasu Al Qaseem yazo masa da cewar wai ya janye auren Husna, Daddy ya ce ya shiga damuwa domin a ranar ko bacci bai iya ba, sai dai kuma a wayewar garin Ya Ashraf yazo masa da cewar yana son ya auri Husna, ba tare da yasan Al Qaseem ya janye ba, sannam ya roƙe mu a kan kada mu sanar da kowa cewar Al Qaseem shi ya janye ciki kuwa har da Husna." 

Wani irin sanyi Mimi ta ji, lallai Ashraf ya cika ɗan halak kuma ya wankewata daga shiga kunya, a cikin ranta ta dinga shi masa albarka, tana jindaɗi tare da alfahari da shi, haka takoma cikin gidan ta yi shiru da bakinta duk wanda ya yi mata magana sai ta ce Alƙwarin Allah ne ya cika, idan masu som jin gulma sun tambayeta sai ta ce musu. "Ashraf ne yaga cewar shi zai riƙeta, sama da yanda Al Qaseem zai riƙeta shi ya sa ya buƙaci ayi auren da shi." Wannan maganar ita ta dinga tashi a cikin gidan har ta koma kunnen Husna da ƙawayenta Husna ta sha kuka ta gode Allah, Ashraf kuwa ya sha zagi ya sha tsinuwa a wajen Husna, cikin kuka take cewa. "Mugu ne azzalumi, sabida baƙin ciki da mugunta shime ya raba ni da wanda nake so yake sona." Su dai ba abin da suke ce mata sai faman bata haƙuri suke yi da rarrashi, har suka samu ta yi shiru, sai kuma ta fara cewa. "Ashe shi ya sa na daina ganin Al Qaseem, yanzu wane hali yake ciki dan Allah?" Basu bata amsa ba, Yaya Abdul ya shigo ya ce tazo inji Abba, ba musu ta tashi ta fita tana kuka, ƙawayenta duka da kallon tausayi suke binta, sai bayan Husna ta fita Said Kibiya ta ce. 

"Kun san wa ta aura?" Duk suka girgiza kai banda Ali Kaita da tasan kowa, Said Kibiya ta ce. "Mijin Yayar Aisha Sharif fa, yanzu ita ɗin kishiyar Yayar Aisha Sharif ce fa." Baki suka saki gaba ɗayansu, kowa ya shiga mamaki daman 'yan uwane da mijin kenan? Wata cikin 'yan ajin ta ce. "Lallai Abubakar Sheshe ta yi wa Aisha Sharif nisa, yanzu ba da Uncle Dee ake bugawa ba da mijin yayarta, taɓ." Wata ta sake cewa. "Na san fa yayar tata, ko Jamila sunan ta ko me, babba ce fa gata 'yar gayu akwai capacity." Ali Kaita ce ta bawa wacan amsa da cewa. "To itama A Sheshen ai akwai capacity, kuma wallahi na zata ɗauki raini ba duk wanda ya yi mata yi masa za ta yi, yanzu dai tasha gaban Aisha Sharif, yayarta ce daidia ita."

"To wai ku nuna mana hoton mijin mu gani." Wata cikin 'yan ajin ta faɗa, Said Kibiya ce ta ɗauki wayar Husna, tasan akwai hotonsa a ciki tun da wayar asali bata Husna ba ce, ta ce mata dai zata goge Said Kibiyan ta ce mata kar ta fara tun da ba wayarta ba ce, amma dai tasam taurin kan Husna sai dai idan bata yi niya ba. Kai tsaye recent delete ta shiga, aikuwa tana shiga ta gansu yau saura kwana uku ma su yi permanant delete. Nuna musu hoton ta shiga yi kowacce ta gani sai dai ta ce Lallai Abubakar Sheshe mai tsada ta ɓaro. 

Husna kam a babban falon Alhaji Musa ta tarar da kowa da kowa da yakamata ta tarar, jikin a snayaye ta zauna daga nesa, Abba ya ci gaba da magana. "Asharf shine mijin Husna ba Al Qaseem ba, shi Allah ya zaɓa mata kuma alƙwarin Allah ne ya cika, sannan ke Husna." Ya kira sunanta, ta ɗaga kai ta kalleshi ya ce. "Ashraf shine mijinki gashinan, idan kinga dama ki yi masa biyayya, idan kinga dama ki yi masa rashin arziƙin da kika saba, sai dai ki sani ko daida rana ɗaya kika kuskure masa ko kika yi masa wani abu na rashin daidai, na barki da ubangijin da ya hallice ki, Allah Ya gani na yi miki tarbiyar da ko bana raye kamar yand amahaifiyarki bata raye zaki iya zama da miji, kinsan aure kinsna hukunce hukuncensa, sabida haka idan har kika saɓawa mijinki banyafe miki ba." 

Kamar shigar wuƙa haka Husna taji maganar Alhaji, wai bai yafe mata ba a kan Ashraf, gaskiyya Ashraf ya gama da ita ya zame mata masifa a rayuwa, muryar Yaya Abdul taji yana cewa. "Bani kaɗai ba, kowa ya san Yaya Ashraf zai riƙe kamar yanda mu zamu riƙe ki, ko banu aure akwai 'yan uwantaka, Husna idan kin ga dama kin yi zaman aure zamu yi farin cike mu yi alfahari da ke, idan kuma kinƙi to zamu barki da rayuwa da abin da kika zaɓa a karo na biyu." 

Gaba ɗaya kalaman 'yan uwanta babu sauƙi, har su Yaya Abdul ya Alhaji kowa a kausashe yake mata magana, su kuwa sun san halin Husna zuma ce sai da wuta shi ya sa kowa ya zaɓi ya yi mata zafi, har suka gama suka sallameta babu abin da take ganewa sai zubar da hawaye. Bayan Husna ta fita Alhaji Musa ya ce da Ashraf. "Ka sanar da uwar gidanka?" Kansa a ƙasa ya girgiza shi alamar a'a, ta ina ma zai fara sanar da Jamila ya ƙara aure, Jamila mai matsanancin kishi a kan sa, kuma auren ma ba kowa ba sai Husna, Husna sa ya kwana ya tashi da sanin Jamila bata ƙaunarta ko kaɗan, shi kansa ya gaba ɗaya ji yake yi bai kyauta ba, bai kamata ya wani aura Husna ba, yarinyar da baya so baya ko ƙaunar ganinta, gaba ɗaya ya rasa sukuni da nutsuwarsa tun ma kafin ayi ɗaurin auren, bare kuma yau da aka ɗaura, maganar Alhaji Musa ce ta katse mai tunanin da yake yi. "Kaje ka sanar da ita yanzu, sannan ka sanar da ita idan zata iya yau ku yi parking daga wannan gidan naku na baka wani, idan ba zata iya ba ta jira sai gobe, amma Husna kam yau zata tare, dan haka ka fara shirinka na tarbar amarya." Wani irin tsawa yaji kansa yana yi masa, bai taɓa tunanin abun a haka ba, ta ina zai fara tarewa da Husna a yau, shi ya yi tunanin auren amma baiyi tunanin wani tarewa ba, gaskiyya yana cikim jalala. 

Husna kam tun da ta koma ɗaki ta kwanta tana kuka, ƙawayenta sun gaji da bata baki duk sun ƙyaleta, suna zaune Mimi ta shigo ɗakin, Said Kibiya da Ali Kaita ta kira, bayan sun fito ta ce da su. "Ku sanar da ita ta shirya yau za a kaita, duk ƙawayen naku ku ce musu su jira a kaita, ku ai ba yanzu zaku koma ba ko?" Gyaɗa kai suka yi, sannan suka ce. "Gobe zamu wuce, zanje gidansu Said Kibiya na kwana biyu sai na wuce." 

"To dan Allah kafin ku wuce duk ku sake biyowa ta nan, yana da kyau kuka gidan ƙawarta taku ko kuma tattauna da ita ku bata shawara." 

Gyaɗa ma Mimi kai suka yi duka a tare suka koma ɗakin, suna shiga Said Kibiya ta ce. "Husna ki tashi ki shirya, yau fa za a wuce da ke." 
"Ina?" Husna ta faɗa a zafafe. "Gidanki mana, kuma duk ance ku jira." Wani irin kuka ta sakw fashewa da shi tare da fara mirginawa a kan gadon, ji take yi kamar ta yi aljanu, koma farfaɗiya ne, ina zata iya da wannan auren? Mene ribarta a duniya ma idan ta ƙare da auren Ashraf mijin wata? Ji ta yi kamar ta miƙe tsaye ta yi ta ihu, ko ta kwasa ta yi ta gudu kar ta tsaya, ita da ko sunansa bata son jin, magana idan ya yi ma tashin zuciya take sata, ita da basa ga maciji ko inuwa ɗaya basu taɓa zama ba, amma yau an ɗaure su a inuwar aure ta ina wannan zai fara? Mene mafitarta mene makomarta dole ta rabu da auren nan da bazata iya zama da shi ba, ba zata ita yi masa biyayyar aure da kowa ke magana a kai ba, ko giyar wake ta sha ba zata iya tsayawa ta yi doguwar magana da shi ba wallahi, ita a yanzu ji take yi kamar ta yi hauka dan ba zata iya shiga gidansa a matsayin matar aure ba, ita bata jamila ma take ba ta muguwar tsanar Ashraf take, ɗaura hannu ta yi aka ta ƙwalla ƙara tare da faɗin. "Na shiga Uku na Lalace, ina ni Husna ina Ashraf, wallahi ba zan iya ba." 

KARSHEN LITTTAFI NA FARKO
END OF BOOK ONE.

Jama'a anan muka zo ƙarshen littafi, littafi na ɗaya bakomai ba ne illa shimfiɗa, ya shimfiɗa mana hanyar da zamu bi mu shiga ainahin cikin labarin, doguwar tafiya ce mai sauri kamar kodayaushe babu jira ko jan rai a tsarina, cikin ƙanƙanin lokaci zamu kammala wannan littafin da yardar Allah, kuɗin littafin naira 700 ne a whatsapp zamu shi, ga masu buƙatar VIP ku tafi arewapen anan zamu yi VVIP, cikin kwanaki ƙalilan zamu ƙarƙare wannan labarin da yardar Allah. 

Acc details
810 474 3474
Hafsat Muhammad Lawan
Opay